CENSUS OF INDIA 1981
PART-XB SERlES-27
DADRA & NAGAR HAVELI TOWN SURVEY REPORT SILVASSA
s. RAJENDRAN Deputy Director of Census Operatio1U Datlra &: Nagar Havill; , A R
.111 0 I , ,
IOIIIIIot.ftY, STAIr . . ..•,_il_,' .. VILLAGE/URIAN Am .. ~. ____ /_ ~.oGIJA1'EI!S· DISTRICT I TAlllKA .. 110 _I.NT METALlfD ROAO ,,,.
III'U .ND 5TI£AM _ ...... '" ~ t. tJlUlI
\ 5
a.uIO U'IIII SlJAvn OF INOlA MAP ~I"~ !WE PERMISSION 0' lfIvnOA GEICUt OP .... @6QvtUII£Nl Of INDI~ ~"Hl,.I"I. I buring tho f'reodom movomon~ tho local nationalist workers used to pther and shout slogans (or fraodom with tho national Bags in thoir hands at this place. Immodiatoly aftor tho liboration of Dadra & Nagar Havc1i, tho nationalists un furled tho National Flag at this place to mark tho liberation from tho colonial rulo ot tho Portuguoao. Asmall monumont has boon orocted in this chowk in memory of _ who laid don ahoit tiv. ia tho ItruulO tor tr.Jom. - 1981 CENSUS PUBLIOATIONS OF DADRA & NAGAR HAVELI (All the Census Publications of this Union Territory will bear series No. 27)
CeatraI Govenuoeat PubUcatI_ PtI1't I-A Administration Report-Enumeration (for official \ISO only) I-B Administration Report-Tabulation (for official usc only) ll-A & ll-B General Population Tables and Primary Census Abstract m-A & B Goneral Economic Tables and Social and Cultural Tables. & IV-A Y-A&B Migration Tabl. VI-A&B Fertility Tablos VII Tables and Ho\lS08 & Disablad Population. Vm-A&B Housohold Tablos IX Special Tables for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes XB Survey Reports on selected towns XC Survey Reports on selected villages XU Census Atlas
Publications of the Administratioll of Dado & Nagar Hayeli
Xlll-A~B Villa.$c and Town Directory and Village and Town-wise Primary Omsus Abstract,
(I)
1-338 It. O. JadWND/88
FOREWORD
Apart from the decennial enumeration of population, the Indian Census is steeped In the tradition of undertaking a variety of studies of topical interest. In fact, the publications brought out in connection with the earlier censuses contained veritable mines of information on racial, cuI· tural, linguistic and a number of other aspects of life of the people of this country. With the advent of freedom, however, the scope arLd dimension of these special studies had to be restructured in a manner that would provide the basic feedbacks on the processes of development taking place in different spheres of life of the people especially under planned development. Thus, in connection with the 1961 Census, a massive programme was launched inter-alia to conduct socio-economic survey of about 500 villages selected from different parts of the country. The main objective of this study was to know the way of life of the people living in Indian viJIages which accounted for 82 per cent of the total population as per the 1961 Census. There was, however, an imperative need to extend the area of the study to urban centres as well, to provide a complete coverage of the people living in diverse socio-economic conditions. It was with this objective in view ancillary studies on towns were launched as part of the social studies programme in connection with the 1971 Census. The programme of social studies taken up in connection with the 1971 census, was continued without any major change at the 1981 Census as well. A study on traditional rural based handicrafts was, however, added as a new item under the social study projects of the 1981 Census. For the conduct of urban study, 64 small and medium towns were selected from different parts of the country follow ing the criteria such as (a) size, (b) demographic features, (c) functional characteristics, (d) specific industry or occupation dominating the economy, (e) location, (f) concentration of different castes and communities, and (g) other social and cultural phenomenon like temple town, health resort etc. The research design, tools for data collection and formats for data tabulation and report writing required for urban studies were originally formulated by Dr. B. K. Roy Burman, the then Deputy Registrar General, Social Studies Division. His successor, Dr. N. G. Nag took considerable pains to revise all the formats to make them more comprehensive. Dr. K. P. Ittaman, the present Deputy Registrar General heading Social Studies Division, coordinated these studies at different levels as well as rendered necessary guidance to the Directorates of Census Operations for their successful consummation. Shri M. K. Jain, Senior Research Officer with the able assistance of Investigators Shri R. K. Mehta and Shri Ganesh Das did a commendable job in scrutinising the reports and com: municating the comments thereon to the Directorates. I am grateful to all of them. The present report is the out-come of a study on Silvassa town undertaken by the Directorate of Census Operations, Dadra & Nagar Haveli. I am indebted to Shri S. Rajendran, Deputy Director and his colleagues in the Census Directorate for their painstaking efforts in bringing out this report.
NEW DBLID, THE V. S. VERMA 1st of June, 1988 Registrar General, India
(iii) 2-338 R. O. India/ND/88
PREFACE
Silvassa is one of the towns selected for intensive study as ancillary to the 1981 Census. This study is an attempt to assess the intensity and direction of the socio-economic forces generated by the process of urbanisation. The selection of the town was done by the Office of the Registrar General. India. Silvassa, the headquarters of the Union Territory of Dadra & Nagar Haveli, is a small Census town. This report is based on the data collected in the town schedule canvassed for the town as a whole and the household schedules canvassed in five localities of the town which were purposively selected on the basis of some socio-economic attributes. The households in the selected localities were selected on random sample basis. A large mass of data have also gone into this report from the 1981 Census and other sources in order to give a complete picture or the town.
The field investigation and tabulation were done by SjShri M. R. Naik, K. R. Lotlikar and P. R. Gaonkar, Statistical Assistants under the supervision of Shri D. V. Nagappanavar, Investigator. SjShri V. V. Kamble, Alvaro do Rego, R. K. Pednekar, Statistical Assistants and Smt. C. R. Naik, Computor also assisted in the tabulation work. The drafting of the report was done by S/Shri S.P. Desai, Assistant Director, D. V. Nagappanavar and Smt. M. D. Kamat, Investigators. The maps and cover page were prepared by Shri Victor S. Pereira, Draftsman. I acknowledge the hard labour put in by the above officials and I sincerely thank all of them for the same.
I thank Dr. K. P. Ittaman, Dy. Registrar General (SS), Shri M. K. Jain, Senior Research Officer and his colleagues SjShri Ganesh Das and R. K. Mehta, who offered valuable suggestions/ comments in drafting and finalising the report. I am also extremely grateful to Shri V. S. Verma, I.A.S., Registrar General, India, for his constant encouragement and guidance in the smooth comple tion of this report.
I also gratefully acknowledge the generous help and co-operaton received from Shri Rajnikant Verma, I.A.S., the Collector and SjShri Faquir Chand, Statistical Officer, M. C. Solanki, Assistant Research Officer and N. V. Bhole, Assistant Survey Officer of the Dadra & Nagar Haveli Administra. tion during the course of the study of the town.
Shri S. R. Arlekar, Lower Division Clerk, ably typed out the manuscripts.
I am also thankful to the Manager and the staff of the Govt. of India Press, Nashik for printing this volume.
PANAJI, THE S. RAJENDRAN 24th October, 1988 Dy. Director of Census Operations, Dadra & Nagar Haveli
(v)
CONTENTS
Pages FOREWORD iii PREFACE v
CHAPTER I-INTRODUCTION 1-5 Location-I~portant characteristics of the town-Population and dtlUsity-Topography, physic~ environment and climatic condition--Flora and Fauna-Communication with other placos-Fl,1nctional areas-Administrative area-Commercial area-Industrial area-Residen tial area-Agricu1t~ral area-Important public places--Lalld use pattern-Residential Pattern with reference to Ethnic group-Selection of representative localities for the purpose of intensive study of the town.
CHAPTER n-HlSTORY OF GROWTH OF THE TOWN . 7-11 Nationalist movement in Dadra & Nagar Haveli---The fall of Dadra-The fall of Nagar Haveli Summary of proclamation read by Senhor Gama on 15th August, 1954-Integration with IndIa-Structure of the New Administration-Present set-up-Pre-Urbanisation History and Population Characteristics of town Silvassa-Inmigration and Outmigration Birtl:\s a,~d Deaths. cftAfTER HI-AMENITIES AND SERVIC~.S HISTORY OF GROWTH AND PRESENT POSITION 12-20 Office of the Collector-Mamlatdar office-Judicial Department-Office of the Chief of Police-Pub~ic Works Department-Education Department-Social Welfare Department Agri~1,1lture Office-Animal husbandry and veterinary services office --Office of the Deputy Conservator of forests-Office of the Chief Medical Officer ---Child Development Project Office~Sales Tax Office-Labour Enforecement Office -Office of the Soil Conservation Rural Development Agency-Survey and settlement Office -- Office of the Purchase and supply Officer--The District Industries Centre-Excise Office- Telephone Exchange-Silvassa Group Gram Panchayat-Varishtha Panchayat-Conservancy-Water supply-Power Transport-Post and Telegraph-Fire fighting services-Educational Institutions-Govern ment Primary Schools- Government middle school-Lion's English Middle School-Father AgJ;l.elo English Middle School-The Government High School and Higher Secondary School AdUlt Education Centre-The Industrial Training Institute-Medical facilities and medical institutions-Cottage Hospital-Family welfare centre-Veterinary Hospital.
CHAPTER IV-ECONOMIC LIFE OF THE TOWN . 21-50 Work foroo-Industrial classification of workers-Non-workers -Work force as revealed through 1985 survey data-Work force in selected localities-Work force by religion-Type of occupation of workers-Employment status of workers-Distance from place of work- Occupational diversity-Employment depth-Unemployment-Unemployment depth- Non-workers-Non-workers by religion-Non-workers by type of activity-Establish ments-Commodities manufactured, imported and exported-Agriculture-Livestocks Ho:\iSehold and small scale industries-Type of fuel or power-Land tenure system-Legisla tive' and executive measures.
CHAPTER V-ETHNIC AND SELECTED SOCIO-DEMOGRAPHIC CHARACTERISTICS OF r THE POPULATION . 51.. 79 Nationality-Religion--Mother tongue and subsidiary languages-Subsidiary languages Scheduled castes-Scheduled t,ibes-Houseless and Institutional population-Disabled population-Distributio~ of population by age, sex and marital status -Age, sex and educa tion- Educational. level by religion-Educational level by Scheduled caste/tribeS-Religion, age at marriage and trend -Age at marriage among males -Age at marriage among females Education, age at marriage-Widow/widower remarriage-Divorce remarriage-Average age at marriage, educational level and time of marciag~-Average age at marriage, religion and time of marriage -Correlate.; of age at luudage -EdllO.ltioaal s~ord -Educational soora by religion/caste/tribe/community-Educatioaal score by typ~ of fJ.:uily -Educ.1.tiollll sc\)r~ by oocupation-Non-tlnrolment in school-Nevllf atte.ldlnCd and dljc,ntltllutio.l of staiy. (vii) (viii)
Pages CHAPTER VI-MIGRATION AND SETTLEMENT OF FAMILIES 80-101 Migrants according to place of birth-Migrant according to place of last residence-Duration of residence of the migrants in.the town-Migration_ pattern as revealed by survey data Households by locality and place of birth of head of household-Place of birth of head of households by number of members-Place of last residence of head of households and number of members-Longest stay of any member of migrant households by place of last residence in the. town-Composition of households by sex and age of member and place of birth of head of household-Last residence as compared to place of birth-Workers and non-workers among migrants-Employment status of migrant workers-lviigration stages of the house holds hailing from outside-Reasons for migration- Characteristics of the place of origin at the time of migration--Characteristics of the places of successive migration-Successive migration in three stages- Successive migration in four or more stages-Property at the place from where migrated-Benefits from the property-Arrangement for supervision and management of property-Sale of property-Close relations at the place of migration. CHAPTER VII-NEIGHBOURHOoD PATTERN 102-105 Localities where the study was conducted-Identincation of neighbourhood and their charac teristics by individuals of different background--Zanda Chowk--Kamli F'alia-Kilavani Naka-Tokarkhada-Bhandarwada-Goverllmcnt Residential Colony--Police line-Medical Campus-Bhurkud Falia-Dubalwada~- Uitan Falia-Boundaries of the neighbourhood Main characteristics of neighbourhood---Cultural, Religious and social activities in and outside neighbourhood--Holi fair at Lavachha--Purchase of commodities in and outside neighbour hood-Educational facility-Medical facility-Recreational facility. CHAPTER VIII-FAMILY UFE IN THE TOWN 106-113 Household by number of members-Nature of relation of members to head of household Types of households and correlates-Members staying outside, reasons and nature of link with the nouseholds-Lcngth of stay aud reason for staying outside-Period less than one year-Period 1-4 years-Period 5-9 year", - Period 10-19 years-Period of 20 years and more Remittances-Appendix Type of household. CHAPTER IX-HOUSEING AND MATERiAL CULTURE • 114-138 Floor position of houses surveyed--Vicinity and ventilation-Predominant Material used in construction of houses-Floor-Wall-Roof-Ceiling-Doors and Windows-Number of members and number of rooms-Floor space-Ameniues--Kitchen-Bathroom-Lavatory Source of drinking water-Electricity-Tanure Status-Furniture-Dtensils-Cooking Utensils -Serving Utensils-Light and Fuel-Luxury articles. CHAPTER X-ORGANISATION OF POWER AND PRESTIGE 139-142 Functioning of Political organisations.
CHAPTER XI-LEISURE AND RECREATION, SOCJAL PARTICIPATION, SOCIAL AW~ NESS, RELIGION AND CRlIdE 143-149 Park-Playground-Cinema theatre -1he Aradhana theatie-The Dreamland theatre Religious ct:ntre and activities-Shri Hanuman Malldir-Shri Ak~hay Purushottam Swami Narayan temple-Adinath Jain tt:mple-Jama Masjid-Church of Our Lady of Piety- St. Francis Xavier Chapel-Voluntary Organisation-The Lions club-Indian Red cross society-The Nehru Yuvak Kendra-Vanvassi Kalyan Ashram-The sports council-Town hall-The central Library-Particulars of newspapers and journals in circulation-Nature of Leisure time activities of members belonging to different categories of households-Crime. CHAPTER XII-LINKAGES AND CONTINUA . 150-157 Socio-economic, Demographic and Social aspects of the Region-General Population-Sex ratio-Scheduled castes and scheduled tribes--Literacy·-Marital status-Economic charac teristics-Number of towns and village5.-Density of population-Main productive activities Forestry-Travel Index of the population-Demographic and other characteristics of the villages studied at different distances from Silvassa town. CHAPTER XlII-CONCLUSION • • 158-161 TABLES
Table No. Title Page No. 1 2 3 1'1 Land Use Pattern 4 II ·1 Decadal variation in population of Silvassa since 1900 . 10 III ·1 Income of Group-Panchayat for the year 1983-84, 1984-85 ]5 III ·2 Expenditure of Group Panchayat for the year 1983-84, 1984-85 15 III·3 Consumption of electricity, 1984-85 . 16 III ·4 Sale of postal stationary in the town, 1984-85 17 III ·5 Number of educational institutions in Silvassa town, 1985 survey ]7 III ·6 The staff position in cottage hospital, Silvassa 1984-85 . ]9 III ·7 Incidence of dis.eases treated in the cottage hospital, Silvassa, 1984-85 20 III ·8 Incidence of diseases among animals treated during 1984-85 . 20 IV·l Main workers, marginal workers and non-workers in Dadra & Nagar Haveli and Silvassa town, 1981 Census . 21 IV·2 Main workers classified by industrial category by sex in 1962, 1971 and 1981 Censuses . 22 IV'3 type of industry and persons engaged in each of them, 1981 Census 23 JV'4 Distribution of workers other than cultivators and agricultural labourers by occupational groups, 1981 Census. 25-26 IY·5 Non-workers by sex and the type of activity, 1981 Census. 27 IY·6 Workers classified by sex and age-group, 1985 survey. 27 IV·7 Distribution of workers by sex and locality, 1985 survey. 28 IV·8 Total Population and total number of workers by religion, caste, tribe and community, 1985 survey. 28-29 IY'9 Distribution of workers by type of occupations and locality, 1985 survery. 30 IV ·10 Employment status of workers by locality and sex, 1985 survy. 30 IY ·11 Type of occupation and distance from place of work by locality, 1985 survey. 3] IY'12 Type of occupation, mode of transport to place of work and time taken to reach, 1985 survery.. 32 IV.13 Distribution of households by number of workers and by main occupational diversity, 1985 survey. . 33-34 IV ·14 Distribution of households by employment depth (i. e. number of workers in the household), 1985 survey. 35 IY ·15 Locality, number of households with unemployed and persons seeking employment by age group and sex, 1985 survey. 36 IY ·16 Persons seeldng employment by religion and duration of stay in the town by sex, 1985 survey. 37 IV·17 Number of persons seeking employment for the first time by age, sex and educational level, 1985 survey. 37 IY'18 Number of persons seeking employment for the first time by sex, educational level and type of employment sought, 1985 survey. 38 IV'19 Distribution of households by unempolyment depth (number of unemployed in the househOld), 1985 survey...... 38 IY'20 Distribution of non-workers by sex and locality, 1985 survey. 39 IV ·21 Non-workers by age-groups, sex and locality, 1985 survey. 39 IV·22 Distribution of non-workers by sex, caste, tribe and community, 1985 survey. 40-41 IV·23 Non-workers by sex, age and type of activity, 1985 survey. • 41 IY'24 List of establishments in Silvassa, 1985 survey. . 42-43 IV·25 Households in possession of agricultural and horticultural land in the town or within two kms. of oute! periphery of town by locality where the household is situated, 1985 survey. . 44 IY'26 Crop, production, consumption and marketing by locality, 1985 ------survey. 44-45 ( ix) (x)
Table No. Title Page No. 1 2 3 IV·27 Manpower et:1gaged in agricultural operations by locality and size of holding, 1985 survey 45-46 IV·28 Important tools and equipments for agricultural/horticultural as related to educational level of head of household and size of holding, 1985 survey 47 IV·29 Household and small scale industry by type of products and number of households by locality, 1985 survey. . 48 IV ·30 Location of workshop of household and small scale industry with reference to location of household, 1985 survey 49 IV ·31 Household and small scale industry by type of worker and fuel or power, 1985 survey 50 V·l Population ofSilvass" town by religion and sex 1981 Census and 1985 survey 51 V·2 Distribution of households ann population by religion and sex, by locality 1985 survey 52 V·3 Distribution of households and population by locality by caste/tribe and community and sex 1985 survey 52-53 V·4 Percentage distribution of households and populations by caste/tribe and community and by sex in the town, 1985 survey . 54-55 V·5 Number and percentage of speakers of different mother tongues in the town, 1985 survey 55 V·6 Mother tongue and subsidiary languages of members of households, 1985 survey 56 V·7 Sample population by age, sex and marital status, 1985 survey 57 V·8 Distribution ot population (5+) by age, sex and educational level, 1985 survey 58 V·9 Distribution of popUlation by broad age-group, sex, religion and educational level, 1985 survey 60-61 V·10 Distribution of scheduled Caste/Tribe Population by Age, Sex, and Educational Level, 1985 survey 61-62 V·l1 Religion and age at marriage, 1985 sUlvey . 63 V·12 Age at marriage as related to caste/tribe/community, 1985 survey 63-64 V·13 Age at marriage as r,'laVd to educational level, 1985 survey. 66 V·14 Average age at marriage as related to educational kvel & time ot marriage, 1985 survey 67 V ·15 Average age at marriage as related to religion and time of marriage, 1985 survey 68 V·16 Average age at marrii ge as related to caste/tribe/community and time of Marriage, 1985 survey 68-69 V ·17 Age at marriage as related to present age and sex, 1985 survey 70 V ·18 Distribution of localities by average educational score per head and per household, 1985 survey 71 V·19 Distribution of households by Caste/Tribe/Community and Average Educational score, 1985 survey 71-72 V·20 Distribution of Households by type and Average Educational score, 1985 survey • 73 V ·21 Distribution of households by occupational category of head of household and average educational score, 1985 survey 74-75 V·22 Household defaulting in enrolling school going children by caste or tribe or community of head of household 76-77 V·23 Never attendance and discontinuation after ever attendance by Age, sex and reason, 1985 survey 79 VI ·1 Population classified by place of birth, 1981 Census . 80-81 VI·2 Migrants classified by place oflast residence and duration of residence in place of enumera tion, 1981 Census . 82-83 VI·3 Distribution ofhouselwlds by locality and place of birth ot head of households, 1985 survey 85 VI·4 Distribution of households by locality and state to which head of households belong, 1985 survey 85 VI·5 Distribution of households, by number of members and migration status byplace of birth of head of households, 1985 survey . 86 VI·6 Distribution of households by number of members and migration status by place of last rosidence of head of households, 1985 survey . 87 (xl)
Table So. Title Page No. I 2 3 VI·7 Distribution of households by number of members, migration status of head of households and duration of stay of any members of the household who has stayed the longe3t in Silvassa town, 1985 survey . 87 VI'8 Distribution of households by migration status by place of birth of head of households and composition by sex and age status of members, 1985 survey . 88 VI·9 Place of last residence of members of households as related to place of birth, 1985 survey. 89 VI·I0 Distribution of workers and non-workers by migration status with reference to place of last residence, broad age-group and sex, 1985 survey...... 91 VI ·11 Employm)nt status of workers by migration with refer~nce to place of last rcHidence and sex, 1985 survey 91 VI·12 Migration stages of households hailing from outside, 1985 survey 92 VI'13 Broad category of place from where the household hails, time and reason for migration, 1985 survey 93-94 VI ·14 Characteristics (at the time of migration) of the place of origin of migration by time of migration and broad category of the place, 1985 survey 95 VI·IS Characteristics of places of successive migration in two stages by time of migration to referrent town, 1985 survey 96 VI·16 Characteristics of place.! of sUGcelsive migration in the three stages by time of migration to referrent town, 1985 survey 96 VI·17 Characteristics of places of successive migration in four or more stages by time of migra- tion in referrent town, 1985 survey . 97 VI ·18 Property at the place from where migrated by the description of the place and distance and duration of stay, 1985 survey . 97-98 VI ·19 Number of households getting benefits from the property left at the place of migration by distance of place of migration and duration of stay in present residence, 1985 survey • 99 VI·20 Arrangement for supervision and management of property by distance of place of migration and duration of stay in the present residence, 1985 survey. . . • .• 100 VI·21 Close rebtions at place from where migrated by broad category of place and duration of survey in present residence, 1985 survey . 101 VIII ·1 Distribution of households by number of members and age of head of households, 1985 survey 106 VIII '2 Distribution of households by nature of relation of members to head of household and ,migration status of head of household, 1985 survey . 106 vm'3 Distribution of households by religion of head of household and type of household, 1985 survey 107 VIll·4 Distribution of households by type and educational level of head of households, 1985 survey 107 VIII .5 Households whose family members staying outside by religion and distance of place of last rtHidence of head of household, 1985 survey. . . . . • .• 108 VIII ·6 Occupational category of households whose members were staying outside by religion, 1985 survey . 109 VIII' 7 Particulars or persons staying outside by occupation of head of household and nature of relation with head of household, 1985 survey. 110 VIII' 8 Number of family members staying out!:>ide by age and relation to head of household 1985 sUlvey 110 VIII' 9 Number of family members staying outside by educational level and relation to head of household, 1985 survey 00 VIII'lO Number of family members staying outside by nature of occupation and relationship with head of household, 1985 survey...... • III VIII' 11 Remittances sent by households to absentee non-working family members classified by nature of relationship with head of household, 1985 survey. . . . " 112 IX·l Position of houses of selected households with reference to compound, floor etc, by locality, 1985 survey 114 IX'2 Position of houses of selected households with reference to floor by locality, 1985 survey. 115
3-338 R. G. IndialND/88 (xU)
Table Nt'. Title Page No. 1 2 3
IX·3 Percentag" distributil'>n of households by predominant materials of raof, wall and floor, 1981 census 115 IX· 4 Distribution of houses by predominant material of floor, wan, roof and ceiling by locality, 1985 survey...... 116 IX· 5 Households classified by number of members, number of rooms occupied by locality 1985 survey ...... 118 IX' 6 Ayetage size of households aDd number of persons per room in different households by number of rooms, 1985 survey ...... 119 IX'7 HOl'lS6holds classified by number of married couples without other n'1 ~mb~rs aged 5 and above, with other members aged 5 and above and number of room, occupjej by them, 1985 survey 119 IX' 8 Households classified by locality and per capita floor space, 19'85 survey 120 1X·9 Availability of amenities by locality, 1985 survey 121 IX·IO Households classified by locatity, duration of stay in the present residence and tenural status, 1985 survey. 122 IX' 11 Existence of furniture by locality and duration of stay in the present residence, 1985 survey 123 IX'12 Materials of which utensils are made by locality and state and district to which the 124·131 . household belongs, 1985 survey IX'13 Materials of whieh utensils ate made classified by religion and migration status (migrant or non-migrant with reference to place oflast residence of head of household), 1985 survey 133-134 IX'14 Light and fuel by locality and migration status of household, 1985 survey 135 IX'IS Presence of luxury and costly goods by locality, 1985 survey 136 IX'16 Presence of luxury and costly goods by religion and locality, 1985 survey 137 IX.17 , Presence of luxury and costly goods by educational level of head of household, 1985 survey 138 Xl Votes polled by candidates at the 1984 general election for Loksabha, Dadra and Nagar Haveli 139 X·2 Particulars of the most respected and influential persons in the town, 1985 survey 139-140 X'3 Particulars of most respected persons in the locality, 1985 survey 141 XI'1 Daily newspapers and periodicals received in the Central Library, Silvassa . 145-146 XI'2 Particulars of newspapers/periodicals in circulation in Silvassa town, 1985 survey 146·148 XI·3 LeisQte time activity of workers by age-group, 1985 survey . 148 XI·4 , Leisure time activity of workers as related to occupation and age-group, 1985 survey 149 XII·I Decadal variation in population of Dadra and Nagar llaveli, 1900-81 150 XII·2 , Population classitiea by age-group and: sex, 1971 and 1981 Census 150 XII·3 . Sex :ratio ip Dadra & Nagar Haveli since 1900 • 151 XII'4 Percentage of SC/ST in 'Dadra and 'Nagar Haveli and Silvas sa town by sex, 1981 Census . . '. . .- . . . . . 151 XII ·5 Distribution of literate and educated persons and literacy rate by sex, 1981 Census 151 XU'6 Percentage distribution of marital status by broad age-groups and sex Dadra & Nagar Haveli, 1981 Census 152 xn·7 Distribution of main workers, marginal workers and non-workers by sex Dadra & Nagar Haveli, 1981 C6nsus 152 XII'S Percentage distribution of popuhtion into workers, marginal workers and non-workers in Dadra & Nagar Haveli and Town, 1981 Census . 153 XII·9 , Villages c1assifitld by Population size Dadra & Nagar Haveli, 1981 Census . 153 XII'10 Travel Index of persons, males and females of the town by locality, 1985 survey 154 ::XII· 11 Travel Index of persons, Males and Females by Caste/Tribe or Community, 1985 survey 154-155 XU'12 Travel Index of persons, males and females by occupation category, 1985 survey 155-156 XII ·13 Demographic features of the villages selected for study 1981 Census 156 MAPS AND PHOTOGRAPHS
S1. No. Title Page Number 1 2 3 MAPS 1. Location of Silvassa town in Dadra & Nagar Haveli . Frontis- piece 2. Notional map of Silvassa town showing the selected localities . 6 PHOTOGRAPHS 1. Collector's Office 163 2. Shri S. Rajendran, Dy. Director and Shri S.P. Desai, Asstt. Director, having a discussion with Shri Rajnikant Verma, LA.S. Collector, Dadra & Nagar Haveli 163 3. Village Panchayat Office 164 4. A view of Town Hall . 164 5. A view of Circuit House 165 6. Sachdev Park (Children's Park) 165 7. Vandhara Garden 166 8. Government Secondary and Higher Secondary School 166 9. Silvassa Bus Stand 167 10. Cottage Hospital 167 11. A view of Government Residential Colony 168 12. Weekly Market at Tokarkhada 168 13. Kilvani Naka, a Commercial locality • 169 14. Swami Narayan Temple 169 15. Church of Our Lady of Piety 170 16. Jain Temple 171 17. J ama Masjid 171 18. A house of a Hindu family 172 19. A house of a Christian family 172 20. A Varli's House. 173 21. A Dhodia's House 173
(xiii) CHAPTER I INTRODUCTION location of a non-statutory town being the headquarters. Sil Silvassa, a census town, the headquarters of the vassa is the only town in the entire territory. All the Union Territory of Dadra & Nagar Havdi is situated administrative offices having their jurisdiction over on the National Highway No.8 at a distance of 18 kms. the territory are located in Silvassa. from Vapi, an industrial town in Gujarat State. It Silvassa is also developing as an important indus is bcunded on the north and east by village Amli, on trial centre. Piparia Industrial Estate established in the west by the river Damanganga and in the south by 1965 is partly located within the town limit on the nor village Samarvarni. The total area covered under its thern border of the town on Silvassa-Vapi road. In town limit is 6.7 km2• fact, this Industrial Estate is popularly known as Silvassa / There is no rail-line in the tenitory. Vapi is the Industrial Estate. The Government has declared this nearest railway station to Silv:: ssa. It is linked by all territory as industrially backward area so that special weather road. Another important place located at a incentives could be offered to enterpreneurs for setting distance of 30 kms. to the town is Daman, the head up industries. About 115 industrjal units are functio quarters of the newly formed Unicn Territory of ning in this industrial estate. Besides, there are about 45 Daman & Diu and an important sea-port on the west small scale industrial units functioning in the town. All coast. It is linked by all-weather read from the town. this development has taken place in the town after the The nearest city to Silvassa with one lakh population liberaton of the territory from the Portugues{ rule. and more is Navsari in Gujarat State. The distance The town is also an important centre of education between Navsari and Silvasa is about 70 kms. Bom for the people of Dadra and Nagar Haveli. Educational bay, the capital of the Maharashtra State, is the nearest facilities are available from primary upto higher sec airport at a distance of 185 kms. from the town. It condary level in Silvassa town. Facilities for certificate is linked by road-cum-rail route with the town. The town courses in shorthand and typewriting are also available also has a close educational and trade links with Valsad in the town. Silvassa is also an important market centre and Surat situated at a distance of 50 and 125 kms. for the people of the town as well as of the surrounding respectively in Gujarat State. In fact, the town has a villages. social and cultural linkages with the State of Gujarat. The town has bus routes within itself but has no~ navigable The installation of Microwave station and the rivet/canal within 10 kms. distance. T.V. Relay centre at Silvassa are the latest develop Within the district the town being the headquar ments in the town. The Microwave station was insta lIed ters of the Union Territory as well as the district and in July, 1987. It has a capacity of 60 channels. Silvassa taluka has a very close link with all the villages in the is now connected on STD through microwave link territory. Administratively, Silvassa comes under the with other parts of the country. The T.V. Relay cen jurisdiction of Silvassa Group Panchayat which covets tre has a low power transmitter with a radiating power the following ten villages: Silvassa. Amli, Vagh of 10 watts. All Delhi programmes are transmitted chhippa, Athola, Samarvarni, Masat, Rakholi, Kudacha, from this Centre Via Indian Satellite Insat lB. These Saily and Karad. The group panch2yat consists of 15 may be seen within the radius of 5 kms. It is an unman members and four members are from Silvassa. ned station and is the first of its kind in the western zone. It works on solar energy. Important Characteristics of the town Population and density Silvassa is a small but an important administrative town in the Union Territory of Dadra & Nagar Haveli. Silvassa is a census town having a population of Before the advent of the Portuguese, the entire area of 6914 comprising 3,669 males and 3,245 females as per Dadra & Nagar Haveli consisting of 72 villages in the 1981 census. This gives the sex ratio of 884 females cluding Silvassa was under the possession of Marathas. per 1,000 males which is considerably lower than the The Portuguese rule started in the territory between territory'S sex ratio of 974. The reason for low sex 1783 and 1785 and Silvassa was its headquarters for ratio in the town may be partly attributed to the fact all administrative purposes. In fact, during the Portuguese that the sex ratio in urban areas is always in favour of rule, Dadra & Nagar Haveli formed a taluka of Daman males, because the migration of labour, mostly male District of Goa, Daman & Diu which was also under dominated, takes place from rural to urban areas. The the Portuguese rule during 1510-1961. After the libera town has a density of 1032 persons per sq. kID. in 1981 tion of Dadra and Nagar Haveli in 1954 and its in census. This is very much higher than the territory's tegration with the Indian Union in 1961 Silvassa con density of 211. According to the 1981 census there are tinued to be the headquarters of the Union Tellitory 1,305 households in the town. This gives the density of Dadra & Nagar Haveli. It was, however, only a of households 195 per sq. km. in the town. This too is revenue village upto the census of 1971. It was only in much higher than the density of households of 40 per the 1981 census that Silvassa was raised to the status sq. km. for the Union Territory.
1 2
Topography, physicaJ environment and ~ c)imatic con Wild boar (~us scrofa) and wild dog (euon aJpinus) dition are ~'al'e a11lma~s. The common birds seen in the town The Union Territory of Dadra & Nagar liaveli and IS surroundmg areas are cattle egret (Bubulcus ibis), Crow p~easant (Ce!ltrapus sinenisis), gray pal'tridge, has a hilly terrain specially~towards the north-east and east wh~re it is surrounded by the Ranges of Sahyadri (Fr~ncohnus pOn?I~e1'ianus)" hoopoe (Upupa epops), mountams (Western Ghats). The terrain is inter IndIan myne (Acndltheres trIStis) Jungle bush quail (Berdicll:la asistica),. Jungle crow (Corvus marcrorhyn secte~ by t~e riyer Damanganga and its three tributaries. chos), kmg crow (Dlscrurus adsimilis), red vented bul The nver rIses 10 the Ghat 64 kms. from the coast and discharges itself in the Arabian sea at the Port of Daman ~JUI. (Pycnotus cafer), red wattled lapwing (vanellus It is a sea~onal river but swells in the monsoon. Th~ mdlcus) etc. Blue throat (Erithacus Svecious), rom central regIOn of the land is almost plain and the soil is mon crane (Grus grus), common pea-fowl (pavo cris fertile and rich. Silvassa is located in the plain area of talus), golden b~ckwood packer (Dinopil1m bengha lense), green pegIOn (Te~'on phonicoptera), small green ~he central ,region. ~t is ?ccupying a place of prominence bee-ea~er (Merops onentalis), spotted dove (Stre 10 the terntory bemg Its headqual'ters. With the all round development of the town most of the expansions ptopeha chinensis) Hr:d spotted outlet (Athene bra have taken place in the interior of the town but slowly rna) are rare birds'~j spreading along the road side towards the outskirts of the town, the Government housing complex being Communication with other places the latest. As ~tat~d ead!~l', Silvassa enjoys only a road The climate of the town like the Union Territ( ry commUl1lCatIOn faCIlIty. It does not have the facilities is moderate and generally healthy in the central zone of air, rail and watel' communications. The town lies though hot during summer. The rainy season is nor on the National Highway No. 8 and is connected with mally from June to September. The town receives an V~pi, an industrial town of Gujarat, which provides average rainfall of 2187 mm. The actual temperature raIl communica.tion facilities to the people of Silvassa. for the town is not available. However the temperaturt The town is directly linked with Vapi and Valsad data available for the neal'by town Vapi is given here. in the state of Gujarat and Dahanu in the state of The max.imum and minimum tempemture of Vapi town Mahar.ashtra. The Union TerritOlY Administration are 33.80 C and 24.10 C respectively. does not have its own road transport services. Gujarat and ,Maha~ashtra Road Transport Corporations are Flora and Fauna pJaYlllg, thell' bu_ses on 23 and 2 routes respectively in the UnIOn TerrItory. The Bus stand in the town has The main town is almost lying in a pJain are". teen ~aintained by the Gujarat Road Transport Cor Whereas, the area outside the main settlement is uneven poratIOn. and intercepted by rivulets. A lot of areas in the town is covered by agricultural land with paddy or sugarcane Within the town, the1e is a net work of P.W.D. fields, mango gardens and orchards etc. road. The road within Silvassa measuring a total The trees found in the vicinity of the Silvassa town length of 10 kms. black top road lay spl'ead and inter linked meeting the needs of the town. The avenge are m~inly the ~pecies of trees found i~ Dadra . ~ Nagai length of town road per sq. km. of area works out to Haveb. The Important trees found 111 the vlcmity l f Silva-ssa town and the forests are teak (Tectona gran 1.49 kms. dis), Sadad (Terminalia tomentosa), Haldwan (Ad inacordifolia), Tiwas (Ougeinia delbergioides), Siras Functional areas (Albizzia Lebbek), Pangara (Erytluina indica), Bondar Silvassa is a small town and its civic administration (Lagar stl'Omia ~ parvi Fiora) , Modal (Lammea Coro is lo?ked after by the group Gram. Panchz,yat covering mandeli.ca)~ Kakad (Gan~ga , Pinnata), Mahuda (Ma 10 VIllages. A cleat cut categorIsatIOn of the town into dhuca mdlca), Asan (BndelJa relusa), Khair (Aeacia val'ious functIOnal al'eas is difficult cecause all the c.atecchu), Kanti (Acacia ferrginea), Bio (Pterocarpus areas haye an admixture of residential houses and also mru:supium), ,K~ndol (Sterculia ,manes), Dhawad (An the s!ze of the town ~s quite s?1all. T?e town is essentially ogelssus latlfoha), Kalam (Mltergyna pal'Vifolia) a pnmary-curn-sel'vlce-curn-mdustl'Ial town. Being the Sawar (Salmalia melabarica), Varas (Heterophragm~ headquarters of the 'Union territory, number of admi quadriculare), Papda (Holoptelea integtifolia.), Beheda nistrative offices are located in the town. However, some (Terminalia belerica), Charnel (Bauhinia lawii), Humb parts of the town whe ....e most of the administrativ.es (Saccop.etalum tomento sum) , Dharan (Grewia tiliae offices, shops, markets, workshops and resicential area folia), Shisha (Dalbel'ajia latifolia), Dandishi (Dal are located are considered as ascent functional areas bergia paniculat), Karmal (Dillenia penagyna), Amba of the town. These are listed below : (Mangifera indica), Ambado (Spondias.pimata), Patal (Trewia nudilora), Shiwan (Gmdina arborea), Jambul Administrative area (Syzyguim cumini) etc. Being the Union Territory's headqual'ters various The common animals found in the areas are barking administrative offices are functioning in the town with deer (Munitiacus muntjack), common Iangur (Pres a jurisdiction over the territory, Most of the offices by tis entellus), Hara (Lepus nigricollis), Jackal (Canis are located in the heart of the town. They are, the Dis aureus), Squirrel (Funambulus penuenti) etc. Hyeana tdct Collector's office, Block Development Office (J;Iyaera hyae:t;ta),. p':!-nthers (Panthera pardus), porcu Project Development Office, Agricultural Office' pllle (Hystnx llldlca), Sambar (Cervus unicolor Treasury Office, Civil Supply Office and the Office oi' 3 the Assistant Registrar of Co-operative Societies. bricks, mud, grass, leave~ reeds or bamboos.. Man Mamlatdal's office, Conservator of Forest Office, Govt. galore and country tiles are found to be common in use Printing Press, Soil Conservation Office and Land for 1<00f. A large number of houses are independent Reforms Office are locatej nem' the Collector's Office. houses with or without compounds. The Govt. residen Telephone ExchaJ1lge is located just opposite to the tial buildings are mostly ground plus two storeyed. The Mamlatdar's Office. Sub-Post Office is 10cateJ opposite construction of these buildings ate generally with con to the children's park on Silva5sa-Vapi road. The Offic" crete component with built in iron labrication. of the Chief of Police and Road Tl'ansport Office are located in the locaiity of Zanda Chowk and the court Agricultural area building is located near the Varishta Panch~ yat Office Accordi-ng to the land statIstIcs 515.36 hectares Commercial area of the total geographical area of the town is under agriculture. The main crop grown is paddy, a staple Comm",rcial activities me mainly concentrated in food of the people of the town. The other crops grown the localities of Kilavani Naka, Zanda Chowk, S.T. are tur, beans (val) and gtam. bus stand and Naroli Char Rasta and in the market centre near the children park. Majority of shop> in Important public places these areas are dealing in grocery aI'tides. The:e are shops dealing in textile goods, station".ry article;, house The church cf the Lady of Piety, situated near the hold utensils, electl'ical goods, fruits, vegetables, eggs Collectors office, constructed in 1897 by the Portu in these areas. Also thcl'e al'e two medical shops, 4 guese is historically an important place in the town sweetmeat and 'farshan' shops, 5 lestaUl'ants, 2 cycle This makes one remember the first European powt.r. repairing shops, 3 autorickshow parts dealers, 3 cement to control and influe.nce the area from 1779 to 1954. distributors and 2 petrol pumps are localed jn the town. It is an important religious place for the Christian The State Bank of India is located near the S.T. bus population in the town. Shri Hanuman Mandir located stand, Dena Bank is situated on the road between Gov near the police line and'Shri Ak50ar Purshottam Swami ernment Circuit House and Zanda Chowk, Vals.1.d Narayan Mandir are the impmtant religious places for Jilla Sahkari Bank is located on KiJavani road and Hindus in the town. Shl'i Adinath Jain temple located GUJamt Industrial Development Bank is functioning near the bus-stand and Jama-Ma'ljid located on the near Zanda Chowk. A weekly market is held on eW~ty Silvassa-Vapi ,'oad afe the important religious places Thursday in the Im'alit) of Tokarkhada which attracts [01' the Jain and Muslim population lespectively in the number of persons from the gdjoining villages. town. Industrial area There are two beautiful patks in the town of which S'1chdev Park popularly known as children's park loca A part of the Piparia Industrial Estate is located ted near the Circuit houseis one of the places frequently in the town on Silvassa-Vapi Road. This area is being visited by the people of the- town. The Mini-zoo in the developed as 'industl'ial area' in a phased manner. All children's park is an added attraction particularly for the. 6 plots developed under phase I and 46 out of 49 the children population of the town. The Vandhara Gar plots developed undlr phase II have been allotted (j den situated on the bank of the river Daman Ganga near small and 7 medium scale industtial units are function the bridge on Naroli road is the most beautiful park in ing in this area. A major part of this estate is located the town. The al'ea of the garden is 2900 sq. mt. The in the neighbouring village of Amli. About 115 indus decorative light fixtures and music system with amplifier trial units ~re located her? They al'e dealing mostly in adds to the beauty and gmce of the garden. Quite ~anufac~um~g of engmcermg goods, wire drawing spun adjacent to this garden, a three star 'Ras Hotel' has pIpes, C!1mp~ng of nylo~ and polyster yarn, plastic been set up by itn enthusiastic entrepreneur. Both these moulded artId;s, chemICals, at't silk fabrics, electrical parks are maintained by the Forest department. accessories,. detergent powdel', dyeing and printing etc. BeSIdes thIS, there are about 45 small industrial units The indoor stadium maintained by the Gram dealing in r~ce ~illing, cand~e maklllg, printing pres~ P •.mchyat and the playground attached to it are the places bakery, fabrlcatIOn, cement tlks, w00den furniture a'ld for SPOi.'ts and games activities. Number of tourna saw milling, sto~e crushing, agricultural implem)llts, ments are organised by the Sp'.:;rts CQuncil of Dadra soap manufactunng, pottery, sGtvicing and l"cpairing & Nagar H:lvcli, the Nehru Yuvak Kendra and Lions of electtical goods, watches etc. Club hae. The town-hall located near the Gram Pan chayat Office is used for holding meetings, cultural pro Residential area gi'amnDs and marriages. The centrallibral'Y also loca ted near the Gtam Panchayat Office is very popular There .were 1283 houses accommodating 1305 and regulal'ly visited by ma,ny people of the town. Two ho~~eh~lds III the town as p0r th0 1981 census. The cinema theatre:; viz. A,'adhana and Dreamland are the restaentlal houses have been spread out on the entire important place:; of entertainment in the town. gamtal. Ho:vever, the concentration of the l\~sidencos may be notIce.d aI
Th:> town is also s~rved by voluntary social ser of the total population of the town. It is f<)lIowed by vice organisations like the Lions club, the Lioness club, Muslims with 7 '80 per cent (539). Chirstians the third the Leo club, the Indian Red Cross Society and the largest religious community accounts for 7 per cent Vanva~si Kalayan A"hram. (484) and Jains account for 1 '03 per cent (113) of the total populalion. Only 2 persons reported their religion Land use pattern as Buddhists In the town in the 1981 Census. The po pulation of Sikhs is only 11 in the territory but none of The to~a\ area~ CJVCl,ej under the town limit is them is residing in the town. A general idt:.a of the 1e 665.41 he~til.re}. This land is put under the different lative strength of the major castes can however be kin'is of me, viz. Agdcultural, residential, adminis observed from the sample survey data collecttd for ttativi}, eJucation 11, commercial, etc. The following this study. The Dhodia (ST), Varli (ST), Bl'ahmin, table gives the dah regarding land use pattern in Sil Rajput, P;a]apa.ti, Bhandari, Koli, Patel and ChamaI' vassa town. (SC) are the major c~stes found among the Hindu reli gIOn In the town. Sunni, Siddi, Sayyad, Khoja and Is TABLE I roaili Khoja are the castes found among the Muslims. Land Use Pattern Among the Christians, Roman Catholics, Protestant and Orthodox are the major groups. People of all reli Category of land Hectares P~rceutage gions art found scattered in all parts of the town. The of land hectares of Muslims arc also scattered in the town although a land Masjid is located in Dubalwada only. The Christian are, however, found mostly in the lccalities of Tokar 2 3 Khada, Nune's Bairo and Naroli Bairo.
Home&tead 55·97 8 ·41 As per the 1981 Census 40 ·30 per cent (2786) of Administrative 2·19 0·33 the total popUlation of the town belong to Scheduled Educational . 4·51 0·68 Tribes of which Dhodia and Varli are the major tribts. They also live intermingled with other communities 0·06 Commercial . 0'40 but mostly in the localities of Kamli falia, Tokar Khada, Industrial (under development) 6·35 0·95 Bhurkad falia and Ultan falia Agriculture 515·36 77·45 Road . 2·97 0·45 There are 223 or 3 ·23 per cent of total popu Park 1 ·00 0·15 lation belonging to Schedled Castes, of which ChamaI' 57·68 8·67 and Bhangi are the major castes. Their main concentra River, Nullah tion is found in the locality of Rohit falia in the town. Graveyard and burial ground 0·18 0·03 Vacant. 1 ·00 0·15 Selection of representative localities for the purpose of Others . 17·80 2·67 intensive study of the town -_------For the purpose of intensive &tudy of this town 200 TOTAL 665·41 100·00 household Schedules besides one town schedule, were canvassed in five localities which were purposively selec ted on the basis of mme socia-economic attributes and It may be sten from table I that 515 ·36 or 77 ·45 within those localities the households were selected per cent hectares?f the total geograhical are3; of t?e Gn random sample basis. The following broad criteIia town is under agllculturc. The area under resIdentIal were kept in mind for the purpose'of demarcation of the use is 55 ·97 hectares which constitutes 8 -41 per cent five localities in the town. J of the total area. Area used for administrative, educa (i) Growth history and level of living tional and commercial together constitute only 1 ·07 per cent of the total. area. Whet~s the area under deve (ii) Ethnic association. lopment for industrlal purpose IS 0 ·95 per cent. The (iii) Specific identity groups by services or amenities percenlage of area used for road and park in the town etc. is 0 ·60 per cent, and for graveyard and burial ground is only 0 '03 per cent. I! may be mentioJ?-ed ?ere that no Also the selection of localities was so made that it land is re,erved exclUSIvely for Cl'ematlOn III the town. cOVers a part of most of tht impottant localities in the However, the dead bodies 3,1'e cremated on the bank tC'Wll. The broad division of localities and the areas/ of the 1 iver DaIil.1.nganga near Vandhara garden. The localities covered under each division are given below : rivers and nullahs in the town occupy 57 ·68 hectares or 8 ·67 per cent of the total area. Thus, it would be seen Broad Division of Area/localitits covered ,that a very big area of the town is under agiicultUle and localities under each rivers and nullahs. DeVeloping Area Patalia Falia and Govt. Residential Quarters Residential pattern with reference to Ethnic groups near PWD Office Com plex The census data does not give the distribution of population on the basis of caste or community tXCfpt 2 Govt. Residential Colony GovL Resid~ntial Qu ing that of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes. So arters/Nelr Circuit Hou far as major l'eligions are concerned as per the 1981 se/Collectors Office. census the Hindus constitute 83 ·34 per cent (5762) 5
There is no notified slum area in Silvassa town. 3 Commercial Area Kilavani naka, Natoli Although, most of the data analysed in this report Road and Zanda are based on the details collected in the household sche Chowk dules canvassed in the.se areas and the town schedule canvassed for the whole town, a large mass of data have 4 nth nie Group Tokhar Khada, Bhur also been incorporated in this report from the Census kad Falia, Kamli Falia and other sourClS in order to give a complete picture and Bbandar wada. of the town after studying the various interaction of the forces prevailing in the town. The tables, on which 5 Sub-urban pocket Ultan Falia, Dubal mo~tly the analyses have been done, theIr soUrces such as wada and Police line. survey data (as 1985 survey) or census data (as 1981 census) e.tc. ha\'e been indicated
4-338 R. G. India/ND/iS SILVASSA TOWN N SHOWING THE SELECTED LOCAltTlES t 1101 I o ...
f>.,
" V .. II
BOUNDARY, TOWN. CHAPTER II mSTORY OF GROWTH OF THE TOWN
There IS no myth or legend connected with the the Portuguese School of Silvassa in September oLigin of the town. Prior to 1981 Census this town, 1930. After assuming his functions as a teacher, he' Silvassa was a village but was the headqual tel s of immediately started the publication of a nationalist administration during the Portuguese rule. Now also newspaper, 'Sand&lcalo'. As a consequence of his it contmues to be the headquarters of the union terri nationalist activities he was soon dismissed from tory of Dadla & Nagar Haveli administtation.· In his post on September 29,1932, but D'Cruz continued Older to have a proper understanding of the social, his activities supported by Goan Nationalist political and economic situation of Silvassa, it is Movement. He bad indeed intimate connections necessary to know the history of Dadla & Nagar with the Goan Nationalist leader, T. B. Cunha. Haveli as a whole. The historical perspective of D.ldra "After the liberation many documents have been & Nagar Haveli covering a brief histroy ofPOltuguese' tlaced in the police post of Silvassa, which teveal occupation, nationalist movem~nt in Dadra & Nagar the fact that his activities were closely watched by the Haveli, the Fall of Dadra, the Fall of Nagar Haveli, police. An r.imost complete file of his nationalist their integration with India and the structUle of the new activities IS available from the 3rd January, 1953 AdminIstration has been narratted in the 1971 Census when the police threatened him "to take care of publication, 'Socio-Economic profik of Dadra & Nagar himself" and his Ecti"ities began to be closely Haveli', published Monograph No.2, Series-l India watched by the police. His keen interest for the (No. 10 of 1961 Series) by the office of the registrar depressed classes of Val' lis, who w(.re being exploited General, India, New Delhi. Some of the extlacts flom by the portuguese Civil Servants and police, won this publication are given below: him a great sympathy of the people of Nagar Until 1954 when thy liberation took place the A veli. His constant exposure of the corruption territory of Dadra & Nagar Have Ii formed a that prevailed in Nagar Aveli compelled the portu taluk (Concelho) of Daman District under the guese Government to institute formal enquiries into Portuguese regime. Thereaftel the territOlY was the conduct of various civil servants. He became nationally integrated with the Indian Union on 'the famous nationalist lawyer' aftf,r the enquily 11th August, 19b1 and became one of the of JanualY, 1954. Union Territories of India. "Later ShIi N. G. Chaubal, the present Sarpanch "The Portuguese occupied Nagar Haveli on of Varishtha Panchayat, joined da Cruz and his June 10, 1783 and Dadra on July 22, 1785 alleging activities were also being closely watched by the that a Treaty had been conCluded between the polic(.. There are Several notes in the police Portugeuese and tne Maratha Government on Dece archives of Silvassa specially of June, 1954, mbet1779. Strong historical doubts exist about which give an idea l;[ the efforts made by the the validlt) of this Treaty."l police to trace the connections of Chaubal and other associates of da Cruz. "In so far as the Treaty between the Matathas and the Portuguese, said to have been concluded "The 1946 Goan Satyaglaha had its repercussion on 17 Dec., 1779, there are strong historical in Dadra and Nagar Aveli. Indeed in a special doubts as there are at least four drafts and it confidential note No. 69 dated the 12th December appears that none was finally concluded,,2 "In 1947 the District Commissioner of Nager Aveli any case it is very curious tnat even in its Portu warned the Chief of police of Silvassa of a political guese wrsion the Treaty does not transfer sove meeting that would take place at the residence of reignty over these (.nclavt.s from the Marathas to Vanma Linguela and instructed him to "take the ·Portuguese Government". the necessary steps to enter by surprise in meeting and to seize all the papers and documents and Nationalist mevement in Dadra & Nagar Haveli also to arrest both the outside and the local elem "Loopes Mendes says in his book, "A IndIa ents present and to detain them until all neces Portuguesf," (Chapter X) that after the Portuguese sary information has be em elicited flom them. had tak~n oVer Dadi'3 and Nagar Avcli inI780's, there were for many years constant and violent "As early as June, 1953, the police was keeping disputes with Raja of Dharampur" who was the a close watch on Goans entering Nagar A veli king and the leader of the people of these enclaves as can be seen from so many confidential circulars and surrounding regions. But the modern anti sent by the Commissioner of Damao to all Chief colonialist struggle began with arrival of Calles of police posts of the enclaves. A confidential da Cruz, a Goau who was appointed .teacher in circular of 15th June, 1953 begins "It is evident that ·SourclS : 1 H.K.L. Capoor "Report of the Review Officer on Dadra & Nagar HaveIi" New Delhi, July 2, 1960. (2) Dr. AFurtado, Administrator "Before and After Liberation: Dadra & Nagar Haveli", Silvassa, November, 25, 1958. This has been published by the Goa League, London.
7 8 it is the intention of the enemies of portuguese Goans had been invited to Daman ostensibly for sovereignty to infiltrllote t?-eir. elements. into t~e negotiations, but on their arrival thele they were teltitory of NagaI Avell wIth the ~lm of dl~ threatened, jailed and finally IeIeas' d. In Jul) , etening the rural population by suggestmg to .theIr 1954 the same Group with the aid of other Goans ideas that ~le contiarY to the order and obedlenc(:' libelated the enclave of Dadra. They entered to the Portuguese Government. And it co~clude~ Dadla in the night of 21st July and after a short and "Action should be prompt and fast making use confusing conflict between the Portuguese ''Police of arms, if necessary."2. and the rebels, the Chief of Dadra polk~ Chowki died while he was trying to shoot the revolution "At the beginning of 1954 intensive nati.oll(' l~st alie; with this machine gun, which had injuntd campaign began in Nagar Aveh. Goa NatIOnalIst one of the Nbels on his arm. The machine gun leaders such as T.B. Cunha and Peter Alvares, which was not propetly handled got jammed. The arranged public meetings at Vapi (Gujarat), which nationalists availing themselves or a break in the were atteneded by people of Dadra and Nagar firing entered the police Chow ki at 2 a.m. Oft the Aveli.~ The police t? catry outAa diligent spying 22nd July, 1954 under the leadership of Fraf\cis service near the frontier and lalge amounts were Mascarenhas and took over the administration of spent by police to obtain se?ret political infol'~tion Dadra. Officers of other villages surrende1ed as revealed in the expendIture notes of AprIl and during the day of 22nd July, 1954, "2 As soon as May, 1954, namely, one dated 15th. May, 1954. the p~ople realised that the Portuguese domination Indeed in the police recolds of Stlvassa there had been overthrown, they rushed to the stteet are many letters repolting various public meetings and cheered the liberators, to the cries of 'Jai held near the bOlder of Nagar Aveli such as one Hind' and 'Az'ld Dadra Zindabad'. dated 17th May, 1954 in which the police lepotts that a public meetting 3ttended by over 2,000 The Fan of Nagar Haveli people was addressed by Jai Prakash Narain, the "The news of the fall of Dadla created panic Indian socialist leader, but the lett~)l adds that tn that meeting nothing which may be conce.rned to among the police of Nagar Aveli. Had at that very moment the Nationalists marched into Nagr r Portuguese Goveinment was discussed. veli, its administration would have &surrendered "The police in Nagar A veli began to take precautions The confusion that was reigning there at that time and recruitment of additional police force began may be seen in the official correspondence public early 1954. But to avoid any panic amongst the service was paralysed and the authorities \"vere people of Nagar A veli the recruitment was done fearful panic. But the delay gave the Portuauese secretly. The trained recruits wert. formally dismissed author ltles enough time to ):,repatt- their resistenice and sent as civilians to Dadra as can be seen from and train the. police force blought from Goa in the letter dated the 17th April, 1954 and the new disguise. recruits were trained secretly inside the police post of Silvassa. There are servtralletters from "On the 29th July, 1954, when it was little expec 11th June, 1954 to 9th July, 1954 about this peculiar ted N~roli was freed by its inhabit~nts. Th e way of recruitment. However, in a letter of 11th Portugese prepared their defence in the Police June, 1954, the Chief of the police of Silvassa Headquarters. The Portuguese were in such wrote that it was impossible to recruit 250 men, panic-stricken condition that they had no clear idia as planned. Consequently an inteDsive secret of the situation. The Portuguese sent their spies to see the situation. Most of them were VDriis recruitment began in Goa, from where the recruits were sent to Silvassa. Many lists of such recruits are (C1.clivasis) and though, they ~elped t~e Portuguese available in the archives of Silvassa. A secret re Administration they h~ted It and mformed the organisation of police was undertaken where it was Portuguese Police that the group of nationalists suggested that total police force of Nagar Aveli of was followed by thousands of local Varli poople. 339 should be further strengthened to make 620 men. , 'The Portuguese decided to run away via Khanwell "Arms and ammunition were also increased but were held up due to the spate in the river and their more efficient distribution was ordered Daman Ganga. When the water receded the Portu by the Chief Commissioner of Damao to the Chief guese crossed the river Daman Ganga near Racoli of the police of Silvassa-" lI. and reached Khanwell, whert they relpained for three desperate days. The Fall of Dadra ; "Some days after when the portuguese were despe For sometime Goan~.Nationalists were striving rate and confused and having lost every hope they for the liberation of Dadra. Some wanted to do decided to run away. Silvassa was freed on 2nd this peacefully by winning over the police force, August, 1954, Nagar A veli was liberated. other wanted to resort to a direct action; former course would have ~taken a long time, though "On 15th August, 1954, a public ceremony was held it was said that the chief of the chowki had agreed to leave Dadra. to comm~morate the date of independen~of India. At that ceremony Mr. Lawallde* announc "It will be re.:alled that . Francis Mascarenhas, ed the abolition of the system of vete forced labour Waman Desai and others of the United Front of and declared that all debts of Adivasis to the -Mr. Lawande was appointed as Military Commander, and took over the civil administration after liberation. He was the Chief Leader of the "Azad Gomantak Dal", which fought the liberation war. Saukars welC null and void, that a minimum tructure of the New Adntinistration wage for a labourer would be Re. I a day. He also "Tht Portuguc'-e AdministIati0n dKi not allow tht. stated that h) w0uld leav0 the enclaves in order Inhabitant!. of Nagar Haveli to take part in their local that he may continue the work of liberation of admimstration. The executi ve power was concen the remaining Portuguese enclaves in India. On trated in the hands of Admimstrator of Nagar HllVdi the same day, the 15th August, 1954 a large c1'owd under the control of the Governor of Daman, who had of OVf'l 1000 people with their dl'um~, trapas, to .account to Goa, who in tUlU was accountable symbols, etc. marched in proc(;.ssion and the to the Po:tuguese Minist(.,i' of Colonies in Lisbon. oldest man of Nagar Avdi, Senhor Gama, read The judIcial functions w.:.re likewise concentrated, in th<: oroclamation (the summary of which is giver I"ogal d to Pl.tty offences lia ble to 9. sentence of below). On 15th August, 1954 he informed all six months imprisonment, into the hands of the same the civil servants and PJople that Apa Karmalkal' Administrator. ,. would be the future Administrator of Dadra & Nagar A veli and full and final authol'ity (f the "The New Administt ato£ separated the three Government of Dadra & Nagar Aveli."2. functions. Th\. legislative function is exercistd by the Val'ishti1a Panchay~t, the judicial b~' the Courts of Summary of proclamation read by Senhor Gama on Law and the executive by the Administrative C(.,uncil 15th August, 1954 consisting of Administrator and the Heads of the , 'By the present Proclamation, the Territories of departments. The Administration has set up valious Dadia and Nagar Haveli are declared to be libera committees to carry out its wOlk and they meet l'egu ted flOm the Portuguese colonial rule and consti larly"2. tuted as a Democracy of the People. It is appealed to the People to serve these Territories and its Present set-up New Administrauon with loyalty, since liberty is th;;. greatest gift of the Almighty to the Univelsal The Admilllstration of this Union Terrj~«y is Humanity. Every inhabitant will have equal share carried on by the Governor of G(Ja State who is the and rights. AdmilllstratOl' of this territory. The day-today a.tfairs of tRe Administration is looked after by the Coktec1.or "The old Servants of the Ex. Portuguese Govern who is assisted by the Secretary to the Administrator. ment already shaken off will have to take their The Secretal'Y alfo functions as th·~ coordinating ad~ holy oaths of allegiance underneath the Tdcolour mimstl'ative authority fOl' the various departments ia Flag hoisted on their mast and give support to the territory who is assisted by the Asstt. Secn,tary!in the New R~ gime and serve with loyalty and enthu establtshments, legal and general administration mat siasm and their rights and promotions are safe ters. The various departments functioning at present, guarded. under this Administration are looked after by depart mental Officers who an designated as heads of oftices "Finally to express to the Government of Indian a s listed below : Union the patriotic will and fervent desire to integrate these liberated territories to the realisa· 1. Chief of Police tion aad solidification of its inalienable territories of political unity"2. 2. Vmd Reforms Officer-I Again the fi.-st elected Administrative-cum-Iegis 3. Land Reforms Officer-II lati ve Council of Dadra and Nagar Haveli unani 4. Chief Medical Officer (Cottage) mously vot;;:d 011 June 13, 1961 for the merger of the af;;:a with Indian eLjOH. The Government 5. Chief Medical Officer (Health) appointed the Administrator and told the Council 6. Dy. Constrvator of FOlests. that he had bi!en authodsed by the Govern ment of India to inform it that it accepted th<. 7. Executive Imgineer-I (Building) ri!quest fot merger and it would bi! administered ce 8. bxecutive Engineer-II (Road) ntrally. The Goa Acjon Oommittee compo~ed of all Goan Parties in Bombay used to .?ppoint the Admi 9. bxtcutive Bngineer-(~lectticIty Division) nistrator till Centre took over the Administration. * 10 bx-:cutive bngineer - (IrrIgation DIVision) Jntegration with India 11. General Managt..r (D. I.e.) A bill for merger of Dadra and Nagar Haveli 12. Civil Judge was introduced in the Lok Sabha in August 1961 and received the Ptcsident's assent. The area was intt- 13. SessIOn & District Judge grated With th;;: Union of India on August 11, 1961 14. Asstt. Director of Education according to tll\., wishts of the People. It is a centrally 15. Excise Officer administered ,11'<:a now. After its inttgratlOn, It was under tht; Admil1isttatlv'~ contIOI of the Ml11lstn of 16. Project Director (R.D.A.) ftxternal Affaki, GLvernment of India till August 31, lSl64 and from that date It is under the cvntiol of tht 17. Asstt. Registrar of Co.operative Socictiic s Ministrv of H~lU" Affairs, G.ov(;,rnment of India. 18. Animal f!usbandlY cum Vety. Officer
,j,Times of India Directory and Year Book, 1964-65, p. 431. 10
19. Principal (l,T .l.) territory was iJ,iberated in 1954 and this fact was mainly 20. Devt!opmtnt and Planning Officer instr~mental in pushing up the growth (If population of S!lvassa after that. Though the population of Sil 21. Social Welfare Officer vassa for the yea.r 1950 is not ava.ila.ble separately in 22. Labour Enforcement Officer the ce~sus lecords, its comparative rapid growth may be venfied from the facts that the popula.tion of Silvassa 23. Sub-DlvislOllal Soil Conservation Officer. I which was 1721 in 1940 went up to 2645 in 1962 and thereby registered a late of growth of 53.69 pel cent. 24. Sub-Divisio'1al Soil Conservation Officer-II I~ other WOlds, during that peliod the population of 25. Deputy Director of Agriculture Stlv~ssa grew at a rat~ of 2.44 per cent per annum as agaInst 1 '56 per cent lU the p~evious decade (i.e. 1931- 26. Mlmlatdar 40). The deca~e 1962-71 regIstered a record growth 27. Survey and Settlement Officer rate of populatIOn of 69 ·94 per cent. In fact this is the period in which Dadra & Nagar Haveli wa; declared 28. Purchase and Supply Officer as Union Territory with its headquarters at Silvassa. 29. 'c.llief P..lblicity Officer This certainly gave a fillip to the status of Silvassa as it became a centre of administration of the Union 30. Clil:i D :velopment and Project Officer Ter!itory government. With the implementation of 31. As~ociate Town Planner varIous economic developmental acthities and expan si~n of g~vernment m~chiD:ery attracted the people of 32. Youth Cordinator (Nehru Yuvak Kendra) nelghbourmg states of Gu]arat and MahaIashtra in 33. Sales Tax Officer search of jobs. With the increase in industrial activities in and around SiIvassa Darticularly in the Iaf>t decade, the town has witnessed a boost to the trade, commer Pre-urbanisation History and Population Characteristics cial business and constructiuf: activities. This has re of town Sifvassa sulted ~ot only in the economic growth but also the Silvassa is ~ non-statutory ct.nsus town in the union populatlOll growth ?f the town when its pcpulation territory of Dadla & Nagar Haveli. The total area Jnceastd from 4495 In 1971 to 6914 in 1981 with a of the town is 6.7 Kmsz and accommodates 1305 hou deC
Births and Deaths It may be seen that the birth rate has been very high The birth and death rates t01 the town are not in the Union territory since 1982 t;,xcepl in 1985. This available. However, these rates obtained from the may be due to the fact that the Scheduled tribe who S.R.S. for Dadra & Nagar Haveli as a whole are given are socially and ecohomlcally backward and do not below for the years 1982 to 1986. believe in family plannin.g are pledominent in number CHAPTER III
AMENITIES AND SERVICES-HISTORY OF GROWTH~AND PRESENT POSITION
Amenities and services available in the town are administrative matters, to deal with land tenure of two types. Some of them cater not only to the tenancy system and maintenance of land records aad needs of the town but the surrounding villages as well. to look after all types of revenue work. The Mamlatdar !he ~~enities .and services improved with the change also functions as the taluka Magistrate and returning In polItICal, SOCIal and economic growth of the region officer during election time. The total strengthfof Mam- and town. The existance of the amenities and services latdar office was 24 during 1984-85. • undoubtedly contributed to the physical growth of the town. Judicial Department Silvassa being the headquarters of Dadra and The Judicial department at Silvassa was established Nagar Havelii, offices of all the heads of departments! on lst July, 1965 to look after the judiCial work of offtces are functioning here. A brief note on the impor the ent.ire unio~ t~rritory of Dadra and Nagar Havcli. There IS. the DIstrICt court functioning under District tant 0 ffices in the town is given below :- and Ses~lOn Ju~g_e and t~e civil Court une: er Civil Judge Office of the Collector and ChIef JudICIal MagIstrate. The District court is The whole territory is one district and it has a functioni~& on part-ti~e basis (three days in a week) State-cum-District establishment. The administration and th~ ~lVlI court functIOns full time. The total strength of the territory is carried on by the Governor of Goa of JudICIal Dep~rtl~ent was 16 during 1984-85 including State who is the administrator of this territory. The the posts of DIstrICt Judge and Civil Judge. day-to-day affaIrs of the administration is looked after by the Collector who is assisted by the Secretary Office of the Chief of Police to the Administrator. The Secretary also functions T.he offi~e of the Chief of Police at Silvassa was as the coordinating administrative authority for the est~bhshed. 111 1954 soon after the liberation of the various departments in the territory who is assisted Uruon t~rrI.tory from the er-stwhile Portuguese regime. by the Assistant Secretary in establishments, legal It has a JunsdICtiO~ over the entire territory of Dadra and general administration matters. and Nagar HavelJ. There are two Police-Stations The collector is the head of all departments and in the Union territory one located at Silvassa and the he coordinates the various schemes implemented in other at Khanvel. The main function of the Police the Union territory. The main functions of the Col Department is to maintain the law and order in the lector office are collection of land revenue, proper territory. It supervises the Police stations and out maintenance of land records and the maintenance pOS!s. This office is headed by the Chief of Police. of law and order and to look after all the administrative BeSIdes control and supervision over the Police matters. The colleotor is also funotioning as the district station this Office also looks after the work of Regional magistrate. The total strength of this Office during Trans~ort o~ce whose n;tain fun~tion is registration 1984-85 was 30 includjng the accounts and the statis of. vehicles,. I~sue of permIts and lIcences. The Fire tical cell. There is a Varishtha Panchayat which is BrIgade umt 111 the town also functions under the an apex body. The Varishtha Panchayat plays on control of Chief of Police. The total strength of the advisory role only so far as the administration is office of the Chief of Police is 161 which includes the concerned. sta.ff of ~egional Transport . Office and Fire-Brigade umt and IS headed by the ChIef of Police. The office of the collector was established in 1964. The day-to-day affairs were looked after initially Public Works Department by the collector of Daman district who became the ex-officio collector of the Union territory of Dadra The Public Works Department at Silvassa was and Nagar Haveli. The post of Secretary to the established on 1st April, 1982, with its jurisdiction Administrator with its headquarters at Silvassa exten~ed over the entire ~e~r!tory of Dadra and Nagar was created who was directly responsible to the Havell. There are two DIVISions of Public Works De Administrator. However, independent collector is partment i.e. Civil Division No. I and Civil Division functioning in the Union territory w.e.f. 19-1-1983 No. II b?th unde~ the charge of one Executive Engineer. exclusively for the Union territory of Dadra & Nagar The mam functlOn of Public Works Department is Havcli and he is assisted by the Secretary to the Ad- to look after the construction work. Civil Division . ministrator. !'T~. I.looks a.fter the con~tru~tion of roads, bridges, IrrIgatIon proJects, electrIC ll1stallations. The total road length in the town is 10·8 kms. of this 9 ·0 kms Mamlatdar Office is metalled and 1·8 kms is water bounded macadam The office of the Mamlatdar, Silvas sa was establish Civil Division No. II looks after the construction of ed in 1961. Mamlatdar is the administrative head of buildings and water supply. The total strength of the taluka of Dadra and Nagar Haveli. The main public works department during the year 1984-85 functions of Mamlatdar office are to look after the was 224, of whom 121 were working under Civil Division 13
No.1; nel 103 under civil division No. II both unde. Office of the Chief Medical Officer th~ cO:ltrol and supervision of the Executive Enginoers This Office was established in 1954 extending Education Depart'llent the services to tht} entire union territory of Dadra and Nagar Haveli. The} main functions of this office are The Education Department at Silvassa was nrovisio'l of medical facilities to patients and imple e3tablished in 1961. The entire ullion territory of ment tiol1 of National Health Programmes. The Chief Dadra and Nagar Haveli fa.lls u'ld'~r its jurisdiction. Medical Officer is in-charge of this office. The total The 11l1in functions of thi:; office is to look after the strength including the Chiof Medical Officer was 37 lUltter relating to educational development and acti during 1984-85. v1ties in the territory. It also exerci3es administrative cJutrol over th~ schooh func~io:}ing in the territory. Child Development Project Office The total strength of this office during the year 1984-85 was 44 including the Assistant Director of Education The Child Development Porject Office was esta u nde~ :vhose cO'ltwl and sup,;;-visi·::>u the of1ice is blished on 7th April, 1979 extending its serviees to the functlOnmg. entire territory of Dadra and Nagar HavelL The main function of this Office is the implementation of integrated S()ciat Welfare Department child development programmes in the territory. The total strength of this office was 135 in 1984-85. Since The So:;ial Welfare Department at Silvassa was the Angallwadis are run by this office there are 125 e;;tablished on 27th October, 1977. Its mlin aim was anganwadi workers working in various anganwadis. implem¢iltation of &ocial welfare sche~es in the entire The office functions under the control and supervision t(mitory of Dadra and Nagar Haveh. Due to th~ of Child Development Project Officer. poredomillance of Adiv_ sis and backward classes most of the s!;heme'l pertaining to social welfare activities Sales Tax Office w~re inr)lemented for the welfare of scheluled castes, scheduled tribe3 and other backward classes in the The Sales Tax Office was established in 1964. union territorv. The total strength of this office during The main function of this office is implementation 19'84-85 was and enforcement of Sales Tax laws, recovery of tax 5. and issuing of forms. The number of employees in the office were 3. Agriculture Office The agriculture office at Silvassa was established Labour Enforcement Office in }9~5 and its services extended to the entire Dadra This office was establislled in June, 1979. The ~nd Nagar HaveJi. The m1.in functions of this office main function of this office is implementation of labour are exteil3ion of agricultural actIVItIeS, development laws in the territory. The number of employees in and mlintenance of ir 'igation system, development this office were two including the la bour enforcement of horticulture, training to cultivators in improved officer. agricultural practices, soil analysis. and plant prote~tion me1.sure" development and mal1ltel~ance of agrI.cul Office of the Soil Conservatioll tural/horticultural fa~n:u; for car~Ylllg out, vanous demonstrations for trallung the cuHlvaton. Tne total There are two offices dealing with Soil Conser stremgth of Agriculture office was ~8 dming ] 984-85 vation. Their details are given below of survey and is headed by the Agriculture officer. (i) Office of the Sub-Divisional Soil Conservation Officer-I Animal Husbandry and Veterinary Servkes Office This office was established in 1970 extending This office wa!', established in 1973 in Silvassa· its sf\rvices to the whole of Dadra and Nagar Haveli. The main function~ of this ~ffice are t~ provide The main activitie& of this office are to develop the vete.rinary servic~s, ImplementatIOn of :'larlOUS plan lands owned by private lanG holders, including the sch"'m~, undt!r daIry, poultry, c~ttk and pl~ge:'y se'Jtor ceiling surplus land allotted to landless scheduled m:lintenanci) of goyernmcnt daIrY dem!)n~',rahon. and caste and scheduled tribe agricultural labourers. Paddy p.ouLtry demostratH.m farms, dev()]opm;:: It of blO-gas being the staple crop of thi'l territory, so undulating and fhherics and dairy .dcvelopmeD;t. Th~ tot?l stre~gth and sloppy land with good soil depth is converted of this offic~ W3.S 33 dUfmg 1984-85 mdudng tile AnImal into paddy fif\lds by constructing bench terraces across husbandry-cum-veterinary oJ11cer. the slope. The land owned by scheduled Caste/Sche~ duled Tribe farmers is developed at cent per cent Ollic.; of the Deputy Conservator of forests government cost and others at subsidised rates. The ~otal s~rength of.tI:U~ office ,,:,as 37 at the .time of survey This office was established after the liberation of mcludmg sub-DlVIslOnal SOlI ConservatIOn officer-I. the Union Territory. Its main function is preservation of forest wealth, for beautification and better environ (fi) Office of the Sub-Divisional ment and plantation of important reve.nue fetching Soil Conservation Officer-II species, maintenance of gardens, celeb~atlon of Vana Mahotsava to encourage tree plantatlOn etc:. The office functions under the control anrl SllnerVlSlOn of This offiCe} was established in 1976. The areas Deputy Conservator of Forest. The to;;
TABLE III.1 It can be seen from the table III'2 that the total Income of Group Panchayat for the year 1983-84, expenditure of the Panchayat has considerably increased 1984-85 from Rs. 6 ·43 lakhs in 1983-84 to Rs. 47 ·83 lakhs in (Rs. in lakhs) 1984-85. A large amount of Rs. 36 ·14 lakhs has been spent on road and maintenance in 1984··85 may be, Income by source Years due to the windfall income accrued during that year.
1983-84 1984-85 Varishtha Panchayat 2 3 Dadra and Nagar Haveli was merged with the Union of India on August 11, 1961 after its liberation 1 House tax, professional tax, market, in 1954. Till its merger with the Indian Union, the bazar tax (lorry tax) , 1 ·70 1 ·75 territory was administered by the local Acministra 2 Sand and metal royalty 0·50 0·60 tion. Just after three months of the liberation i.e. on 3 Land revenue . 0·42 0·45 25-11-54, a Varistha Panchayat was constituted by 4 Grant-in-aid 1 ·42 0·22 nominating 36 leading and prominent members of 5 Cattle pound/chairs rents . 0·04 0·04 different villages. During this period the Varishtha 6 Fin wood 0·12 0·20 Panchayat had played an important advisory role 7 Bank interest/other loans. 0·75 1 ·00 After the enactment of Dadra & Nagar Haveli Village Panchyat Act/Rules, came into force, the Varishth:, TOTAL 4·95 4·26 Panchayat was constituted by the members elected from amongst the Village Panchayats. In all, there WINDf~ALL INCOME . 1 ·53 63 ·01 are 32 members in the present Varishtha Panchayat GRANv TOTAL 6'48 67·27 and these members also elect their own Sarpanch and Deputy Sarpanch. The varishtha Panchayat plays Source : Registels maintained by the Group Gram Panchayat an advisory role for the Administration. During the It may be seen from the table III· 1 that the major meeting, Varishtha Panchayat passes resolution for sources of income of the Panchayat seems to be house improvement/implementation of government Scheme tax, professional tax and market/bazar tax, interest etc. However, it has been observed that for the last on bank accounts and loan royalty on land and metal few yoars the functions of the Varishtha Panchayat have changed manifold. and land revenue. There is a windfall~ income to the tune of Rs. 63 '01 lakhs during 1984-85. There is an increase in the income from various sources in 1984-85 Conservancy when compared to 1983-84 excepting cattle pound The sanitation work of the silvassa town is looked recoveries there is a rent from chairs which has remained arter by the Medical. Department of the ~ottage Hospital constant. However, decrease in case of government ~llvassa. . For mallltena~ce of cleanlIness, sweeping grant from Rs. 1 ·42 lakhs in 1983-84 to Rs. 0 ·22 lakhs IS done tWIce a day morrung and evening. There, are in 1984-85 may be noticed. open surface drains which are capable of drailling The expenditure of the Group cPanchaiyat comp out in rain water. There are about 238 different types rises administrative expenditure, expenditures on health of latrines which include water-borne (100) service and maintenance, road maintenance, planning and latrines (88) and the remaining 50 are other types in development, social welfare, education and cultural the town. All the government buildings are provided activities etc. The expenditure of the Group Panchayat wit? septic tan.k latrines and the p~ivate buildings for the year 1983-84 and 1984-85 is given in the follow WhICh a~e commg up a.re ,!-lso prOVIded with septic ing table: tank latrmes. Garbage IS dIsposed of at Amli in the nallahjneal government farm. The conservency staff TABLE II1.2 consists of one Sanitary Inspector, one Mukadam Expenditure of Group Panchayat for the rear 1983-84, ono driver and 34 male sweepers (including 17 o~ 1984-85 daily wages) and 7 female sweepers (including 5 on (Rs. in lakhs) daily wages).
Years Expenditure by item ------Water Supply 1983-84 1984-85 The main sources of water supply to the town are 2 3 tube-wells, dug wells and rivers. Water supply through tap from tube-wells and river is arranged and managed 1 Administrative expenditure 0·59 1 ·66 by the Public Works Department, water supply Sub 2 Health and maintenance . 1 ·29 6·68 I?ivision-II. There is one storage tank built on Piparia 3 Road and maintenance 4·00 36 ·14 fIver at about 0·5 kms. from the town. The capacity 4 Planning and Development 0·09 0'24 of the storage tank is 3 ·5 lakhs literes. There are 47 5 Social Welfare 0·10 0'40 tube-wells (bore-",:ells) provided in different localities 0·16 0·71 of the town. Besl~es there are about 54 dug wells in 6 Education and culture the town. There IS no water treatment plant in the Others . 0'20 2·00 7 town.. There ar~ four pun:tping stations of 5 H.P. - _._------capaCIty. There IS one serVIce resorvoir with storage TOTAL 6·43 47.83 capacity of 3·5 lakh, liters and one overhead tank 16 through which water is supplied to different localities points. Tube lights and bulbs are used for lighting of the town. Seven lakhs litres of water is supplied public placc3. Timing for road lighting is from 6 p.m. daily once in the morning and ill the (. vening. In the to 6 a.m. The total power consumed and the total morning water is released from 7 a.m. to 9 a.m. and expc;lditurc incurred for road lighting during 1984-85 in the evening from 5 p.m. to 7 p.m. There are 340 is not available. domestic connections inside the town, 399 office connections, 7 industrial connections and 38 public Transport taps. There is no water-meter system for assessing the Silvas~a being the headquarters of Dadra and consumption of water. Water charges are fixed (is Nagar Haveli. it is connected to 55 villages within follows: For half inch bore-pipe the actual charges the territory and some places outside the territory are Rs. 5/- and service charges is Re. 1. For three by a good network of road. The administration of fourth inch bore pipe it is Rs. 9 including Re. 1 as Dadra and Nagar Haveli do not have its own transport service charges. And for one inch bore-pipe it is Rs. agency. The buses operating in the territory are pro 16 including Re. 1 as service charges. vided by Gujarat State Transport and Maharashtra State Transport corporations. Altogether there are Power 23 bus routes passing through the town. The Gujarat The town is enjoying the facility 0f electricity State Transport Corporation is maintaining the bus since 1964. However, there is no generation of elec stand at Silvassa. The list of important bus routes tricity in the union territory and power is purchased passing via Silvassa to other places of the territory from the Government of Gujarat State Electricity and out~ide are given below Board. It is transmitted throuth 220/66 KY. sub-station at Vapi which is at a distance of 18 kms. from Silvassa Name of Bus Route Agency running Town. From Vapi sub-station the power is received the service at 66 KV sub-station at Piparia situated on the o',tskrit of Silvassa Town. InformrtioTI cdldccl on number 1. Vapi-Silvassa-Dapada-KhanveL Gujarat Road of connections in the town at the time of survey in Vans ada Transport. 1984-85 shows that there are 1621 connections for 2. Yapi-Silvassa-Dapada-Surangi domestic lightings,'459 for commercial, 124 for indus " trial, 48 for agriculture/irrigation, 39 for other esta 3. Yapi-Kilavani-Morkhal blishments and there are 224 road lighting pionts. The " following table shows the details collected on volume 4. Vapi-Silvassa-Kilvani-Randha of consumption, rate per unit and number of appli .. 5. Vapi-Silvassa-Sili cations in the waiting list. " 6. Vapi-Silvassa-Vaghchippa TABLE III. 3 " 7. Vapi-Silvassa-Saily Consumption of electricity, 1984-85 " 8. Vapi-Silvassa-Madhuban Dam Type of Number Volume Rate per Number .. establishment of connec- of con- unit ofappJi 9. Silvassa-Masat tions given sumption cations if " any in the 10. Silvas sa-Piparia waiting " 11. Silvassa-Saily-Umarkui list " 12. Silvassa-Surat 2 3 4 5 .. 13. Dahanu-Iohar-Khanvel-Sil- Maharashtra Road Re. yassa Transport Domestic Lighting 1621 0.45 m.u. 0.52 15 14. Dahanu-U dava-Khanvel-Sil- Industrial 124 6.85 m.u. 0.75 30 yassa " Inigation! Agricul- ture 48 0.03 m.u. 0.45 2 15. Nasik-Silvassa ., Commercial 459 0.5m.u. 0.82 35 Road lighting 224 0.05m.u. 0.77 Other establish- Within the town auto-rickshaws and taxis are ments 39 a.OSm.u. 0.75 available for going from one place to another. These are run by the private individuals. Round about 33 M.U.-Mega Unit. auto rickshaws serve the need of transport within the Electricity .charges due and realised by diffci"ont town. There are about 43 taxis operating in the territory. types of establIshments for the year 1984-85 is not Though mete,'s are fixed in the auto-rickshaws aRd av~ilable. At the time. of survey the pending appli t xis thf. y arc no~ in opere 'ion, n<: charfes are not iY~t catIons were 15 for agrIculture and 35 for commercial fixed by the administration. connections. The additional load required for pending Road transport is the only means of to and f1'o applications is 4000 K.V.A. movement of goods ;_;,nd passengers in the town. 'ifrucks :l'.·C mostly used for tram;porting goods. The important :rhe road lighting and lighting in public place" g:()od~ hr(Jught in the Vmn are rice and wheat from prOVided .and looked after by the Electricity Depart Ba,'OlL Sl1!',l; fr<)n1 Gandevi and Edible oil and control ment Silvassa. Lighting is provided through 224 cloths i'rou ilollluay. 17 Post anel Tel.lIih 9,S93 money orders for Rs. 1,95,407 ·83 were sent Lhrough this' post-office to persons outside the town. The Indian Post and Telegraph services in the town were started SOOl after the integrction of th0 The tei !g;·d.i1:J sectioa rec.)ived 4839 telegramS territory in 1961. There is a sub-post office function and issued 4120 telegram') during the year 1984-85· ingin the town with its headquarters at Valsad in Gujarat. The tclephoac exchange ha'ldled about 315,710 local This office is located near the childrell's Park. It attends calls and 34,594 trunk calls during the year 1984-85· to all the P03tal transactions and telegraph services There are 349 telephone connections in the town and of the town. The approximate sale proceeds of postal 135 applications are on the waiting list. There is one stationery during the year 1984-85 is given in the follow- public telephone booth. ~~hle: - Fire Fighting Services TABLE IIf.,l The fire brigade unit in the town was set up in Sale of postal stationery ill the town, 1984-85 [983 with a total strength of 4 persons which included a sub-officer, a leading fireman, a fireman and driver. Postal stationery Number sold Total sale pro The unit is working under the control of the Chief ceeds in (Rs.) of Police. During the year 1984-85 the Fire Brigade unit of Silvassa attended 3 fire calls one at Vapi Paper 2 3 Mill, one housefire at Naroli and one call at Piparia Industrial Estate. 1. Post cnrds . 1,50,000 1,65,000 2. Inland letters 7,75;000 1,05,000 Educational Institutions 3. Envelopes 30,000 30,900 As revealed by the 1981 Census 54 per cent of 4. Stamps 2,10,000 2,25,000 the total popUlation of the town are literates. 63 .per 5. Money order forms 9,000 12,000 cent among males and 44 per cent among females are literates. Educational facilities are available from primary upto higher secondary level in Silvassa town. Jihrt, TOTAL 11,74,000 5,37,900 degree level and above institutions both technical and non-technical are not in existence in the town. During Portuguese regime there was only one 'Portuguese ':fhe post-office handled about 12,064 money schod in the town. After the liberation, there is a orders for a total amount of Rs. 7,34,602 ·58 during steady progress in this dir~ction. the year 1984-&5. Of these 2,471 money orders for ~s. 5,39,H)4 ·75 were received by the post~offi.ce from outsIde The following Table III'5 give3 the details on for 'dolivery to persons within its jurisdiction. Likewise, th:: educational institutions in the town.
TABLE 111.5 Number {If educational institutions in Silvassa town, 1985 Survey .------Name of Educational Institution Year of Whether Govt/ No. of Number of students teachers establish- Private/recognised/ ------~ ment unrecognised Total Boys Girk
2 3 4 5 6 7
1 'Govt. Primary School Patalia Falia N.A. Government 3 146 79 ·67 2 'Govt. Primary School, Kakadia Falia 1966 Government 2 80 43 37 3 'Govt. Primary school Tokarkhada . 1964 Government 4 180 95 S5 4 Govt. Primary School Patil Falia 1968 Government 2 63 41 22 5 Govt. Primary school Bhurkad Falia 1971 Government 2 63 37 26 6 Govt. Middle School Silvassa .1954 Government 50 1,429 785 '644 7 Lion's ~Eng1ish -medium) Middle school 1983 Private. 14 87 61 26 8 Father Agnelo school tEn-glish medium) 1964 Private 14 397 246 151 (Migsionary) 9 Gtwt. high school 1958 Government\.. 49 797 508 289 10 Govt. higher Secondary school Government J 395 28l J 11
At -the time of survey (1984-85) there were five enrolment in government primary schools was 532 primary s,cbools, three middle schools, one secondary (295 boys and 237 girls). The total enrolment in middle schodl and one Highcr secondary school in tho town. school was 1913 (1092 boys and 821 girls). J the All the 1iv.e primary schools 'belonged to the Govern secondary s?hool the t<;>tal enrol~eJ1t was 797 (508 bqys ment. Olit 'of three middle schools one uniongud 10 and 289 gFls). and III lhe hIgher secundary school government, one was an un-aiduu missionary school the numb?r of ~md(;nts enrolled was 395 (284 boys and the other was run by the lions Club of Silvass;1 :.llld 111 gIrls). [he total strength of teachers in ,primary which was also.an unaided middle school. The total school was 13 (5 males and 8 females), in middle 18
schools it W"s 78 (27 males and 51 females) a.·.d in was 14 (4 males and 10 females). Among them one (fe secondary and higher secondary the strength of teaching male) 'was post-graduate, 3 (1 male and 2 females) staff was 49 (40 males and 9 females). All these schools were graduates and 10 (3 males and 7 females) were are co-educational schools. Education is frec upto undergraduate toachers. The classes are run into shifts. higher secondary level. The first shift starts from 8 a.m. to 12 noon and the second shift begins at 12 '15 p.m. and ends at 5·30 Government Primary Schools (I-IV) p.m. The school remains closed on Staturday and Sunday. Out of five government primary schools, 3 are running classes from I -IV standard, one runs classes Father Agnelo English Middle School (Standard 1-Vll) from I-V standard and One from I-VI. Infact, the latter two schools will reach the category of middle The Father Agneto English School is located ne<..r schools in due cour.:ie of time. The Primary schoo13 the Collector's office. It is an un-aided missionary are located at Patalia Falia, Kakadia Falia, Patel school. The school was established in 1964. It has, Falia, Bhurkad Falia and Tokarkhada of the town. a cement-concrete building with facilities of electricity, water supply, bathroom/lavatory etc. There is a school Government Middle School (I -VII) library and pJayground. The total number of students enrolled in the school are 397 (246 boys and 151 girls), The Government middle school is located near these include 5 scheduled tribe students. The total the Zanda chowk. The school was established in 1954. strvngth of teachers is 14 (l male and 13 females), It is a cement concrete building with the facilities of 7 teachers are graduates and 7 are under-graduates. electricity, water supply, bathroom etc. The school Classes are run in two shifts, The first shift begins is provided with library and playground. The school at 8 ·15 a.m. and ends at 12 ·15 p.m. and the second provides instructions in three mediums viz. Gujarati, shift starts at 12 ·30 p.m. and ends at 5 '30 p.m. Marathi and English. The number of students enrolled in 1984-85 were 1429 (785 boys and 644 girls). These The Government High School and Higher Secondary include 95 scheduled caste students (48 boys and 47 School (VIII-X, XI and XII) girls) and 487 scheduled tribe students (304 boys The Government High School and the Higher 183 50 and girls). The strength of teaching staff was Secondary School is located l:ear the ~Zanda Chowk (22 males and 28 females). The students enrolled and was established in 1958. Tho higher secondary under the three mediums and the number of teachers school is attached to the high school. It has a cement for each is shown below : concwte building with the facility of light, water, toilet etc. It has a library, a laboratory and a play. Number of Number of ground. It is the only high school and higher secondary Medium of students teachers school in the town. At both the levels the medium of instructions ---_------~-~ Total Males Fe- Total Males Fe- instructions are Gujarati and English. The enrolment males males in the government high school at the time of survey was 797 (508 boys and 289 girls) 89 per cent of the 2 3 4 5 6 7 students were enrolled under Gujarati medium and the remaining under English medium. There \\ ere Gujarati. 1285 704 581 42 19 23 44 scheduled caste students (23 boys and 21 girls) Marathi. 79 42 37 4 2 2 and 288 scheduled tribe students (204 boys and 84 English • 65 39 26 4 3 girls).
TOTAL • 1429 785 644 50 22 28 Under Higher Secondary section covering Xltll and XlIth standards, education was provided in Arts, 90 per cent of the students are e,;rolled under Science and commerce streams. The enrolment under Gujarati medium. The classes are run in two shifts. Arts stream was 156 (109 boys and 47 girls) these includ The first shift for Standard Vth to VII is conducttu ed two scheduled caste students (boys only) and 66 scheduled tribe students (51 boys and 15 girls). All from 7-30 a.m. to 12-30 p.m. The second shift for Standard 1st to IV is conducted from 12.30 to 5 ·30 the students were stud)ing in Gujarati mt:dium. Under Science stream, the enrolment was 102 (75 boys and p.m. on Saturday the first shift is from 7 -45 to 11 a.m. and the second shift i3 from 11 a.m. to 2 p.m. The 27 girls). These included 6 students of scheduled castes (4 boys and 2 girls) and 13 students of scheduled tribes a ubject taught ar~ Gujarati, English, Marathi, Science, maths, history, Geography, civics, crafts etc. Sports (10 boys and 3 girls). 90 per cent of the total students activities are hel d in the school. eUl'olled were under Gujarati medium and the remain ing under English medium. The subjects taught were Physics, Chemistry, Biology and Maths. The Com Lions English Middle School (Standard I-Vll) merce section enrolled 137 students (100 boys and 37 girls). These included 7 scheduled caste students This school is run by the Lion's Club of Silvassa (6 boys and one girl) and 24 scheduled tribes (23 boys and is located on Kilavani road. The school was and I girl). 89 per cent of the students were studying established in 1983 and is housed in a private building. under Gujarati medium. The total strength of the It is an un-aided school. The enrolment in the school teaching staff was 49 (40 males and 9 females), 15 of at the time of survey in 1984-85 was 87 (61 males and them were posHjraduatcs (12 males and 3 females)' 26 females). The,;~ included 5 (males) scheduled tribe 27 were graJu:1te~ (21 m~les and 6 females) and the students. The total strength of teachers in the school remaining 7 were under graduates (all males). 19
Adult Education Centre various ailments for which different medical depart ments were started like surgery, medicine, obstetric The Adult Education Programme was launched and gynaecology orthopaedy, dental, pathology by the administration in 1978-79. Its main intention etc, As reported during the survey year 1985 the total was to impart formal education to illitetate adult strength of the staff of the cottage hospital was 42. males and females. At the time of 1981 Census ther~ The table III'6 shows the staff position of medical, was only one centre in the town. At the time of survey nursing and other administrative staff working in the there were three adult education centres at Tokarkhada, cottage Hospital during 1984-85. Dubalwada and Patalia Falia in the town. Each centre imparted formal education of writing and reading TABLE III. 6 to 30 adults. The centres are run by the social workers The staff position in cottage hospital, Silvassa 1984-85 and the primary school teachers who are given an honorarium ,.t the rate of Rs. 50 per month. Staff position during Name of the Post the year 1984-85 The Industrial Training Institute 2 The Industrial Training Institute at Silvassa was established in 1976 and it imparts training in the L Gynaecologist 1 technical trades like electrician, wireman, fitter, turner, 2. Physician 1 welder and motor mechanic. The total intake capacity of the institute as reported during the survey year 3. Medical Officer 4 1984-85 was 196. However, at the time of survey only 4. Ayurvedic Medical Officer 172 students were undergoing training in the institute 5. Dental Surg~on , of whom 17 belonged to scheduled castes and 45 to scheduled tribes. The total number of teaching staff 6 Sister-in-charge 1 was 16 which included 12 technical instructors, two 7. Staff nUfse 4 work shop attendents and one group instructor and 8. Auxiliary nurse.'mid-wife 3 one medical dresser. Be3ides the technical staff there were 9 administrative staff which included one principal, 9. L' boratory techl'iCl"n 2 one head clerk, two Upper Division Clerks, one Lower 10. X'f2Y technici2n Division Clerk, two peons and two watchmen. 11. Pharmacist. 3 Medical facilities and Medical Institutions 12. Ayurvedic Pharmacist. 1 13. Dresser 1 During Portuguese regime the town and the entire 14. territory lacked much in medical facilities. There were Dai 3 three dispensaries in the whole territory which catered 15. U.D.C. 1 largely to the government servants and looked after 16. LD.C. 1 public health in general. In 1960 there was one dispen l7. Driver sary and a maternity centre at Silvas sa with 20 beds. At present there is one well equipped cottage hospital 18. Peon:Ward boy II at Silvassa and one family planning centre which is 19. Cook. 1 attached to the hospital. The net work of public 70. Sweeper 4 health system in the territory consists of one cottage hospital, 3 Public Health Centres, 6 dispensaries and one mobile dispensary unit. BeJides there are a few TOTAL 46 private practitioners in allopathic and also in homeo pathetic trelltment. The outpatient department (OPD) provided to the Hospital functions from 8 a.m. to 1 p.m. and from Cottage Hospital 4 p.m. to 6 p.m. from Monday to Friday. On Saturday the OPD functions from 8 a.m. to 12 noon. There The cottage hospital of Silvassa was built between is also a casualty department and casualty ward for 1966-68 and the hospital started functioning from emergency treatment which functions round the clock. 11 th May 1968. In the begbing 25 beds were provided The average number of patients visiting the OPD in the hospital. Laboratory facility was also provided. are 156 per day. On an average 6 patients are admitted Medical aid was given free to all adiva~is and bQck in the hospital daily. As reported during the survey ward classes. Ambulance facility was also given free year the number of patients examined and treated in to them. Tn coune of time the hospital was provided the OPD were 40,374. The number of patients admitted with the facilities of diagnostic X'ray unit. electric in the hospital during the year weTe 1197. 78 major cardiograph and clinical pathology laboratory. The operations and 287 minor operations were performed. arrangement of transfusion of fresh bJooJ was also The people of the town and the territory have been made on voluntary basis. The hospital worked under greatly benefitted with the facility of the medical care the charge of the Chief Medical Officer who was also provided by the cottage Hospital and their hardship the head of Family Planning centre. has been considerably minimised as they need not go outside the territory for medical treatment. At the time of surv~y in 1984-85 the total bed strength of the cottage Ho'>pital was 50. The Hospital The following table shows the incidence of ili~f'Jll~"'~ is provided with all the major speciaJisr o.crvice' fur treated in the hospital during 1984-85, 20 TABLE III. 7 he:lIth. The hospital is manag()d by the qualified veteri. lllcidlolUce 4lf (Iis~ases treated in the C()t(:lge hospital, Silvas~a nary. surgeolls. and i; fully equippc,! for undertaking U8~~. ' ~urglcal operations, The ~cterillary hospital is run by the Dcpa:tment of the Ammal Husbandry and Veteri NUl11ber treated nary serVlCes. The table 111.8 show~ the incidence of Category of e1ise.le.es disi}:l~es a~ong the allimals tnnted in the veterinary Indoor Outdoor hos.pItal, Silvas~a during 1984-85,
2 3 TABLE III·8 Incidence of diseases among animals. treated during 1. Infective and parasitic diseases 290 5894 1984-85 2. Diseases of thl: blood and bloodform. ing organs 59 10596 Animal Disease Number-of 3. Mental, psychoneurotic and per"ona animals lity disorders 13 6 tr.nted 4. Diseases I)f the nervous system and 2 sense organs 15 41 3 5. Diseases of the circulator~ system Bovine 4 12 Abc~ss, wound, etc 2,654 6. Diseases of the respiratory system 145 8218 Pyrexia of unknow origin 1,050 7. Diseases of the digestive system 1-n 592 Calf-scour 541 Diarrhea (Dietory origin) 8. Diselses of the genito-urinary SyS 52& tem 55 500 Foot-rot 258 Tympany 9. Deliveries ard complications of preg 16~ nancy, child-bi,th and the puerpe Indigl:tian 164 rium 259 18 Mastitis. 153 10. Diseases of the Skin and Cellular Dystokia ® tissue 30 14')63 Cancer of horn 46 11. Diseases of the bones and organs of (Cow) pox movements 3 52 Dengu fever 26 12. Accidents, poisining and violence 183 434 Fracture of horn 70 Metritis 96 TOTAL j 197 lC374 Retained Placenta 58 Milk fevar 38 Pro laps of uterus 14 Family Welfare Centre Ketosis. 33 The family welfare activities in the territory w()re Asthma 5 started since 1966. The family welfare centre at Silv,tssa Ha:ntnorrhagic s'.~ptae<,;ii11mia 3 is attached to the Cottage H03pital and works under Bla~k quarter 7 the control and supervision of the Chief Medical Oflicer Gengrcne of tail 13 of the Cottage Hospital. Its main activity is to edu~atc Pneumonia and encourage the people to adopt family welfare 7 Surra 7 methods in order to reduce the population growth. Castration As reported during the survey year 1984-85, 1363 831 Canino Gastro-:mtcritis stel'ilizations were undertaken in the ceatre which 26 D()rmatitis incIud,_;d :2') tubectomy J.ud 634 vasecto~y ope(atil)ns. 32 Alopecia There welte 194 IUCD ins~rtions. Be3id~" 576 con 7 tracC!}tive3 w..:rc di,tribnted to males, and 40 fern des Otorrhea 5 took' the advantage of oral rills. ----~- TOTAL 6,952 Veterinary Hospital It ml1.y be ~,o"n that u') many a3 6882 bovine animals Th0re is a Vet'li'jnary Hospital at Silvas]a for treat and 70 vani w anim"lls werl} treatod in the hospital ment of animal di:;els"s and for looking after animal during ! 984-85. CHAPTER IV ECONOMIC LIFE OF THE TOWN
During the Portuguese regime agriculture played Work force a pivotal role in the economy of Silvas~a. However, According to the concept adopted for the 1981 after liberation of Dadra & Nagar Haveli in 1954 and Census, a worker was defined as a person who had its integration with Indian Union as Union Territory done any economically productive work during the with its headquarters at Silvassa in 1961 the pursuits last one year preceding the date of enumeration. As per this definition, the term workers included all the other than agriculture like servioe, trade and oommerce full-time workers, seasonal workers, part-time workers and industry started gaining importance steadily. and even those whose contribution to work would U nti! 1971, the economy of Silvas sa continued to be generally be considered insignificant. However, the agriculture oriented as more than 50 per cent of its workers were further classified into "main workers" total workers were engaged in the activities related and "marginal workers". Main workers were those who worked for the major part of the year i.e. six months to agriculture. But with the extension of adminL (183 days) or more. Marginal workers 'were those who strative, educational and service· establishments and worked for less than six months. These marginal the expansion of trade, commerce and industrial workers however are excluded from the purview of the activities in the town during the last decade has definition of the working force which indicates only main workers. Table IV.1 gives the distribution of changed the structure of town's economy from population into main workers, marginal workers purely agriculture to service-cum, agriculture oriented and non-workers in the union territory of Dadra & economy. Nagar Haveli and Silvassa town in 1981 Census.
TABLE IV. 1 Main workers, marginal 'Workers and non-worker!! In Dadra & Nagar HaveIi and SiIvalSB town, 1981 census.
U.T./Town Population Main workers Marginal workers Non-workers Persons Males Females Persons Males Females Persom------Males Females Persons Males Females
2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Dadra & Nagar 1,03,676 52,515 51,161 42,315 28,942 13,373 8,404 632 7,772 52,957 22,941 30,016 Haveli (100 ·00) (l00 -00) (100.00) (40 -81) (55 -11) (26 ·14) (8 -11) (1.20) (15 -19) (51 '08) (43 ,69) (58 '61) Silvassa Town. 6,914 3,669 3,245 2,473 1,885 588 427 144 283 4,014 1,640 2,374 (100,00) (100,00) (100 ·00) (35 '77) (51 '38) (18 -12) (6'17) (3·92) (8,72) (58 '06) (44 '70) (73 ,16)
(Figures jn bracket give the percentages)
It may be seen from table IV.1 that there are 2473 the same period. Decrease in the proportion of workers workers comprising 1885 males and 588 females in the in 1981 census might be due to change in the concept total population of 6914 in the town. 'fhus, the work of the tetm worker in 1981 as compared to 1971 census participation rate in the total populatIOn works out definition. Though basically a person was classified to 35 ·77 per cent. Among males it is considerably as worker in 1971 or main worker in 1981 on more higher being 51 ·38 per cent whereas it is less among or less the same criterion in both the censuses, the basis females being 18·12 per cent. It is important to note of such criterion was more specific in 1981 than in 1971. that the work participation rate in the territory's total In 1981 census time period of 183 days was used to population is ~igher being 40 ·81 p~r cent_ It is also determine whether a person was a main worker or not considerably hIgher among males bemg 55 -II per cent While in the 1971 census, the criterion which deter~ than among females which is 26 ·14 per cent. The mined the main activity of an individual was how he 1981 work participation rate of the town when com engaged himself mostly or in what manner he spent pared with that of 1971 it is observed that though the major portion of his time. there' is an increase in the total number of workers from 1644 in 1971 to 2473 in 1981, the work parti Industrial classification of workers cipation rate has slightly decreased from 36 ·57 per cent . F
TABLE !V.2 Main workers classified by industrial category by sex in 1962, 1971 and 1981 Censuses
Workers in 1962 Census Workers in 1971 Census Main Workers in 1981 Census Industrial Category Persons Males Females Persons Males Females Persons Males Females
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
I Cultivators 751 367 384 541 315 226 642 369 273 (54 ·78) (43 ·33) (73 ·28) (32,91) (26,29) (50·67) (25,96) (19,58) (46·43) II Agricultural Labourers 145 66 79 263 155 108 106 47 59 (10 ·58) (7·79) (15 ·08) (16 ·00) (12,94) (24·22) (4,29) (2 '49) (10,04) m Livestock, Forestry, Fishing, 33 31 2 32 32 94 88 6 Hunting & Plantations, (2 '41) (3,66) (0 '38) (1 '95) (2 '67) ( .. ) (3·80) (4,67) (1'02) orchards and allied activities
IV Mining and Quarrying ( .. ) c.. ) ( .. ) ( .. ) ( .. ) ( .. ) V Manufacturing, processing, servicing & repairs (a) Household Industry 65 55 10 95 79 16 45 37 8 (4 '74) (6 ·49) (1 ,91) (5 '78) (6 '60) (3·59) (1 ,82) (1,96) (1'36) (b) Other than household 21 21 89 79 10 445 405 40 IndUstry (1 '53) (2 '48) ( .. ) (5 '41) (6 ,60) (2 '24) (17 ·99) (21.49) (6.80) VI Constructions 76 72 4 62 61 1 181 165 16 (5,54) (8 ·50) (0 ·76) (3 '77) (5·09) (0·22) (7 '32) (8,75) (2,72) VII Trade and Commerce. 64 56 8 159 142 17 285 260 25 (4·67) (6 '61) (1 ,53) (9 '67) (11 '85) (3 '81) (11 '52) (13 '79) (4 '25) VIII Transport, storage and 32 32 33 33 88 86 2 communications (2'33) (3 '78) ( .. ) (2 ·01) (2.75) (3 ,56) (4 '56) (0,34) IX Other Services . 184 147 37 370 302 68 587 428 159 (13 '42) (17 ·36) (7 ·06) (22,50) (25,2) (I5 '25) (23 ,74) (22 ·71) (27,04)
TOTAL 1,371 847 524 1,644 1,198 446 2,473 1,885 588 (100 '00) (100 ·00) (100 ·00) (100 '00) (100 ·00) (100 ·00) (100 ,00) (100 ·00) (100 ,00) (Figures within bracket indicate percentages) The distribution of workers among the nine indus and trade and commerce with 13 ·79 per oent. The trial categories in the 1981 census given in table IV ·2 participation of female workers is predominant in shows that a maximum number of workers are engaged cultivation where 46 ·43 per cent of the total female in cultivation i.e. 25 ·96 per cent closely followed by workers are engaged as against 19 ·58 per cent of the other services with 23 ·74 per cent, in manufacturing, total male workers. Even the percentage of female processing, servicing and repairs in other than household workers is more in other services and those who are industry with 17.99 per cent and in trade and commerce engaged as agricultural labourers i.e. 27.04 and 10·04 with 11 ·52 per cent. A good number of workers are per cent respectively as against 22·71 and 2 ·49 per engaged in construction activities (7 ·32 per cent). cent respectively observed among the total male workers. The workers engaged as agricultural labourers and The participation of female workers in manufacturing, in livestock, fort)stry, fishing, hunting & plantations, processing, servicing and repairs in other than household orchards and allied activities constitute 8 ·09 per cent industry and trade and commerce is 6 ·80 and 4 '25 5 ·38 per cent of the total workers come under the per cent respectively. The participation in the re category transport and communications and household maining industrial categories is very less being 5·44 industry. per cent. The sex-wise break-up of the workers in the town A comparative study of the distribution of workers reveals a universal feature of male workers being more among the nine industrial categories in 1962, 1971 in number in the total working force. The male workers and 1981 reveals that the employment pattern in tlw of the town constitute as high as 76 ·22 per cent of the town is slowly changing from the traditional occupa total workers. The participation of male workers is tions to modern occupations. The change obscrvod the highest in other services being 22·n per cent is not only relative but also absolute. For example, followed ~y th?se in man ufacturing, processing, servicing, against 896 and 804 persons returning as engaged in and repaIrs In other than household industry with agricultural activitie~ in 1962 and 1971 Census res. 21 ·49 per cent, in cultivation with 19 ·58 per cent pectively, we have now 748 persons returning this occupation in 1981. The shift may also be soon in house 2 hold indUstry as the nUInbel' of workers in this category 3 4 S whioh were 65 and 95in 1962 and 1971 Census respectively 23 Manufacture of cotton textiles 67 57 10 d~n came to 45 in 19S1. The categories which mainly, (3 -88) (1,88) (3,91) ganed In the labour force are manufacturing, pro 24 Manufacture of wool. silk and 4 4 ~ing, servicing and repair in othor than household (_._) mdustry (12 '58 per cent), construction (3 ·55 per synthetic fI bre textile (0 '23) (0 '27) oent), livestook, forestry, fishing, hunting, plantation, 25 Manufacture of Jute, Hemp 1 1 orchards and allied activities and tradtJ and commerce and Mesta textiles (0 '06) (_._) (0 '39) (1 '85 per cent each), transport storage and communica 26 Manufacture of textile pro 60 56 4 tions (1 ·55 per cent) and other services (1 ·24 per ducts (including wearing ap (3 ,48) (3 ,81) (1 ·56) cent). The shift of labour may bo called from rural parel other than footwear) . occupations to urban occupations and it clearly reveals 27 Manufacture of wood and 51 45 6 the development of urban characteristics of the town. Wood products, furniture and (2,96) (3 ·06) (2 ·35) fixtures This can be further fortified by a positive correlation 28 Manufacture of paper and 8 ~tween the rise in population of the town and rise 8 paper products and printing, (0,46) (0·55) (_._) ~n tho number of workers engaged directly or indirectly publishing and allied indus In the occupation related to industry, trade and commerce. tries In fact, the shift observed in the work force is indicative 29 Manufacture of leather and 4 4 of the transformation of the town's economy from leather and fur products ex (0,23) (0,27) (_._) agriculture to non-agricultural sector. cept repair . As pet' the 1981 census 34 ·05 per cent of the total 30 Manufacture of rubber, plas 17 16 1 tic, petroleum and coal pro (0·99) (1 '09) (0 ·39r workers are engaged in primary sector (categories ducts. . . . . I, II, III and IV), 27 ·13 per cent are in secondary sector 31 Manufacture of chemicals and (categories V(a), V(b) and VI) and 38.82 per cent 32 29 3 (1 ,85) in the tertiary sector (categories VII, VIII and IX). chemical products (1 ·97) (1 ,17) Thore has been a decrease in the proportion of workers 32 Manufacture of non-metallic 53 42 11 in primary sector by (16 ·81 points). While there is mineral products . (3,07) (2 ·86) (4 ,30) an increase of 12 ·17 and 4 ·64 points in secondary 33 Basic metal and alloys indus 2 2 and tertiary sectors during the decade 1971.81. tries (0 '12) (0 -14) (_._) 34 Manufacture of metal pro- 55 52 3 . An attempt is made here to examine the type of ducts and parts except machi (3 '19) (3,54) (l '17) ll1dustry in which the 1981 Census workers excluding nery and transport equip cultiva.tors and agricultural labourers are engaged ment . with the help of the table IV ·3 given below. Industries 35 Manufactue of machinery. 9 8 1 are classified according to the National Industrial machine tools and parts ex (0,52) (0 ·55) (0 ·39) classification (NrC), adopted for the 1981 census. cept electrical machinery Two digits code of NIC is used for classification of 36 Manufacture of electrical 3 3 the type of industry. machinery, apparatus, appli (0·17) (0 '20) (_._) ances and supplies parts TABLE IV'3 37 Manufacture of transport 1 1 equipments and parts (0 ,06) (0 '07) (_._) Type of Industry and persons engaged in each of them, 38 Other manufacturing indus 26 22 1981 Census 4 tries • (1 ,51) (1 ·50) (1 ·56) 39 Repair 55 54 1 NlC Type of Industry Number engaged (3,19) (3,68) (O ·39) CocIIt ~----- (two Persons Males Females digit) 40 Electricity 24 24 (1 '39) (1 '63) (_._) 1 2 3 4 5 42 Gas and Steam 7 7 (0,41) (0,48) (_._) 00 Agriculturall'roduetion 9 9 50 Construction 172 156 16 (0 '52) (0 '61) (_._) (9,97) (10 ,62) (6,25) 01 Plantation 11 11 51 Activities allied to construc 9 9 (_._) (0 '64) (0 '75) tion (0 ·52) (0·61) (_._) 02 Livestock production 24 21 3 64 Wholesale trade in miscella 1 1 (1 ,39) (1 '43) (1 '17) neous manufacturing (0 ·06) (0·07) 03 Agricultural services 23 21 2 65 Retail trade in food and food 149 131 18 (1 ,33) (1 '43) (0,78) articles, beverages, tobacco (8 ·64) (8,92) (7 '03) OS Hunting, trapping and game 22 22 intoxicants pr-oduction (1 ,27) 0·50) (_._) 66 Retail trade in textiles 20 20 (1 ,16) (1 '36) 06 Fi&hing 4 3 1 (0 '23) (0 -20) (0 '39) 67 Retail trade in fuel and other 15 15 20-21 Manufacture offood products 43 39 4 household utilities and dura (0 '87) (1 '02) (2 '49) (2 -63) (1 '56) bles ---- 24
TABLE 1V.3-Contd. In 'Other Services' (Category IX), there are maxi mum number of workers (587 i.e., 23 ·74 per cent) : 1 2 3 4 5 Manufacturing, processing, servicing and repairs consisting of household and other than household 68 Re~ai1 trade in others 32 30 2 industries (Category V-Table IV'2) absorbs (1 ·85) (2,04) (0 ,78) second largest economic group of workers and it has 69 Restaurants and hotels 40 36 4 engaged 490 persons or 19 ·81 per cent of the total (2,32) (2 '45) (1,56) workers in the town and of them most of the workers are found in Group 23-Manufacture of cotton textiles 70 Land transport 81 80 1 (3 ·88 per cent), followed by Group 26-Manufacture (4·70) (5 '45) (0 '39) of cotton textile products (includin.g wearing apparel 72 Air transport 1 1 other than footwear) (3 '48 per cent), Group 34-Manu (0 ,06) (0 '39) facture of mtltal products and parts except machinery 73 Services incidental to transport 1 1 and transport equipments (3 ·19 per cent), Group (0·06) (0,07) 39-Repair (3 ·19 per cent), Group 32-Manufacture of non-metallic mineral products (3 ·07 per cent), Group 75 Communications L 5 5 27-Manufacture of wood and wood products furni ( 0 ,29) (0,34) tures and fixtures (2 ·96 per cent) and Group 20-21- 80 Banking and similar type of 14 14 Manufacture of food products (2 ·49 per cent). financial insitutions (0,81) (0 ,95) 81 Providents and Insurance 2 2 285 persons or 11 ·52 per cent of the total workers (0,12) (0 '14) are found engaged in trade and commercial activities 82 Real estate and business ser 5 5 in the town. A majority of them are found in Group vices (0,29) (0,34) 65-Retail trade in food and food articles, beverages, tobacco and intoxicants (8 '64 per cent) followed by 83 Legal Services 7 6 1 Group 69-Restaurants and hotels (2 ·32 per ,cent), (0,41) (0 '41) (0 ,39) Group 68-Retail trade in others (1 '85 per cent) and 90 Public administration and 216 192 24 Group 66-Retail trade in textiles (1 ·16 per cent), defence services (12 ,52) (13,07) (9·38) 91 Sanitary services 431 181 persons or 10 ·49 per cent are found engaged (0,23) (0 '20) (0 '39) in construction activities of which majority are engaged in Group 50-Construction (9 ·97 per cent), 94 persons 92 Education, scientific and re 127 54 73 or 5 ·95 per cent were reported to be engaged in agri search services (7 ,36) (3 '68) (28, 52) culture, hunting, forestry and fishing of which majority 93 Medical and health services 69 58 11 is engaged in Group 02-livestock production (1 ·39 (4,00) (3 '95) (4,30) per cent) followed by Group 03-Agricultural services 94 Community services 17 16 1 (1 ·33 per cent) and Group 05-Hunting, trapping land game production. Of the 88 or 5 ·10 per cent engaged (0 '99) (1 '09) (0 '39) in transport, storage and communications most of them 95 Recreational and cultural ser 9 9 are found engaged in Group 70-Land trasport (4 ,70 vices (0 '52) (0 '61) per cent). 96 Personal services 85 40 45 (4,93) (2 -72) (17' 58) Among male workers, the type of industries in 99 Services not elsewhere clas 29 26 3 which the majority of them are engaged are broadly sified (1 '68) (1 ,77) (1 ,17) the same as observed among the total workers. How ever, among the female workers majority of them i.e., 73 or 28 '52 per cent are found engaged in Group 92- TOTAL 1,725 1,469 2; Education. Scientific and research services as against (100 '00) (100 '00) (100 ·00) 3 ·68 per cent in males in this group. The other group in which the female workers are more than males is Group 96-Personal servicell 17 '58 per cent as against 2·72 per cent in males. It may be seen from the table IV·3 that out of a total workers -of 1,725 other than cultivators and agri cultural labourers as many as 587 or 34 '02 per cent The above analysis of workers and the type of are found in other services, consisting of Central Govt. industries in which they are engaged reveals that be
> offices and other local bodies, sanitary services, educa sides agricultural activities, there are other services, tion, scientifio and research services, medical, health, manufacturing, processing, servicing and repairs and community. recreational and personal services in the trade and commerce that constitute the backbone of town. Of these majority of them are found in Group the economy of the town. We may now examine the 90-Public administration and defence services (12 ·52 occupation of the workers as per the National classi per cent) followed by Group 92-Education, Scientific fications of occupations (NCO) as adopted in the 1981 and resear~h services (7 ·36 per cent), Group 96-Per census. The workers are classified according to the sona! serVices (4 '93 per cent) and Group 93-Medical two digits code of NCO for the purpose in the table and health services (4 '00 per cent). IV·4 given below : 25
TABLE IV'4 2 3 4 5 Distribution of workers other than cultivators and agricultural labourers by occupational groups, 1981 census 26 Working proprietors, 10 9 t directors & Managers, (0 ·58) (0 '61) (0·39) NCO Description Workers other services. Code 30 Clerical & other super 71 65 6 (two Persons Ma~ Females visors (4'12) (4,42) (2·34) digits) 31 Village officials 6 6 2 3 4 5 (0,35) (0 '41) 32 Stenographers, typists 15 7 8 00 Physical scientists 2 2 and card & tape punch (0 '87) (0 ,48) (3 ,13) (0 '12) (0 '14) ing operators. 02 Architects, engineers, 14 14 33 Book-keepers, cashiers 27 25 2 technologists and sur (0,81) (0 ,95) and related workers (l '56) (1 ,10) (0 ·78) veyors. 35 Clerical and related 102 89 13 03 Engineering technicians 7 7 workers (5,91) (6 '06) (5 '08) (0 '41) (0 '48) 36 Transport and com 1 1 05 Life scientists 1 1 munications supervisors (0 ,06) (0 '07) (0 ·06) (0,01) 37 Transport conductors & 2 2 07 Physicians and surgeons 17 16 1 guards (0 '12) (0,14) (0 ·99) (l ,09) (0.39 38 Mail distributors and 1 1 08 Nursing and other medi 15 1 8) related workers (0 '06) (0,07) cal and health technicians (0 ,87) (0 '48) (3 '13) 39 Telephone and telegraph 2 2 09 Scientific, medical and 4 4 operators (0 '12) (0 '14) technical persons, others (0 '23) (0,27) 40 Merchants and shop 119 109 10 10 Mathematicians, statisti 4 4 keepers, wholesale and (6·90) (7 ,42) (3 ·91) cians and related workers (0,23) (0 '27) retail traders. 11 Economists and related 1 1 41 Manufacturer's agents 1 1 workers (0,06) (0 '01) (0 ,06) (0,07) 12 Accountants, auditors 9 9 43 Salesmen, shop assistants 98 88 10 and related workers (0,52) (0·61) and related workers (5·68) (5 ·99) (3 ,91) 13 Social scientists and 7 5 2 44 InsuranCtt real estate, 2 2 related workers (0'41) (0,34) (0 ·18) securities and business (0 '12) (0 '14) services salesmen and 14 Jurists 6 5 1 auctioneers. (0 ,35) (0 '34) (0 '39) 50 Hotel and restaurant 5 4 1 15 Teachers 116 47 69 keepers (0 ,29) (0 '27) (0 '39) (6,72) (3·20) (26 '95) 52 Cooks, waiters. barten 33 29 4 16 Poets, authors, j ourna 1 1 ders and related workers (1 '91) (1,97) (1 ·56) lists and related workers (0 '06) (0 ,07) (Domestic and institu 17 Sculptors, painters, pho 1 1 tional) tographers and related (0·06) (0·07) 53 Maids and related house 64 20 44 creative artists. keeping service workers (3 .71) (1 '36) (17'19) 18 Composers and perfor 1 1 54 Building caretakers, 24 21 3 ming artists (0 ,06) (0,01) sweepers, cleaners and (1 '39) (1 '43) (1-17) related workers. 19 Professional workers 4 4 56 Hair dressers, barbers 8 8 n.e.c. (0 '23) (0 '27) beauticians and related (0,46) (0 '54) 20 Elected legislative offi 5 4 1 workers. cials (0 ,29) (0 '27) (0·39) 57 Protective service workers 79 76 3 21 Administrative and exe 19 18 1 (4,58) (5 '17) (l '17) cutive officials, Govern (1 '10) (1 '23) (0 '39) '59 Service workers n.e.c.. 1 1 ment and local bodies. (0·06) (0·07) 23 Directors, managers, 7 1 60 Farm plantations, dairy 8 8 financial institutions (0 '41) (0 '48) and other managers and (0 ,46) (0,54) supervisors. 24 Working proprietors, 83 82 1 64 Plantation labourers & 9 9 directors and managers, (4·81) (5 '58) (0 '39) Mining, constructions, related workers (0,52) (0 '61) manufacturing and relat 65 Other farm workers 33 29 ed workers. 4 (1·91) (1 ,97) (1 ·56) 25 Working proprietors, 28 28 66 Forestry workers 22 22 directors, managers (1 ,62) (1 ,91) (1 ,27) (1 ,50) and related executives, transport, storage and 68 Fishermen and related 4 3 communication. workers (0,23) (0 '20)
," > 26
TABLE IV-4-Contd. 2 3 4 5 4 5 2 3 98 Transport equipment 46 46 71 Miners, quarrymen, well 1 1 operators (2 '67) (3 ,13) drillers and related wor (0 '06) (0 '07) 99 Labourers n.e.c. 41 30 11 kers. (2 '38) (2,04) (4 '30) 72 Metal processors 4 4 XI Works reporting occu- 13 12 1 (0 '23) (0 '27) pations unidentifiable Of (0·75) (0 ,82) (0 '39) 74 Chemical processors & 10 10 inadequately described. (0 '58) (0 '68) related workers TOTAL 1,725 1,469 256 75 Spinners, weavers, knit 55 52 3 (100 ·00) (100 ·00) (100·00) ters dyers and related (3·19) (3 '54) (1.17) workers. It may be seen from the table IV·4 that out of 77 Food and beverage pro 22 19 3 (1 a total 1725 workers 119 or 6 ·90 per cent are mer csssors (1 '27) (1 '29) ,17) chants and shopkeepers in wholesale and retail trade 79 Tailors, dress-makers, 45 40 5 (Group 40) followed by 116 or 6 ·72 per cent are teach sewers, upholsters and (2 '61) (2 '72) (1 ,95) ers (Group 15), 102 or 5 ·91 per cent are clerical and related workers. related workers (Group 35), 98 or 5 ·68 per cent are 80 Shoemakers & leather 2 2 salesmen, shop assistants and related workers (Group goods makers (0 '12) (0 '14) 43), 83 or, 4 ·81 ,per cent are working proprietors, 81 Carpenter, cabinet & 49 43 6 directors & managers, mining, construction, manu related wood workers (2,84) (2,93) (2 '35) facturing and related workers (Group 24), 79 or 4 ·58 82 Stone cutters & carvers 5 5 per cent are protective service workers (Group 57), (0,29) (0 '34) 71 or 4 ·12 per cent are clerical and other supervisors 83 Blacksmiths, tool makers 34 34 (Group 30), 70 or 4 ·06 per cent are bricklayers and and machine tool ope (1 ,97) (2,31) other construction workers (Group 95), 64 or 3 '71 rators. per cent are maids and related housekeeping service 84 Machinery fitters, ma 55 51 4 workers (Group 53) and 55 or 3 ·19 per cent each as chine assemblers and (3,19) (3 '47) (1 ,56) spinners, weavers, knitters, dyers and related workers precision instrumental makers (except electrical) (Group 75) and machinery fitters, machine assemblers and precision instrument makers except eleotrical 85 Electrical fitters an d 30 30 (Group 84). related electrical and (1 '74) (2 '04) electronic workers. The pattern of occupation of the male workers is 86 Broadcasting station & 5 5 by and large the same as observed in the total workers. sound equipment ope (0 '29) (0 '34) However, the majority of female workers are teachers rators & cinema pro (Group 15). 69 females or 26 ·95 per cent of the total jectionists. female workers are found in this occupation. It is 87 Plumbers, welders, sheet 22 20 2 followed by maids and related housekeeping service (1 ,36) (0 ,78) metals & structural metal (1 '27) ·19 preparers and erectors. workers (Group 53) with 44 or 17 per cent clerical 1 1 and related workers (Group 35) with 13 or 5 ·08 per 88 Jewellery and precious cent, 10 or 3 ·91 per cent each as merchants and shop metal workers & metal (0·06) (0 '07) engravers (except print. keepers, wholesale and retail trade (Group 40), salesmen. ing) shop assistants and related workers (Group 43) and 89 Glass formers, p(){ters 49 39 10 Glass formers potters and related workers (Group and related workers (2 '84) (2,66) (3 ,91) 89). 90 Rubber and plastic 14 12 2 product makers (0 '81) (0·82) (0,78) Non-workers 91 Paper & Paper board 1 1 According to the 1981 Census, the non-workers product makers (0·06) (0 '07) form 58.06 per cent of the total population in Silvassa 92 Printing and related 3 3 town. Obviously, the proportion of male non-workers workers (0·17) (0 '20) is less i.e. 44.70 per cel1t as against female i.e. 73.16 93 Painters 3 3 per cent. The non-workers are further classified as- (0 '17) (0,20) (i) Full-time students (ii) Household duties 94 Production and related 9 9 workers n.e.c. (0,52) (0 '61) (iii) Dependents and infants 95 Bricklayers and other 70 63 7 (iv) Retired, rentiers and persons of independent construction workers (4,06) (4 '29) (2 '73) means 96 Stationary engines and 17 17 (v) Beggars, vagrants etc. related equipment ope (0·98) (1 ,16) (vi) Inmates of penal, mental and charitable inst rators, oilers & greaser. itutions and 97 Material handling and 20 12 8 (vii) others. related equipment ope (1'16) (0,82) (3 ·n) rators (loaders and Table IV.S shows the distribution of non-workers unloaders) by the type of activity. 21
TAJiLE IV.5
Non.lI'orkers by sex .all tile type 01 acti!lMy. 1981 census
Type of activity Persons Percentage Males Percentage Females Percentage distribution distribution distribution
2 3 4 5 6 1
Full·time students 1,559 38·84 895 54·57 664 21·97
Household duties 998 24·86 18 1.10 980 41 ·28
Dependents and infants 1,309 32·61 641 39·09 668 28'14
Retired, rentiers and persons of indepen- dent means 58 1 ·45 32 1 ·95 26 1 ·09 Beggars, vagrants etc.
Inmates of penal, mental and charitable institutions
Others 90 2·24 54 3·29 36 1 ·52
TOTAL NON-WORKERS 4,014 100·00 1,640 100·00 2,374 100·00
It may be seen from the table IV.5 that the majority TABLE IV·6 of non-workers came under the categories of fun-time W'Orkers classified' by sex and age-group, 1985 Survey students, dependents and infants and household duties. 38.84 per cent of the total non-workers are students TQtal population Total workers followed by dependents andlinfants with 32.61 pet c(.;nt Age-group ~---.------and household duties with 24.86 per cent. Among male Persons Males Females Persons Males Females non-workers full-time students form the largest group 2 3 4 5 6 7 whereas among female non-workers students form the third largest group as the dependents and infants formed 0-14 364 204 160 11 5 6 the second largest group. It may be mentioned that not a (2 -91) (1 ,19) (6 ·59) single person under the categories beggars, vagrants et'C. 15--19 115 61 48 41 26 15 and inmates of penal, mental and charitable institutions 01 ,08) (9·32) (16 '48) was reported in the 1981 census. 20-24 96 53 43 57 43 14 (15 ,41) (15 '41) (15 '39) Work force as revealed through 1985 survey data 25-29 S9 44 45 51 43 8 (13 ·78) . (15 '41) (8 '19) The population covered under the survery is 1022 persons of whom 370 are workers. The work participa 30-34 13 36 37 49 36 13 (13 ,24) (12,91) (14 '29) tion rate in the survey pOpt' lation works out to 36· 20 per cent which is slightly higher than the rate observed among 35-39 75 34 41 49 33 16 (13,24) (11 ·83) the total population i.e. 35.77 per cent as per the 1981 (11.58) Census. Sex-wise distribution of the workers is 279 males 40-49 100 57 43 64 56 8 (17,30) (20,07) (8,19) and 91 females and their work participation rate is 51.10 per cent and 19.12 per cent respectively. The work 50-59 66 29 37 33 25 8 (8 ·92) (8 ·96) (8,19) participation rate observed in the surveyed population of males is slightly less as compared to that of 1981 Census 60· 44 22 22 15 12 3 (4,06) (4 '30) which is 51.38 per cent. Whereas, it is slightly more (3 '30)
among females i.e. 19.12 per cent as against 18.12 ------~------per cent of the 1981 Census figures. The following table TOTAL. 1.022 546 476 370 279 91 IV.6 gives the total population by age and the distribution (100 '00) (100 '00) (100 '00) of workers by age and sex. ------28
Table IV.6 shows that workers have been reported cemt. In males it is 30.82 por cent and in females it is 24.18 in all the age-groups and in both the sexes. Coming to per cent. The table also shows that the number of the different age-groups it can be seen that there are workers decreases with the advacement of age as there workers in the younger age-group 0-14 but their numbers are only 15 or 4.06 per cent workers in the age gro are less being 11 or 2.97 per cent comprising 5 males and up 60+years and above. 6 females. The percentage of workers in age-group 15-19 comes to 11.08. It is higher in females being 16.48 Work force in selected localities per cent as against males i.e. 9.32 per cent. The highest The following table IV. 7 shows the distribution of work force belongs to age-group 20-29 being 29.19 por workers in the selected localities of the town.
TABLE IV.7 Distribution of workers by sex and locality, 1985 survey
Total population Total workers Percentage of workers to total popu- lation in each locality Locality ---_------Persons Males Females Persons Males Females Persons Males Females
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Commercial Area 205 106 99 65 53 12 31 '71 50·00 12 ·12 Ethnic Group Area 275 139 136 109 78 31 39·64 56 ·12 22·79 Developing Area 230 126 104 84 65 19 36·52 51 ·59 18 ·27 Government Colony 171 109 68 62 51 11 35·03 46·19 16 ·18 Sub-Urban Pocket 135 66 69 SO 32 18 37·04 48·48 26·09
TOTAL 1,022 546 476 370 279 91 36·20 51 ·10 19 ·12
Note: The composition of the areas mentioned in col.l ia aiven in Chapter I (paae-) and map No.2.
The analysis of work force in the selected locali he other group. The variation is equally significan ties of the town reveals that the rate of participation in among the males between Government colony and the work is the highest in Ethnic Group Area being 39. 64 Ethnio Group Area. per cent and is: the lowest in the Commercial Area being 31.71 per cent. When participation in work by sex is Work force by religion considered it is seen that Ethnic Group Area leads in An analysis of the work force by religion and caste male ::workers with 56.12 per cent and the sub-urban may provide some idea of the socio-economic fabrics of pocket in female workers with 26.09 per cent followed by the town. Among Hindus 36.14 per cent of their total the Ethnic Group Area with 22.79 per cent. It may be population are workers. Percentage of workers among seen that there is a significant variation in the distribU Muslims and Jains are less than Hindus being 28.79 and tion of female workers in the Commercial Area, 15.38 per cent respectively whereas, it is more among Government colony and Developing Area as one group Christians being 46.75 per cent. The distribution of and the sub-urban Pocket and the Ethnic Group Area as workers by religion and caste is given in table IV.8. TABLE IV.8 Total population and total number of workers by religloD, caste, tribe and community, 1985 survey
Religion/caste/Tribe/ Total population Total workers Percentage of workers to total popu Community lation of each religion/ caste/tri be Persons Males Females Persons Males Femaks community Persons Males Females
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
HINDU. 866 457 409 313 232 81 36 ·14 50 ·77 ~19·80 Brahmin S4 29 25 20 16 4 37·04 55 ·17 16·00 Baniya . 19 14 5 11 8 3 57 ·89 57 ·14 60·00 Bhandari 41 21 20 17 14 3 41 ·46 66·67 15 ·00 Bhaiyar 4 3 1 25 ·00 33 ·33 Bhavsar. 4 3 1 3 3 75 ·00 100·00 Bharvad 8 4- 4 3 2 37 '50 50·00 25'00 Machhi 12 9 3 2 2 16 ·67 22·22 Kshatriya 12 7 5 5 S 41 ·67 11·43 C.K. P. 2 2 1 100'00 100·00 100'00 ------29
TABLE IV. a-Contd.
1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10
Chowdhary 1 1 1 100·00 100·00 Patel 31 17 14 14- 10 4 45.16 58'82 28·57 Koli 36 21 15 9 8 1 25·00 38 '10 6·67 Dhobi 5 2 3 1 1 20·00 50·00 Dogra 3 2 1 1 1 33·33 50'00 Bstha 1 1 1 1 100'00 100'00 Gauli 2 2 2 2 100·00 100'00 Gola 3 2 1 2 1 1 66·67 50·00 100 -00 Kadia 19 10 9 8 8 42·11 8000 Kapdi 4 2 2 2 1 1 50'00 50'00 50'00 Khatri 6 3 3 1 1 16·67 33'33 Mala 4 2 2 1 1 25'00 50·00 Panchal 10 6 4 3 3 30·00 50·00 Prajapati 43 21 22 12 8 4 27 ·91 38 '10 18 '18 Rana 6 3 3 1 1 16·67 33·33 Rajput . SO 30 20 18 14 4 36·00 46·67 20'00 Soni 5 3 2 2 1 1 40'00 33'33 50'00 Solanki 6 1 5 1 1 16·67 20·00 Navi 4 3 1 1 25·00 33'33 Sutar 6 3 3 3 2 50·00 66·67 33·33 Tamboli 8 4 4 2 2 25·00 50-00 Valand. 10 5 5 2 2 20·00 40·00 Sindhi . 1 1 100·00 100'00 Bhangi (SC) 1 1 1 100·00 100·00 Chamar (SC) 27 14 13 8 6 2 29·63 42·86 15 '38 Halpati·Dubla (ST) 20 9 11 5 4 1 25'00 44·44 9·09 Kokna(ST) . 2 2 1 1 50·00 50'00 Varli (ST) 178 97 81 73 52 21 41·01 53·61 25·93 Dhodia (ST) . 218 99 119 72 46 16 33·03 46·46 21·85 15 ·38 JAIN 13 8 5 2 2 25'00 Swetambar 13 8 5 2 2 15 ·38 25·00 46·75 61·36 CHRISTAIN 77 44 33 36 27 9 27'27 50·00 Atak 2 1 1 1 1 100'00 50·00 Orthodox 6 4 2 4 3 66·67 75'00 Protestant 6 5 1. 3 2 1 50·00 40'00 100·00 21·05 Roman Catholic 47 28 19 23 19 4 48·94 67·86 30·00 Not Stated 16 6 10 5 2 3 31·25 33'33 MUSLIMS 66 37 29 19 18 1 28·79 48·65 3·45 Ismaili Khoja 4 2 2 2 1 1 50·00 50'00 50·00 Khoja . 5 4 1 1 1 20·00 25·00 Sayyad. 7 4 3 2 2 28·57 50·00 Siddi 6 3 3 1 1 16·67 33'33 Sunni 34 18 16 10 10 29·41 55'56 Not Stated 10 6 4 3 3 30·00 50·00
TOTAL 1,022 546 476 370 279 91 36·20 51'10 19·12
It may be seen from table IV.8 that among Hindus Kokna (ST) (50 per cent in each), Patel 45.16 per the communities having lesser population have the cent) Kadia (42.11 perctCnt), Khastriya(41.67 per cent), higher percentage of workers among them. In fact Bhan'dari (41.16 per cent) and Varli (41.01 per cent). The among tbe communities ?f Chowdhary, C.K.P., Estha, percentage of workers in Dhodia (ST) , the largest Gauli Sindhi, and Bhangl (SC) where 100 per cent arers populated community in the town is 33.03 per cent. workers, but their popUlation is very small. Among the The We rk pa rticipation rate among. Machhi, Khatri, remaining Communities the highest percentage of work· Ran:~ and Salan ki ce :romunilies is the Ie west being ers are found among Bhavsar (75 per cent), Gola (66.67 16.67 per cent. The work participation rate found per cent), Baniya(57 .89 pe~ (lent)~ J<,apdi, Sutar and among Jains i.e. 15.38 per cent holds good for Swet· 7-338 R. G. In(lialNDl88 30
amber also the lon,~ community of Jain in the tOWIl. Muslims. the work participation rate is 1h- highest i.e. Among Christians the largest proportion of workers 50 per cent in Ismaili Khoja and it is the lowest in aref6und among Orthod,'x Christians i.e. 66.67 per cent Siddi being ] 6 . 67 per cent. followed by Atak and Protestants with 50 per cent. Type of occupation of worker Among the Roman Catholics" the largest populated cd1n1ttUnity among Christians in the town the propor Table IV.9 shows the distribution of 370 workers by tion of workers is less being 48.94 per cent. Among type of occupation and locality. TABLE rv.9 Distribution of workers by type of occupations and lacality, 1985 survey
Number of workers by locality Type of Occupation Commercial Developing Ethnic Group Government Sub·urban Total Area Area Area colony Pocket workers
1 2 3 5 7 ------_._-----_._------4 6 1. Unskilled manual 8 7 6 5 10 36 2, Skilled manual 24 13 43 12 12 104 3. Lowest professional and administrative (e.g. Primary teacher) 5 21 9 4 40 4. Small business . 2 13 2 6 23 5. Highly skilled and supervisory manual 4 7 3 9 24 6. Clerks and shop assistants 2 11 7 9 30 7. Intermediate professional and related posts se condary teachers etc. 1 6 6 14 8. Medium business 8 3 8 5 6 30 9. Higher professional and salaried posts. 2 3 3 3 2 13 1(). Cultivators and agricultural labourers 9 27 3 17 56 TOTAL 65 84 109 62 50 370 _...... _ .. _---- the table IV.9 reveals that the Ethnic Group area skilled manual and cultivators and agricultural labourers haS the highest number of workers (109) followed by the are prominant in commercial area. Lowest professional Developing area (84). The number of workers in the and administratives, skilled manual, small business locnllties of coDlmercial area and Government colony clerks an~ shop assistants a~e promin;>nt in Devdoping are 65 and 62 resepectively. They are the lowest sub area. Skllled. manual, culttvators and agricultural urban pocket area being 50. Further, of the 370 workers lowest profeSSIOnal and administratives and medium are the highest Le. 104 or 28. 11 per cent are skilled manual. prominent in Ethnic group area. Skilled manual highly CUltivation and agricultural labour is another important ski~led an~ supervisory manual and clerks and shop occupation which engages 56 or 15. 14 per cent workers. assistants III Government colony and skilled/unskilled LdWest professional and administratives constitute 10.81 manual and cultivators and agricultural labourers are pet cent and clerks and shop assistants as well medium prominant in the sub-urban pocket of t}:e town. business each constitute 8.11 per cent of th, total workors. The lowest number of workers i.e. 13 or Employment status of workers 3.51 per cent are found in the occupation higher professi naIs and salaried posts. Coming to the localities the Table IV. 10 shows the distribution of workers by occupations like skilled manual, medium business, un- employment status by locality.
TABLE IV.10 Employment status of workers by locality and sex, 1985 survey
Employment status by sex
Locality Total workers Employer Employee Single Family Cultivator Agricultural worker worker labourers ------~------~-...... P M F P M F P M F P ------_-- M F P M F P M F P M F - ---4 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -----.- 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Commercial area 65 53 12 1 41 33 8 9 8 5 4 5 4 4 3 D6\'eloping area 84 65 19 4 4 65 48 17 3 2 12 11 Eth11ic Group area 109 78 31 4 4 60 40 10 16 11 5 2 2 9 7 2 18 14 4 Government colony . 62 51 11 5 4 44 37 7 6 5 1 4 2 2 2 2 " 1 Sub-urban Pocket 50 32 18 4 4 23 16 7 6 5 1 10 4 6 7 3 4 TOTAL 370 279 91 18 17 233 174 59 40 31 9 23 19 4 26 17 9 30 21 9 ... -~,-, --__..-- -- 31
It may be seen from the table IV. 10 that of the total agricultural laboureres and single workers with 16.51 wor kers 233 or 62.97 per cent are employees consisting and 14.68 per cents respectively. 70.97 per cent of the of 174 males and 59 females. 40 or 10. 81 per cent consis toal workers in the Governmcnet colony are employees ting of 31 males and 9 females are single workers followed by single workers and employers with 9.68 and 23 or 6.22 per cent consisting of 19 males and 4 and 8.06 per cents. In the sub-urban pocket also the females are fa :lily workers. Those who are working as percentage of employees are more being 46 per cent of the employers are 18 or 4.86 per cent consisting of 17 males total workers in this locality. They are followed by culti and one female. Of the remaining 56 workers 26 consis vators and agricultural labourers with 20 and 14 per cents ting of 17 males and 9 females are cultivator.s and 30 respectiveely. Thus, it can be seen that the percentage consisting of 21 males and 9 females are agrIcultural of employees in the total workers are more in all the laboureres. They consititute 7.03 per cent and S. 11 selected localities of the town. per cents to the total workers respectively. Distance from place of work Generally speaking, the places of work of the Exammmg the locality-wise compOSItIOn of workers of the town are not too far away from their workers by employment status it can be seen that 63.08 residence as majority of them are working in the town. per cent of the total workers in the commercial ar : are However, those who are working in the neighbouring employeeg follow..:d by single workers with 13.85 per areas of the town have to travel certain distance to reach c;ont i'1 D"velo)i:1g ~l.r~,l, mj'rity i.-:. 77.38 p .. r- their place of work from their residence. Theinfor1ll,3tion cent of the total workers are emplyees followed by family regarding typ~ of occupation and distance from place workers with 14.29 per cent. In Ethnic Group ar.:;a 55.05 of work furmshed by 370 workers of the housekolds percent of the total workers are employees folbwed by is presented in the table IV.l1 given below: TABLE IV.11 Type of occupation and distance from place of work by locality, 1985 survey ~~------~------Average distance from place of work (kms.) Type of occupation Commercial area ,peveleping area Ethnic Group area Govt. colony Sub-urban pooket No. of Average No. of Average No. of Average No. of A.vJrage No. of AV6lage workers dIstance workers dIstance workers dIstance workers dlstanc~ workers distance 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 5 0·60 1. unskilled manual 8 0·88 7 1·00 6 0·08 10 1·70 1·38 12 1·27 2. Skilled manual 24 1·00 13 7·00 43 12 4'50 3. Lowest professional and administrative (e.g. Primary teacher) . 5 1·00 21 4·00 9 5·39 4 1 '00 1 1'00 1 2 0·00 6 0.00 4. Small business 2 0·50 13 ·00 5. Highly skilled and supervisory manual 4 10·00 7 1 ·43 3 1 ·00 9 1·00 1 18'00 6. Clerks and shop assistants 2 0·25 11 4·00 7 1·14 9 0·25 1 1~ '00 7. Intermediate professional and related posts, secondary teachers etc. 0·50 6 5·25 1 1 ·00 6 3'00 8. Medium business 8 1 ·38 3 13 ·00 8 0·50 5 0·00 6 1·00 9. Higher professional and salaried posts 2 0·13 3 0·33 3 0·33 3 0·00 2 1·50 10. Cultivators and agricultural labourers 9 0·00 27 0·39 3 13 ·00 17 ~H2
It may be seen from the table .IV. 11 that com Considering the type of occupation it can be seen parativdy the workers of Developmg area have to that comparatively the workers having the occqwtion cover more distance in order to reach the place of viz. highly skilled and supervisory maunual type, com work. Only 3 workers have to go less than a km. mercial !lrea have more distancet to cover i.e. lOkms. whereas 27 workers to 1-2 kms, 32 to 3-5 kms. and order t~ reach to their place ?f work. Similarly, in 22 workers have to go between 5-13 kms. In com .developmg area 3 workers havmg occupation mNium mercial area the place of work in respect of 9 workers business have to coyer the highest distance i.e. 13 kIDs. is within the locality and of the remaining 56 workers followco oy 13 skilled manual covering the dis4mce of 15 have to go less than a km. and 37 ,ltcW to go only 1-2 . 7 kms. to reach their place of works. Lowest profes- kriis. In Ethnic Group area the place of work in sional "nd administative type of workers in the Ethnic respect of 2 workers is within the locality, Whereas, 44 Group area have more distance to cover i.e. 5.39 kIDs. workers have to go less than a km. 54 workers h' v~ to reach to their place of work. Only 3 cultivators to go between 1-2 kms. and 9 have to go 5-10 kms. . among the total wor~ers in. the Government colony The place of work in respe ct of 14 workers of Govern have to cover more (lsltance I.e. 13 kms. to reach their ment colony is within the locality. Whereas the same place of work. Whereas, in the sub- urban pocket area number of workers (i.e. 14) have to go less than a km. one highly skilled and supervisory manual and one clerk another 25 workers to 1-2 kms., 6 workers to 3-5 kms. and shop assistant have to cover the highest distance and the remaining 3 have to go between 11-13 kms. to i.e. 18 k1;ns. to reach their place of work. reach to their place of work. In respect of the workers The mode of transport to the plaee of work and the from sub-urban Pocket 17 have to go less than a km., 19 time taken to reach .by the ~orkers of different occuPa_ to 1-2 kms. 12 to 3-5 kms. and the rem~ining 2 have to tions was also enqij.lred durmg the course of study The cover:., distance of 18 kms. to reach theIr place of work. result obtailled is presented in the table IV. 12. . 32
-N - .... 00 -- t-- \0 -
o ...... ;- N ...... N --i!~ .... -
.... \0 o......
00
_ N \0 - N -tf'lJ!'I""'I""".. a' ,.I:l In.... g:i~8 i a - 'S ~fa ... :! 1 a13-,.I:l - ... N _ ...... -('f'l!'l'l""'l~.. I a 1,.I:l
.... 33
It may be $oen from table IV. 12 that the common Occapatioaal Diversity; m.ode of transport to the place of work is going on foot. Occupational diversity refers to the workers follow 258 out of 370 workers are found in this category. ing different occupations in the same household and is Bicycle is used by 46 workers, scooter/motor cycle by 21 workers and bus services are used by 21 workers in observed particularly in medium and large size homeholcs order to reach the place of work. There are 8 workers where the number of workers is more than one. Occupa_ who are using car/jeep to reach their place of work. tional diversity is observed in all the localities of the town The luxury mode of transport like car is found to be selected for study. Out of 200 households 63 households used by the workers having occupations like skilled manual, lowest professional and administative and followed diverse occupations. These 63 households medium business. Even the scooter/motor eycle is consist of 176 workers. 45 households consisting of 105 found used generally by the workers of these categories. workers reported two different occupations, 11 hcuse Considering the time taken to reach the place of work holds with 37 workers followed three different occupa it can be seen that the majority i.e. 344 out of 370workers tions, 5 households with 23 workers followed four diffe_ take less than 30 mts., 21 take about an hour and the remaining 5 workers take more than an hour to reach the rent occupations and 2 households with 11 workers place of work. Thus, it can be seen that the distance follwed five different occupations in the same house_ of place of work in respect of most of the workers is not hold. The diverese occupations which have come across far from the place of their residence in the town. during the survey are shown in table IV.13.
TABLE IV.13 Distribution of households by number of workers and by main occupational diversity, 1985 Survey
Number of household with number of members and diverse Description of occupational Diversity occupations No. of No. of household members
2 3
2 Diverse Occupations 1. Cultivators (father), Toddy Tapper (son) 2 2. Driver (father & son), helper in watch belt industry (son) 3 3. Peon (father), helper to carpenter (son) 1 2 4. Proprietor blacksmithy (father), proprietor transport agency (son) 1 2 5. Domestic servant (mother, daughter, son's wife), Helper in printing press (son) 4 6. Supervisor (brother)-Iabourer (brother) 2 7. Store-keeper (husband), primary school teacher (wife) • 2 8. X'ray technician (husband), staff-nurse (wife) 1 2 9. Police-sub-inspector (husband) private secretary (wife) . 1 2 10. L.D.C. (husband), primary school teacher (wife) . 2 11. L.D.C.-Cum-store keeper (husband), primarY school teacher (wife) 2 12. Asstt. education officer (husband), high school teacher (wife) 2 13. Proprietor printing press (head), typewriting instructor (sister's son) 2 14. Forest guard (father), helper in photo studio (son) 2 15. Laboratory technician (husband), staff nurse (wife) 2 16. Primary school teacher (father), overseer in P. W.D. (son) 3 17. Sr. account clerk (father), proprietor medical store (son) 3 18. Mukhya Sevika (sister), high school teacher (sister) 1 2 19. Agricultural labourer (father), driver (son) 1 2 20. Agricultural labourer (father), helper in road construction (son) 1 2 21- Mukhya Sevika (sister), telephone operator (brother) 1 2 22. Technical Assistant (husband), L.D.C. (wife) 2 23. Proprietor toddy shop (father), agricultural labourers (sons) 3 24. Driver (brother), welder (brother) 2 34
TABLE IV 13-COttfd.
2 3
25. Mason (father), machine operator (son) 2
26. Toddy tapper (father), agricultural labourer (son) 2 27. Road roller driver (father), packer (daughetr) 1 2 28. Clerk (brother), proprietor liquor shop (brother) . 2 29. Asstt. head master (husband), Sr. clerk (wife) 1 2 30. Proprietor restaurant (head), cycle repairer (wife's brother) 1 2 31. Auditor (husband), asstt. teacher (wife) 1 2 32. Agricultural labourer (husband), domestic servant (wife) 1 2 33. Fish seller (mother, son's wife), Proprietor cutlery shop (son) 3 34. Toddy tapper (fathe r), labourer road construction (daughter) 1 2 35. Carpenter (husband), agricultural labourer (wife) . 1 2 36. Cultivator (father, daughter), mason (son and daughter's husband) 1 4 37. Cultivator (father, son's wife), proprietor liquor shop (sons) 1 4 38. Domestic servant (sisters), labourer (brothers) 2 6 39. Potter (father), tailor (daughter & sons) 2 5 40. Cultivator-Agricultural labourers 4 9 (father) (daughter) (father) (son) (br6'ther) (sister) (husband & wife) (daughter's son)
3 Diverse Occupation 41. Proprietor flour mill (husband), cultivator (wife), belief in court (son) 1 1 42. Proprietor grocery and soda bottling (father), supervisor (son), chemist (son) • 1 3 43. Cultivator (father), carpenter (son), casual labourer (son) 1 3 44. Saree folder in textile mill (father), primary school teacher (son & daughter), LDC (son) 4 45. Project manager (husband), tutor (wife) stores in charge in fishnet industry (son) 3 46. Police constable (brother), waiter (brother), packer (sister) 1 3 47. Cook (husband), cultivator (wife), agricultural labourer (daughter) 1 3 48. Higher secondary school teacher (father), bus owner (son), lathe turner (son) . 3 49. Driver (father), clerk (son), machine operator (son) 1 3 50. Inspector in bank (bro.ther), salesman (brother), motorcycle mechanic (brother) 1 3 51. Bullock cart driver (father), peon (son), construction labourerer (sons & da,\lghter) 6
4 Diverse Occupation 52. Shoe-maker (husband), broom-maker (wife), labourer (son), khalasi (son) 1 4 53. Lorry cleaner (father), Kerosc'1e seller (son), domestic servant (daughter), labour?r (daU84ter) J 5 54. L.D.C. (brother), supervisor in textile (brother), casual labourer (brother) primary school teacher (brother's wife) 4 55. Truck owner (head), driver (sons), trainee machine (son), pan-beedi-seller (wife's sister's husband) 1 5 56. Cultivator (father's son), agricultural labourer (son), welder (son) labourer road construction (daughter) 5
5 Diverse Occupation 57. Peon (father), Technician in textile (son), packer in textile (son), machine operator in textile (son), L.D.C. (daughter) 1 5 58. Cultivator (father, son's wife), carpenter (son), agricultural labourer (daughter), labourer in textile (da~h- ter), welder (daughter's husband) ...... 6
------:~- TOTAL 63 176 35
It may be seen from table IV. 13 that in 63 out occupation of sons/daughters is different froD' father of 200 households occupational diversity is reported. in one household the occupation of wife and sons are Two diverse occupations one more common among these different from husband/father. Similarly, in one house- households. There are 45 such households consisting hold the occupations of brothers and brother's wife of 105 workers reported two different occupations. and in another household the head of the household, Of these, in 20 households, the occupation of the son! sons and wife's sister's husband have different occupa- daughter is different from the father. Similarly there tions from each other. The maximum of five diverese are 12 households in which the occupation of the wife occupation is reported from 2 households consisting of 11 is different from the hUSband. There are 10 households workers. Of these, in one household the occupation of in which brothers/sisters/brother and sister and mother sons and dauhghter and father are different from the in and son, have different occupations. Also there is one another household the occupation of son, sons' hO:Jse hold each where wife's brother, daughter's son and wife, daughter and daughter's husband are different sister's son has different occupation than the head of the from the father. household. Three diverse occupations are reported from 11 households consiting of 37 workers. Of these, in 6 Employment depth households the occupation of son/daughters is dfferent The employment depth in the sample population from the father in 3 households the occupations of wife was studied with reference to number of workers in and son/daughter are different from husband/father and the household in relation to number of adults in the in respect of two households brothers/brothers and family. For this purpose only adult population aged sister's occupations are different from each other. Four 15 years and above was considered and children of diveres occupation is reported by five households 0-14 years were excluded. Table IV.l4 presents distri- consIsting of 23 workers. Of these, in two households the bution of households by employment depth. TABLE IV. 14 Distribution of households by employment depth (i.e. number of workers in the households), 1985 survey.
Number~of households by size and number of adults having number of workers noted in col. (1) Number of workers in - - --~------_._ ------the household All households (Total------_- number of adults) 1-3 4-6 7-10 11 and above
2 3 4 .. 5 6
Nil 5 2 3 (11) (5) (6) 98 34 53 11 (252) (59) (141) (52) 2 59 13 35 11 .. • (187) (29) (109) (49) 3 21 10 10 1 (100) (43) (51) (6) 4 10 4 3 3 (55) (21) (13) (21) 5 5 1 1 3 (38) (6) (7) (25) 6 1 1 (6) (6) 7 8 9 1 1 (9) (9)
TOTAL. 200 49 106 37 8 (658) (93) (326) (178) (61)
It may be seen from Table IV. 14 that out of 200 There are 647 adults in 195 households of whom households 5(2.5 per cent) do not have a single worker 359 are workers (Excluding those 5 households with 11 in the family. Of the r~maining 195 households a large adults and not having any workers). This gives a number of households, 1.e. 98 (49.0 per cent) are having general employment depth of 55.49 per cent. The high single worker, 59 households (29.5 per cent) two est employment depth of hundred per cent is observed wLrkers, 21 households (10.5 per cent) 3 workers, 10 in two households having 6 and 9 workers. ! In the 6 households (5.0 per cent) 4 workers, 5 households workers household 2 are cultivators, one is an agri 2.5 per cent) 5 workers and two households (0.5 per cultural labourer, one is a carpenter, a welder and the (ent) are having 6 and 9 workers. remaining one is a labourer in tile fabctory. In9 workers 36
M • - N
! ..... N
0-- I 00
I f -v t-
-N .....
o
00 I r I I I~ r I: I~ f 37 household 4 are fore5t labourers, another 4 are constuc are therefore included under unemployed. Accordingly, tion laboureres and one is ail agriculatural labourer. there are in all 12 households having in them 13 un The employment depth is also found to be higher among employed persons and all of them are seeking employ households having 2,3,4 and 5 workers which range,) ment. Table IV. 15 shows the locality wise number between 63 to 73 per cent. The lowest employment depth of housecholds with unemployed and persons seeking is found among 98 households having a single worke,. employement by age and sex. There are 252 adults in this group with 98 workers which gives an employm.cnt depth of 38.89 per cent. It may be seen from the table IV. 15 that 4 out of 12 households with atleast one unemployed are from Unemployment Developing Area followed by 3 each from Ethnic Group Area and Government Colony. Further, 12 (7 males and During the survey only 10 out of 200 households 5 females) out of 13 persons seeking employment belong reported 11 persons (7 males and 4 females) as un to age-group 15-24 and the remaining one male is from .:;mploye".. in them. Beside3, 2 full time students (one age group 25-34. The following table IV. 16 gives the mde and one female) from 2 households have also re religionwise break-up of the persons seeking employ_ ported themselves Seeking employment. Both of them ment and their duration of stay in the town.
TABLE IV. 16 Persons seeking employment by religion and duration of stay in the town by sex, 1985 survey
Persons seeking employment by duration of stay and sex
Religion Less than 1 year 1-5 years 6-9 years 10 -19 years 20+ years Total -"----"!------~ ------P M F P M F P M F P M F P M F P M F
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 ___ ._ 18 19 Hindu 5 4 5 4 12 8 4 Christian 1 ------._.. _------.._------TOTAL, 5 4 6 4 2 13 8 5
It mDY be seen from the table IV. 16 that 12 (8 It is also ohserved ihat the state cf origin (f 5 males and 4 female<.) out of 13 p~rsons seeking employ (4 males and 1 female) out of 13 p.ors( ns was Dadre, m:nt 81\~ Hindus. Of whom 10 ar~ staying in th~ town & N<'lgar Haveli. The states of origin of the remaining for more than 10 y~al"; and the remaining 2 for ks, 8 p~l sonl'> welc Gujarat (4 males. 1 Female), Go:;!. Daman than 10 years. Only on:: f",male tdongs to Christian & Diu (2 females) and Maharashtra (1 female). How relig;on an':\ ,,;;ekng employment staying in the town ever, according to the place of last lcsidenct. of tht per· for mor rhan ;20 y.;ars. sons seeking employment it is observed that 2 persons While exam:ning ,he caste, tribe and community are mIgrated to the town from the rural areas within wise brc:ak-up of th~ p;;',>ons s~eking employment, it the district, one from urban area of Maharshtra and is obge.v.:;d that 2 each belong to Prajapati Patel and 3 from rural and 2 from urban area~, of Guj<'rat while Sutar cilmm1JUities, and em.: each belongs to Dcshas the remainmg 5 are non-migrants, We may now examine tha Brahmin, Kadiy:J., Kapdi, K· Ii and Halpati (ST) the educational level of the persons seeking employ communi ties. ment for the first time fr()m the table IV. 17. TABLE IV. 17
Numher of ll~rsons seeking employment for the first time by age, and sex educational level, 1985 survey
Number seeking employment for the first time who are --..------Age·group Total number Primary Matric Diploma/Certificate Degree & above
P M F M F M F M F M F
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
0-14 15-19 5 4 2 2 20-24 7 3 4 3 2 1 25-29 1 30-34 35 1-
-___.__.,--~------___.------~------.___,------TOTAL. 13 8 5 2 3 4 2 1
8-338 R. G. India/ND/88 38
It may be seen frr,m th;:: abov~ table IV. 17 that died upto primary level and 1 01 7 ·69 pel' cent is pos OliLt of 13 pjrsons seeking employm2nt 7 01 53. 85· sessing degree levd educ.1,tion. The type of employmen pet cel1t are m.atriculat~s. 3 or 23.08 per cent are dip sought by these persons are shown in tht table IV. 18 I~Icertificate holders, 2 or 15 '38 per cent have stu- presented below.
TABLE IV. 18 Number. of persons seeking employment for the first time by sex, educational level and type of employment sougbt, 1985 survey
Number of persons seeking employment for the first time whose educational level i~ Type of employment Primary Matric Diploma/certificate Degree and above
M F M F M F M F
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1. Automobile Mechanic in Government or private firm . 2. Any clerical job in Government or pri- vate . 3 3. Tailoring . 4. Building construction work . 5. Clerk/Nursing . 6. Civil Engineering firm 7. Electrical Engineer 1 8. Veterinary Doctor 9. Driver
TOTAL 2 3 4 2
It may be seen from the table IV. 18 that the type of emloyment sought by the p"rsons seeking employ 3 4 5 6 ment is by and la~'ge consonant with th~ educational 11 levels possessed by them. So far as registration with the 2 6 3 (45) (4) Employment Exchange is concerned it is observed (25) (16) that 7 (53.85 p~r cen~) out of 13 persons seeking em 2 1 1 ploym~nt have not registered their names. One degree (6) (6) holder and 5 matriculates have registered their namts in the Employment Exchange Office. Th,: enqui.·ies 200 49 106 37 8 legarding marital status of the p0rsons seeking employ TOTAL (658) (93) (326) (178) (61) ment leveal that all of them ar neVtl' married. lJnemployment depth The table IV. 19 reveals that only 13 out of a tota,T Th~ unemployment depth in the households was of 658 adults among the 200 sample h.ouseholds also studied by taking into account th~ numbel of are seeking employment., in other words they are non-wokers in each household who were seeking unemployed ..The. depth of unemployment is very low in employment. The following table IV. 19 shows the the town which IS 1.98 pel cent. The nnemployment distribution of such households by unemployment depth is observed only in caSe of 12 out of 200 households. (i.e. number of unemployed in the household). It may.be seen that 0:1(; adult membel each in 11 house holds IS found to be unemployed which gives an TABLE IV ·19 unemployment depth of 24.4 per cent and in the remai Distributiion of bousebolds by unemployment depth (number of ning one households with 6 adults there ale two unem unemployed in the housebold), 1985 survey. ployed; the unemloyment depth comes to 33.3 per cent in this case. Number of households by size and number of adults having number of non-workers noted in col(1) Non-Workers Number of --~~---~-~------unemployed All house- . According to survey date out of a total popula holds(TotaI 11 and tIon of 1022 there are 65201 63.80 pel cent are non number of 1-3 4-6 7-10 above workers as against 58.06 per Ctnt in 1981 census. The adults) pucentage of male and female non-workers works 2 3 4 5 6 out to 48.90 and 80.88 per cents respectively. hs cor responding pelcentages in 1981 census was 44.70 and Nil 188 47 99 34 8 73.16 per cents respectively. Let us now examine the (607) (89) (295) (162) (61) extent of non-workw; in the selected localities flom the Table IV. 20 given btlow. 39
TABLE IV. 20
Distribution of non-workers by sex and locality, 1985 survey
Percentage of non-wo~s to total population in eaCh loca Locality Total population Non-workers lity Persons Males Females Persons Males Females Persons Males Females
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Commercial Area . 205 106 99 140 53 87 68'29 50'00 87·8S Ethnic Group Area 275 139 136 166 61 105 60'36 43'88 77'21 Developing Area . 230 126 104 146 61 85 63'48 48'41 81 ·73 Government colony 177 109 68 115 58 57 64'97 53'21 83'82 Sub-urban Pocket 135 66 69 85 34 51 62·96 51'52 73'91
TOTAL . 1022 546 476 652 267 385 63'80 48·90 80'88
There is not much variation in the proportion of females in the Commercial an.a art non-workt-rs fol non-wOlkels among the diffelent selected localities lowed by 83.82 per cent in the Government colony. as the highest being 68 ·29 per cent ill the Commercial However, the lowest percentage of female non-workers area and the lowest being 60.36 in the Ethnic Group in the sub-urban pocket indicates that females of this alea. Among males the highest percentage of non locality are more econon:Ucally active compared to workers is found In the Government colony being the females of other localities. We may now examine 53.21 per cent and the lowest is in the Ethnic Group the distlibution of non-workers by age-grl-ups in the area being 43.88 per cent. 87.88 per cent of the total different localities_from the tabel IV. 21 given below.
TABLE IV. 21 Non-workers by age-groups, sex and locality, 1985 survey
Number of non-workers by locali ty and sex
Age-group Commerical area Ethnic Group Developing Government Sub-urban Alilocali ties area area colony Pocket
P M F P M F p M F P M F P M F P M F
~----.------2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Below 10 43 22 21 45 20 25 55 28 27 34 26 8 35 21 14 212 117 95 10-14 32 16 16 38 23 15 33 24 9 :2 11 11 16 8 8 141 82 59 15-19 15 9 6 22 11 11 13 7 6 19 12 7 5 2 3 74 41 33 20-24 8 7 13 2 11 6 1 586 2 4 4 39 10 29 25-29 6 6 3 3 16 16 8 1 7 5 5 38 1 37 30-34 9 9 4 4 5 5 5 5 1 1 24 24 35-39 5 5 7 7 6 6 4 4 4 1 3 26 1 25 40-49 5 5 12 1 11 7 7 8 8 4 4 36 1 35 50-59 12 1 11 11 2 9 2 2 8 7 33 4 29 60-64 4 4 8 1 7 1 2 1 1 1 16 7 9 65+ 1 3 1 2 4 3 3 1 2 2 2 13 3 10 ------,------TOTAL 140 53 87 166 61 105 146 61 85 115 58 57 85 34 51 652 267 385
The table IV.21 reveals a heavy concentIation of 4.45 per cent mostly consisting of dependents. Among non-workers in the younger Z'ge-groups i.e. below 10 male and female non-workers, the concentration 0 y~ars (32.52 per cent), 10-14 years (21.63 per cent) male non-workers in the younger age-gloups les and 15-19 )ears (11.35 per cent). Thus, It can be seen than 10, 10-14 and 15-19 is very high being 93.64 that 65.50 per cent of the total non-worhls are from per cent as against female non-workers in these age these age-groups consisting mostly of infants and school groups i.e 56.10 per cent. This IS mainly because of going children. The p;;:rcentage of non-workers in the. It-sS plOportion of female students and higher proportion older age-group i.e. 60 years and above, works out to of female workers in these age-groups. 40
The trend of heavy concentration of non-workels. Comm !tcial ar~a being 49.43 Nt cent and the lowest in age-group 0-19 may be observed among the non- in the Govelnme.nt Colony being 45.61 per cent. Thus workers of the different localities of the town also it can be seen that there is no much var;ation jn the This concentlation is compalatively higher in the Developing alea b~ing 69 .17 p~r cent and is the lowes! proportion of total male and fem(lk non-workers in in the Ethnic Group area being 63.25 per cent. Among age-group. 0-19 in the selected localities of the town. the male non-work:rs it is the highe:.t in the Developing Non-workers by religion area being 96. 73 p~t cent whereas it is the lowest in the Govemment colony being 84.48 per cent. This prODor- Table IV.22 shows the distribution of non-wor kCI s tion among th;:; female non-wolkers is bighest in the by reli£.;ion and caste . TABLE IV. 22 Distributioll of nOD-workers by sex, caste, tribe and community, 1985 survey
Percentage of non-workers to Caste/tribe/community Tota! population Total non-workers total population of each caste P M F P M F P M F
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
HINDU 866 457 409 553 225 328 63 ·86 49·23 80'20
Brahmin 54 29 25 34 13 21 62'96 44'83 84·00 Baniya 19 14 5 8 6 2 42'11 42 ·86 40·00 Bhandari 41 21 20 24 7 17 58'84 33'33 85·00 Bhaiyar 4 3 1 3 75·00 66·67 100·00 Bhavsar 4 3 1 1 25·00 100·00 Bharwad 8 -1 4 5 ~ 3 62·50 50·00 75·00 Machhi 12 9 3 10 7 3 83'33 77·78 100'00 Kshatriya 12 7 5 7 2 5 58'33 28 ·57 100·00 C.K.P. 2 Chowdhary . 1 Patel . 31 17 14 17 7 10 54'84 41 '18 71 ·43 Koli . 36 21 15 27 13 14 75·00 61 '90 93·33 Dhobi. 5 2 3 4 1 3 80·00 50·00 100·00 Dogra. 3 2 2 1 1 66'67 50·00 100·00 Estha 1 1 Gauli . 2 2 Gola • 3 2 1 33'33 50·00 Kadia . 19 10 9 11 2 9 57·89 20·00 100·00 Kapdi . 4 2 2 2 1 1 50·00 50·00 50·00 Khatri 6 3 3 5 2 3 83 '33 66·67 100·00 Mala. 4 2 2 3 1 2 75·00 50'00 100·00 Panchal 10 6 4 7 3 4 70·00 50·00 100·00 Prajapati 43 21 22 31 13 18 72·09 61 ·90 81 ·82 Rana • 6 3 3 5 2 3 83'33 66·67 100·00 Rajput 50 30 20 32 16 16 64·00 53 ·33 80·00 Soni . 5 3 2 3 2 1 60·00 66·67 50·00 Solanki 6 1 5 5 1 4 83'33 100·00 80·00 Navi . 4 3 1 3 2 1 75·00 66·67 100·00 Sutar . 6 3 3 3 2 50·00 33·33 66·67 Tamboli 8 4 4 6 2 4 75·00 50·00 100·00 Valand 10 5 5 8 3 5 80·00 60·00 100·0 Sindhi . 1 Bhangi (SC) . 1 Chamar (SC) 27 14 13 19 8 11 70'37 57 '14 84·62 Halpati-Dubla (ST) 20 9 11 15 5 10 75·00 55'56 90·91 Kokna(ST) . 2 2 1 50'00 50·00 Varli (ST) 178 97 81 105 45 60 58 ·99 46 '39 74·07 Dhodia (ST) 218 99 119 146 53 93 66·97 53 '54 78·15 JAINS 13 8 5 11 6 5 84'62 75·00 100·00 Swetambar . 13 8 5 11 6 5 84 '62 75·00 100 '0 ------_ 41
TABLE IV 22-Collld. ---"------2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CHRISTIANS 77 44 33 41 17 24 53 ·25 38'64 72·73 Atak . 2 1 50·00 100 ·00 Orthodox 6 4 2 2 33 ·33 25 ·00 50·00 Protestant 6 5 3 3 50·00 60'00 Roman Catholk 47 28 19 24 9 15 51 ·06 32 ·14 78·95 Not Stated 16 6 10 11 4 7 68·75 66'67 70·00
MUSLIMS 66 37 29 47 19 28 71 ':':1 51 '35 96'55 Ismaili Khoja 4 2 2 2 1 50·00 50·00 50·00 Khoja . 5 4 4 3 1 80·00 75'0() 100·00 Sayyad 7 4 3 5 2 3 71 ·43 50·00 100·00 Siddi . 6 3 3 5 2 3 83·33 66·67 100·00 Sunni . 34 18 16 24 8 16 70·59 44'44 100·00 Not Stated. 10 6 4 7 3 4 70'00 50'00 100 '00
Table IV. 22 leve£lls that thl:; p~lcentage of noD. Rana and Solanki being 83 ·33 pel cent in each. It WOlkers is the highest among Jains being 84 ·62 per may be of interest to note that the percentage of non cent. It is 71 ·21 p.:!r cent in Muslims, 63 ·86 per cent workers among the two prominent tribal conununities in Hindus and th~ lowest is in Christians being 53 ·25 i.e. Varli and Dhodia is 58 ·99 and 66 ·97 p~r cent per cent. Among ml:'les the percentage of non-workers respctively. Roman catholic among christians and Siddi is the highest in Jains (75 p.!f cent) and the lowest is among M~slims have the highest percentage of non_ in Christians (38 ·64 per cent). All the Jain females are workers beIng 51 '06 and 83 '33 per cents respectively. non-workers while the lowest propOl tion of the fe1Ill:lle non-workers is in christians being 72 ·73 p~r cents. Non-workers by type of activity Among the different caste of Hindus, the highest Table IV.23 shows the distribution of non-workers p.:!rcentage of non-workers is found in Machhi, Khatri, by type of activity in which they are mainly engaged.
TABLE IV. 23
Non-workers by sex, age and type of activity, 1985 iurvey
Retired, rentiers; Others (including Number of non Full time Household Depcndadnts and <;Ind persons of seeking emplo)- Age-grou~ workers students duties infants mdependent means ment)
~------..- T M F T M F T M F T M F T M F T M F
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Below 10 212 117 95 91 47 44 2 2 119 70 49 10--14 141 82 59 126 76 50 10 4 6 5 2 3 15-19 74 41 33 48 37 11 19 1 18 3 3 4 3 1 20-24 39 10 29 6 4 2 23 23 4 3 6 3 3 25-29 38 37 36 36 1 1 30--34 ~ 24 24 23 23 35-39 26 25 25 25 1 40-49 36 35 1 32 32 3 1 2 50-59 33 4 29 22 10 3 7 60-64 16 7 9 6 6 8 5 3 2 2 65+ 13 3 10 4 4 9 3 6
.. _------_----- ALL AOES 652 267 385 272 164 108 202 5 197 164 88 76 3 3 11 7 4 ____ - 42
According to the survey data presented in table houlOehotd duties and accordingly out of 2()2 non-wor IV. 23 out of a total 652 non-workers 272 or 41 ·72 kers reported uader thii <:a.tegory 197 are females. per cent are full-time students, 202 or 30 ·98 per cent Concentration of infants and dependents is obviously are engaged in household duties, 164 of 25 '15 per more in age-group bdow 10 years (72.56 per cent) cent are dependents and infants 3 or 0 '46 per cent are and in 60 years and above (10 ·37 per cent). ltetired retired, rentiers and persons of independent means and and rentiCil's are found in the age-group 50 years .and 11 or 1 ·69 per cent ate reported as other non-workers above. The other non-workers (Job seekers) are repor mostly consisting of job seekers. Not a single non ted more with age-group 20-24 i.e. 54-55 per cent fol worker has leported ,'.s activity as beggar, vagrant etc. lowed by 36.36 per cent in age-group 15-19 and' '09 or inmate of panel, mental and charitable institutions per cent in "ge-group 25-29. during the survey. Establishments Considering the age-groups of the non-workers A brief account of various shops and establish- by type of activity the table reveals that all male and ments functioning in the town is given in Table IV.24. female students belong to age 24 years and less, with The table -shows the year of establishment, number of the only exception of one female stUdent reported in workers, total investment and the total annual turnover age-group 40-49. Normally females are engaged in the of the establishments covered under the study. TABLE IV'24 List of establishments in Snvassa, 1985 Suruy
Type and name of establishment Location Ycar of No. of Total approxi- TotaLapproxi- establi- workers mate invest- mate annual shmcat ment turBOvet' 2 3 4 5 6 RI. Rs Bakery and other food products 1. New Star Bakery Opp. Cottase Hospi- 1960 5 18,000/- 1,27,750/- tal 2. Rajkamal Bakery Near Bus Stand Si1- 1970 4 30,000/- 2,55.500/- yassa 3. Bhawan Das Narayan Patel (sev·chivada, pakoda. etc.) Main Bazar 1975 3 5,000/- l,69,500/- 4. Patel Farsan Mart Kilavani Chowk 1982 15,000/- 1,65,000/- Tai/orinf " 5. Nilesh Tailor Kilavani Chowk 1976 2 6,000/- 15,000/-
Printjn~ 6. 8ilvassa Printers Silvassa (Printing & stationery) Zanda Chowk 1983 25,000/- 1,50,000/-
R.pairin~ 7. Shakti Electrical Kilavani Road 1983 3 60,000/- 1,80,000/- 8. Biswas Time Centre (Watch repairer & seller) Kilavani Road 1985 4 35,000/- 1,00,000/- Wholesale & Retail trade in food grains & hardware. 9. Khemani Bar (wholesale) Kilavani Road 1960 3 1,25,000/- 15,00,000/- 10. Abuli, Abdul Husain & Company (Hardware wholesale) Tokarkhada Silvaslla 1976 9 2,00,000/- 21,90,000/- 11. Mjs Shah Vadilal Hathichand Food grains (wholesale) Kilavani Chowk 1978 3 50,000/- 5,00,000/- 12. Bharat Kumar Subhashchandra Store, Food grain . Main Bazaar 1984 2 25,000/- 50;000/- Frllit seller 13. Ganesh Fruits ZandaChowk 1975 1 7,000/- 1,92,000/- 14. Abubakar Banana Seller Kilavani Road 1975 2 7,500/- 18,250/- Cigarette &: Pan shop 15. Ramjihhai Cigarette Near Telephone EJ- 1975 1 1,000/- 21,900/- chage Office 16. Kaila&hnath Mishra (Cigarette & Pan) . Kilavani Road 1986 1 1,000/- 19,500/- Textile and Ready-made Garments 17. Nilesh Textiles Kilavani Chowk 1976 2 56,000/- 1,00,000/- 18. Leela Graha Vastra Bhandar Do. 1980 2 80,000/- 1,40,000/- 19. Ankur Collection (Ready-made garments) Kilavani Road 1988 4 35,000/- 1,09,800/- 20. Shri Jaloram Trader (Ready-made & Hosiery) Do. 1986 2 30,000/- 1,64,250/- Optical & Cutlery store 21. Ganeral Pruvision Store (cutlery) . Kilawni Road 1970 7.000/- 10,000/- 22. Manohar Store (cutlery) ZandaChowk 1974 2 35,000/- 1,20,000/· 23. Silvassa Optical . Kilavani Road 1984 1 25,000/- 50.000/- 43
TABLE IV. 24--Contd.
r 2 3 4 5 6
Furniture shop 1984 2 12,000;- 2*. Silvassa furniture Bhesta Road, Saily 10,95,000/- Road
Fooli-WerJr shop 1982 3 40,000;- 25. Alankar Foot-weal: Kilavani Chowk 1,82,500;- 26. Siddesh Abdul Gafar (Foot-wear store) Kilavani Road 1983 3 20,000;- 54,750;-
Medi~lshop 27. \lasant Drugs Store (Medical} Kilavani Road 1978 3 29,000/- 1,85,0001- 1985 2 28. Pranami Medical Store Kilavani Chowk 24,900;- 2,19,000;-
Cycle Store 29. Bombay Cycle Store Zanda Chowk 1973 4 75,000;- 2,50,000/- 1980 30. M. S. Cycle Store Kilavani Road 4 1,00,000/- 2,25,000/- PefftlJfi pump 31. H. M. Vaide, H. P. Petrol Pump dealer Naroli Char Rasta 1963 12 50,000/- 27,75,000{- 32. Shah Automobiles Petro-l pumll Near Bus stand Sil- 1970 7 1,50,000/- 4,38,000;- v-ssa
!l.eslaurmu., Bar and Tea' shop 31. Uldl Ahamau Shaikh Cold· Drinks & tea stall Kilavani Chowk 1973 3 6,000/- 54,750/- 34. Sidhaprasad Tea-Shop Do. 1974 500/- 36,500/- 3'5. Ramjibhai Tea Shop Near Telephone Ex- 1975 500/- 25,550/- change Office 36, Royal Restauran1'1 &: Bar Circuit House Road, 19i1 6 60,000/- 10,95,000/ Opp. Children Park
Lodging plaae 37. Kailash Lodge Silvassa Near Adm. 1953 4 12,000/- 1,44,000/ Office. 3'8. Chetall Guest House Near Post Office, 1987 3 4,00,000/- 1,80,000/ Opp. Children Park Silvassa.
Ltmndry 39. Juata Laundry . Kilavani Road 1978 2 7,500/- 27,375/- 40. Krishna Hari Om Laundary Near Circuit Hou~e 1982 3 8,000/- 58,400/- Hair dressing 41. Surya Hair Art Kilavani Road 1963 3 10,000/- 75,500/- 42. Modem Hair Art ZandaChowk 1984 2 22,000/- 47,450/-
Photo. Studio· 43! Tej Studio . New Shopping Cen- 1985 3 15,000/- 1,46,000/- tre, Opp. Children Park
Commodities manuractured~ .bnported and exported : Agriculture SilvasS& being a small town, not many items are . We ~ave seen earlier that agricu.ltule is pJaying a manufactur.ed. here. Mowev6f, the manufaoture of VItal role In the towns, economy and IS :>Iso :;, import country liquot and bidi rolling are predominant in· tant source of livelihood for a large number ~f people the town. The products manufactured in the industrial of the town. According to our study 64 out of 200 sam esbltes esta~li&hed by' the Government are broadly pled households were'in a possession of 104.9502 hec foam proooct5, fioo:r:ing tiles, crimped yawn, 'KatIia' tares of agricultural or horticultural land. This gives paper .pa~kinw. tex~iles' etc. The most important com an average of 1.6398 ha. per cultivating household :nmditles llnp(Il'ted lOto the town are petroleum, cloth The f?llowing t~ble IV. 25. shows the number of house~ rut SUgl'f, w.hile forest products, grass and foam rub holds III possessIOn of agncultural or horticultural land er are tlle. th ree important commodities exported from in the town or wit~in two kilometres of outer periphery e town. of the town bylocahty. 44
TABLE IV·25 Households in possession of agricultural or horticultural land in the tow. or withiu two kms. of outer periphery of town by locality where the houllehold ill lituated, 1985 survey.
Total No. of No. of households having agricultural 0 Average- Dumber hhs, haT horticultural land size hecta _ Locality of house ing a~ril. -----~------~------res of agri holds or horti Adjoining Within a Within a More than cultural cultural the house distance distance 4 kms. land per and in or of 1 km. of 2-3 from house- adjoining from kms from house hold the town house house
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ----- commercial area 36 14 14 1. 0637 Developing area . 48 2 I 3.3000 Ethnic Group area 55 30 21 9 0.9332 Government colony 39 27·5000 Sub-urban Pocket. 22 17 12 5 1 ·6449
----~-----__.,-__,,-_...,--___,------TOTAL 200 64 33 29 1 ·6398
It may be seen from the table IV:25 that in respect tire land is posses5ed by only one household. Furthel, of maximum number of homeh~l~s _I.e. 33 o~t of 64 the average size of holding is the smallest being 0 ·9332 households the land is located adjolUlng to theIr houses ha. per household in Developing area. It is slightly better followed by 29 households having land within. ~ dis in the sub-urban Pocket being 1 ·6649 ha. followed by tance of 1 km. from th:;ir houses. Of the remaInIng 2 I ·0637ha. per household in Commercial area. Average households the land is locate,d within a ~is~ance 0\ 2 size of holding in DeVeloping area is 3 ·3000 4a. per to 3 kms. in respect of one household and It IS at a dIS household. From the point of location of agricultural tance more than 4 kms. for another household. or hOi·ticulturalland it can bt seen that majority of the Among the selected localities of the t.own the per households in ethnic Group and sub-urban pocket centage of househols in possession of ag~lcuItural land ar,;as arc having their land adjoining thtir houses. is the highest in the sub-urban Pocket bel_ng 77 ·27 per Whuea'>, in respect of the households in commercial cent, followed by Ethnic Gr,?up area With 54 '55 per area it is located within a distance c,f onc kilometer from cent and Commercial Area With 38 :89 per cent: The thei,' houses. It is located within a distance at 2-3 kITts. t.?SP ~d ,;T'C percentage of households in pos.seSSlOl1 of land IS the in of one househol<', in Developing a and lowest in Government colony bemg.2 ·56 per c~nt only. located beyond 4 kms. in respect of ",nothu houi,e This percentage is also very low III Developmg area hold in Government colony. We may now examine the being 4 ·17 per cent. _Furthel, it. can. be seen. that t~e pfOduction. consumption and mr,; keting of crop: average size of land 11_l posseSSIOn IS the hlgh~st m grown by the cultivating househclcs from the table Government colony beIng 27 ·5000 ha. In fact, thIS en- given below TABLE IV·26 Crop, production, consumption and marketiR2 by locality, 1985 suvey.
Totalj No. of t::rops cultivated No. of Yield. ~onsump- Marketing Locality No. of house-~ house- per cultl- tlOn per per culti- house- holdsj holds vating cultivating vating holds h:willg culti- household household household agril, or vating (in quin (in quin- (in quin- horticul- tals) tals) tals) turalland
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 36 . Commercial area 14 Paddy 14 4·52 4'02 0'50 Tur 7 0·63 0'53 0'10 Val (Bell..fts) 4 0'30 0'20 0'10 Vegetables 1·00 1 ·00 Developing Area 48 2 Paddy 2 5·S0j 1 ·50 4·00 Tur 1 1·00 1·00 Udid 1 0·50 0·10 0'40 Mung 1 0·50 0'10 0·40 Gram 1 1·00 0·05 0·95 45
TABLB IV. 26-COlItd.
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Ethnic Group Area 55 30 Paddy 30 4·55 4·42 0·13 Tur 9 0·56 0·50 0·06 Val 4 0·54 0·35 0·19 Government colony 39 Paddy 100·00 10·00 90·()() Tur 1 1 ·00 1·00 Sub-urban Pocket 22 17 Paddy 17 3'59 3·59 Tur 4 0'33 0·33 Val 2 1'25 1·00 0·25 Udid 0'50 0·50 Vegetables 0·10 0·10 200 64 Paddy 64 5'81 4'11 1 ·70 Tur 22 0·58 0·52 0.06 Val (beans) 10 0'58 0·42 0'16 Udid 2 0'50 0·30 0·20 Mung 0'50 0'10 0·40 Gram 1 1 '00 0·05 0·95 Vegetables 2 0'55 0·55
It may be seen from the table IV.26 that Paddy, quintals and is the lowest in Ethnic Group area being 0'13 the important crop of the area is grown by almost all quintals. It may be seen that the entire yield of paddy the cultivating households in the localities. A total in sub-u;'ban Pocket is used for liome consumption. of 371 ·75 quintals of paddy was grown during the year EVen in n:spect of oth'r crops grO\vn by the cultivating by 64 cultivating households which gives an average of households of this loca1i ty is mostly for home consump 5 ·81 quintal pcr household. Of these, 262 ·75 quintals tion excepting one houst.ho!d which marketed 0 ·50 at the aver" ge of 4·11 quintal per household was kept quintals val which gave an average of 0 ·25 quintal per for their home consumption and the remaining 109 household. Where; s, in other loC'alitit s some portion of quintals was marketed which gives an average of 1 ·70 different crops are m"rkt'tet'. It can also be fem that quintals per household. Besides paddy, tur and val the consumption per cultivating household of U(;id, (beans) are the other important crops grown by nand Mung and Gram if> less and the surplus quantity is mar 10 households respectively. Udid is grown by 2 house keted. Vegetables \1 f:; C ;:'l'CWn b} one houaholc1 each holds and Mung and Grams by one household each. from commercial anc1 sub-urban pocket which were Vegetables were reported to be grown by 2 households. enough for home consumption only. 60 tonnes of su The table further reveals that the yield of paddy per garcane was grown ty one household in sut-urban cultivating household is the highest in the Government Pocket and the entire (;'op was m?/kc-ted. One house colony, being 100 quintals whereas, it is the lowest in the hold in Ethnic Gronp locality took the crop of mangoes sub-urban Pocket being 3 ·59 quint21s per household. (6000 nos.) and chickoos (12000 nos.) during the year It is 4 ·52 and 4· 55 respectively in commercial and of which 5000 mangoes and 10,000 chickoos Were mar Ethnic Group areas whilt it is comparatively higher in keted. Similarly, one houshold from Government co Developing area being 5 '50. Further, a large quantity lony took ihe crop of 1000 mangoes, 600 Guwas and of paddy is used for home consumption in all the loca and 5000 wafermelons of which 900 mangoes, 600 guwas lities excepting in Govel'nrnent Colony where only 10 and 4900 watermelons were marketed. We may now out of 100 quintals is used for home consumption and the examine the manpower engaged in the agricultural lemaining 90 quintals were marketed. Among the re operations by locality and size of holding from the table maining localities, marketing of paddy per cultivating V.27 given below: household is the highest in Developing area being 4 TABLE IV·27 Manpower engaged ill agricultural OperatiODS by locality aDd size of holding, 1985 survey
Number of households where agricultural operations are No. of carried on by Locality Size of holding in hectares hhs. pos sessing Family Family Hired land workers worker & alone alone hired workers ------2 3 4 5 6
Commercial Area (a) Below 0 ·50 2 2 (b)_~_·50- 0·99 4 4 -~------_ 9-338 R. G. India/ND/88 46
TABLE IV. 27-Concld.
------2 3 4 5 45
(c) 1 '00- 1 ·99 7 7 (d) 2·00- 2 ·99 1 1 (e) 3 -00- 3 ·99 (04·00-4,99 (g) !I -00- 7 ·49 (h) 7 '50- 9 ·99 (i) 10 ·00-19 ·99 (j) 10 ·00-29 ·119
TOTAL 14 14
Developing Area (b) 0,50-0 ·99 1 (g) 5 ·00-7 ·49 1 1 ------,~---- TOTAL 2
Ethnic Group areil f: (a) Below 0 ·50 11 10 (b) 0 '50-0 ·99 7 7 (c) 1 -00-1 ,99 8 7 1 (d) 2 ·00-2 ·99 2 2 (1) 4 ·00- 4 ·99 1 (g) 5 ·00-- 7 ·49 1 ---___,~------~~ TOTAL 30 27 3 ------_.--_._-----_._...... _ Government colony (j) 20 ·00-29 ·99 1 1
.-~-~-~ TOTAL
Sub-urban Pocket (a) B ~low 0 ·50 4 4 (b) 0 ·50-0 ·99 1 1 Cc) 1 '00-1 ·99 6 6 (d) 2 ·00-2 ·99 2 (e) 3 '00-3 ·99 2 1 (f) 4 ·00-4 ,99 1 1 (g) 5 ·00-7 ·49 ----~ TOTAL 17 13 3 1
Total (a) Below 0 ·50 17 16 (b) 0 ·50-0 ·99 13 13 (c) 1 ·00-1 ·99 21 20 (d) 2 '00-2 ·99 5 4 1 (e) 3 '00-3 ·99 2 1 (f) 4 -00-4 ·99 2 (g) 5 '00- 7 ·49 3 2 (h) 7 ·50- 9 ·99 (i) 10 ·00-19 ·99 0) 20 '00-29 ·99 ------1 TOTAL 64 S5 6 3 The study has revealed that the various agricultural c?rried ou t by hired workers while in respect of operations are generally ?ttended to by the family 6 households it was carried on by family as well as members of the cultivating households. Operations hired workers both. Considering. the size of holding like ploughing, levelling etc. is normally attended to by it can be seen that one hosusehold in size of holding the ro'lle m~mbers ;_,nd trz:ns.Plf'~l.ting, weeding, thn' 5 '00-7 ·49~. and another jn 20 '00-29 -99 ha. had eng shing etc. is attended by the female members. Thus, the aged only hIred labourers m order to carry out various shal'e of family members in carrying out different agri agricultural operatior' s. Information regarding the impo cultural operations is quite high. This can be observed rtant tools and. equipments use~ in the direrent agri from the table IV -26 as the different agricultural opera cultural operatlOns by the cultIvating households and tions in as mary as 55 out of 64 cultivating households the educational level of the head of household,s., is were carried on by family workers. tn respect of only given in the table IV ,28. 3 households the entire agricultural operations were 41
TABLE)V·28 t.~nt tools and equipments for agricultural/horticultural as related to educational le,cl of head of household and size of holding, 1985 survey
IWucationallevel of head of household Size of No.of Number of households using holding hh.own ~-~----~~-~-- (in; ingl Sic- Houda Pari- Pavda Tik- Plou- Dat- Kudal Love Parai Kod hectares) land kle ya kam gh urda Iter Ii a
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 IUitera•. Up to 5 -44 17 24 22 13 18 21 4 5 8 1 6~10 11-25 26--1-
TOTAL 44 17 24 22 13 18 21 4 5 8 1 ------~ Literate up to Primary Up to .s 15 6 8 13 8 8 10 5 4 15 6-10 11-25 26+
------TOTAL 15 6 8 13 8 8 10 5 4 45
Matlic or higher secondary Up to 5 2 1 2 2 6-10 1 1 1 11-25 26 ' 1
TOTAL 4 3 3 1 4
Technical diploma or Certificate not equal Up to 5 1 to degree 6-10 11-25 26 :
------+------~------TOTAL 1 1 ------Total Up to 5 62 23 34 37 22 29 34 10 10 23 6-10 1 11-25 26-' TOTAL 64 24 36 39 23 30 36 10 10 23 2
It may be seen from the table IV ·28 that the use Livestocks of improved agricultural implements such as weede~, As per the 1982 Livestock Census of the Union throshers land leveller etc. are not used by the cultI Territory of Da{\ra and Nagar Haveli there were 1666 vating h~useho!ds. The .11:se of oi?en time tools and im livestock consisting of 1165 cattles and 188 buffaloes as plements is stIll prevallmg. ThiS shows that the. cu~ bovine stock, 15 sheeps and 148 goats as ovine stock and tivating households have not yet accepted the sCienti 124 pigs, 43 dogs, 3 donkeys and one monkey fic mehod of cultivation. This m'!1y be becu~e of (1) as other livestock. The total poultry stock was recorded small holdings and (2) eco.nomlc a~d socIal back as 1899 consisting of 201 cocks, 977 hens, 670 chickens, wardness. The improved agricultural Implements are 8 ducks, 3 ducklings and 40 drakes. suppUOO by the local Block Development Office on subsidy basis. However, none of the household covered Information regarding rearing of livestocks in the under the survey reported to have possessed the im sampled households was nlso collected during the study proved agricultu1'al implements. From the lituracy point of the town. Accrording to the survey data 89 out of 9f view. it can be. seen f1'om the tabl~ t~at head of 44 200 households reported, in all, 237 livestocks consis out of 64 cultivatmg households are IllIterate. Of the sting of 108 cattles, 95 cows and 31 buffalot.s as bovine remaining 20 households head of 15 households have stock. 3 goats as ovine stock and 10 pigs as other tudied upto primay level 4 are matriculates OJ' higher livestocks. Under poultry stock there were 312 hens and ~encodary arid t~e he~d of rem:linin~ one household is 12 ducks. The study also reveded that the highest per posstlssing technical dlplo~a 01' cert~ficate not eq.ual to centage (32 ·05 per cent) of total livestock is reported de 00 However, no difference IS observed III the from the Ethnic Group area followed by Comm6rcial tofts ~n/l implements used by the literate and illitel'atc area (23 '99 par cent) and sub-urban pocket (23 ·29 per u '~tivatillS: hou~holds. cent). The remaining two localities viz. the Govern 48 ment Colony and Developing area together accounted the oth~r communities among Hindus practising animal for 20 ·67 per cent of the total livestocks. Regarding husbandry. Among lains one household of Swetambar, the use of livestocks it is observed that bullocks are 10 households of Roman Catholics and one of Atak used agricultural operations, cows and buffaloes are in Christians and one household each of Sunni and used as milch animals and the rem i,jng for domestic Saiyad of Muslims are the other communities practi purposes. It is also observed that 72 or 89 ·90 per cent of89 sing animal husbandry, households practising animal husbandry arc of Hindus. Of the remaining 17 households 13 are of Christians, 3 Household and Small scale industries of Muslims and one of Jain. Community-wise it is observed that the large number of households practi Information regarding the number of households sing animal husbandry belong to tribal communities running the household and small scale industries was of Hindus viz Varli (27 househu!us), Dhollia (26 house also collected during the f>tudy. It is revealed that holds) and Dubla/Halpati (4 households) followed there were 15 households running such units. These by Bhandari (4 households) and Cham?r(SC) with 2 units by type of products and the numbtJr of households households. Kshatrirya, Bharvad, Dhobi. Prajapati, by locality engaged therein are !istt'd in the table IV ·29 Tamboli, Brahmin, Rana, Bhaiyar and Rajput are given below:
TABLE IY·29
Household and small scale industry by type of products and number of households by locality, 1985 survey.
Total Number of households engaged in manufacturing which are number of situated in Type of product households engaged in household Commercial Developing Ethnic Govemment&ili~~b~- and small area area Group area colony Pocket area scale Industry
1 3 4 5 6 7
1. Grain MiU products (paddy husking flour making etc.) 2 2 2. Shoes, slippers and brooms making 1 1 3. Manufacturing of agricultural equipments 1
4. Makinl' of Soda Water 1 5. Stitching of clothes 2
6. Sweet meats making 3 2 7. Soap manufacturing 1 1 8. Making of earthenware 1
9. Bricks makinr 1 1
10. Lathe work 11. Repairing and servicing of molor-cycles
TOTAL , 15 6 3 3 2 _----- 1 In may be seen from the table IV ·29 that of the , Co~sidering the number of households cIlgaged 15 household and sJ?all s~ale industry 10 (66 ·67 per m runmng of household and small scale industrial cent) are manufactunng UUltS. Of these 3 are engaged units by locality it can ,be seen that 6 or 40 per cent in sweets making and one each is engaged in shoes/ households are located III the Commercial area 3 or 20 'lippers/brooms making, manufacturing of agriculture per cent each in the Developl!lent and Ethnic Group implements making of soda water, man~facturing. of areas, 2 or 1~ ',33 per cent m Goverrunent colony soap/making of earthernware, manufacturmg of brIcks and the reamalllmg one (6 ·67 per cent) is located in and lathe work. Th~ remainin~ ,5 (33 :33 per ~nt) the s~b-urban Poc~et area of the town. We may now are repairing, processllig and servIcmg urnts of which 2 examme the, 10catlOn <;>f wotkshop of household and 're engaged in rice/flour milling, 2 in tailoring and small scale mdustry WIth reference to location of the ~ne in repairing and servicing of motol' cycles. households from the table IV ·30 given below. 49
TABLE IV·30
Location of workshop of households and small scale industry with reference to location of household, 1985 Surevey
Locality Type of product Number of Number of workshops workshops away from household are in the premi. ------ses of house- Within 1-2 km hold 1 km
1 2 3 4 5
1. Commercial area I. Grain Mill products (paddy husking, flour making etc.) I 2 Shoes, slippers and brooms making 1 3. Manufacturing of agicultural implements 4. Making of soda water 5. Stitching of clothes
TOTAL 5 1 ------2. Developing area 1. Sweetmeats making 2 2. Soap manufacturing ------TOTAL 3
3. Ethnic Group Area. 1. Making of earthenware 1 2. Stitching of clothes 1 3. Bricks makin,
TOTAL 2
t Government colony 1. Lathe work 2. Sweetmeats making (including Farsan)
TOTAL 2 ------__ 5. Sub· urban Pocket . 1. Repairing and servicing of motorcycles ------_._------TOTAL
GRAND TOTAL 13 1
It may be seen from the above table that the work two households of Brahmin are engaged in stitching of shop in respect of 13 out ?f 15 household and sm!lll clothes and lathe work, one household each of Bhandari scale industries are located In the same house or adJO Baniya and Patel is engaged in making of sweets, onc ining it and of the re.~ining .two one i:e. Rice and hou~e~old of Halpati (ST) is engaged III repairing and flour mill is located Wlthm a kilometre dIstance from servIcIUg of motor-cycles, one hou&ehold of Kadia the household and the other one i.e. Manufacturing of is engaged in manufacturing of soda water, one house bricks is located 1-2 kilometres away from the house hold of Panchal is engaged in manufacturing of agricu hold. Examnining the lo~tion of workshops by lo ltural implements, three households of Prajapati are cality it is seen that all workshops in respect of Deve engaged in stitching of cIothe8, manufacturing of ear loping are " Government colony and sub~r?a.n P?cket thenware and bricks, two households of eh mar (SC) are located in the same household or adJoIUmg It. In are engaged in rice and flour mill and making ot shoes respect of commercial at'ea five out of six and 2 out of slipers and brooms. One household of Sw..::tembel: 3 workshops in Ethnic Group area are locted in the of Jains is engaged in rice and flour mill and one house same household or adjoining it. hold of Sunni of Muslims is engaged in manufacturing of soaps. Examining the religious composition of the house hold egngaged in household and small scale industry Type of fuel or power it is observed that 13 out of 15 such households are Table IV ·31 shows the distri bution 01 household Hindus and of the remaining two, one is a Jain and 'the and small scale industries by type of workers and fue I other is a Muslim. Further, among the Hindus or power. 50
TABLE IV'31 Household and small scale industry by type of worker' and fuel or power, 1985 Survey
Number of households run ning the industry by industries by type of product Type of fuel or power family worker Family worker and alone hired worker 2 3 4 1. Grain Mill products (paddy husking, flour making etc.) Electricity 2 2. Shoes, ~ lippers and brooms making . Manual 1 3. Manufacturing of agricultual equipments . Charcoal 1 4. Making of Soda Water Manual 1 5. Stitching of clothes Manual 2 6. Sweetmeats making . Keroseue 3 7. Soap manufacturing Firewood 8. Making of earthenware . Firewood 1 9. Bricks making • Coal 1 10. Lathe work . • Electricit 1 11. Repairing and servicing of motor-cycles . • Manual 1 TOTAL 10 5 ------It may be seen from the above table that of the leases only and after that the system of leasing land 15 units 5 are utilising only manpower, 3.each are run for one year was discontinued and instead the Al on electricity and kerosene and 2 are usmg firewood waras, as stated above, were issued on a payment of and one each is using coal and charcoal. Futher 10 out . fixed assessment every year. This is a heritable of 15 househo Ids are 1 unning the units. ~~th the hell? system. Some lands not given on Alwara basis were of family workers only wher~as 5 are utIlIsmg the serVl leased on one to nine years short-term leases. In ces of family as well as lured workers. such cases the land did not exceed 5 hectares. This system of leasing of land on short-term was called Land tenure system Terum. The Alwaras can be resumed by Govern Before the year 1898, the land was gI_ven .o~ ment if there was a breach in regulating the terms of annual lease and the revenue was col1ect~d lU ki~n grant of Alwara. The Alwara holders either cultivate from the leasees. The first survey was carned out 1 themselves or give such land to tenants who pay 1898 to 1904 and vi1la~~ ~aps were prepa_red on the rent to the alwara holders as fixed by them but now lines followed in the adjOlmng areas of GUjarat State, the ceiling has been fixed by the Administration. then a part of the old. BOJ?lba~ Presidency. The re cords were kept in GUJaratl wIth a standard ?f Legislative and executive measores : measure as bigha and acre. The system . followed I!l The Dadra & Nagar Haveli Land Reforms Regu Survey of land has been fully narrated In the pubb lation 1971 conferred occupancy rights to teram cation entitled 'Survey and Settlement Manual Vol. holders and their tenants and the land held in excess I & II (Bombay), It may, however, be stated of the prescribed ceiling had been distributed to the that though the survey was done on th~se lines, settle landless persons who are mostly Scheduled Castes mel1t operation was not done 0!l t~e hnes suggested and Scheduled Tribes. The Ceiling Laws prescribed in .the above mentioned ~ubltcatlOn. Instead, land is 7.5 hectares in case of land capable of yielding was di"ided into four categorI?S and acre-rate for e~ch two or more crops in a year and II hectares in category was fixed. A revlS1~n .survey was earned any other land. Section 4(6) of the Regulation pro out betwoen 1924 to 1930. ThIS time also the settle hibits any transfer of land without previous sanction meat was not done but the assessment o~ land was of the Collector. The Rules framed under the Re dono a~ld the assessment was. fi~~d accordmg to. the gulation provides that no pl'lrmission for transfer of fertility of tnt} land and the dIViSIOn was made 111to land from Scheduled Castes/Scheduled Tribes to five categorie5. others should be given if it is decided that the consi 1:1 1912, the law called Organizacao Agraria deration is inadequate and that and that the transfer will· be against the interest of Scheduled Castes/ U,.grariclll Organisation) ~as enacted by the Portu Scheduled Tribes. 3624.69 hectares of land was de glW3,) 1'0,::;im0. 1t was conSIdered to be a reform over clared as surplus land and out of this, 1475. 62 hec tlle old ·~:n;;~;nent. In 1919 the law was amended. The l::md \'vas meaimred in Hectares. The record was tares had been distributed to 1627 landless agricul tural labourers, out of which 1GB belong to Scheduled k0nt in t:le Portugue~e language. The Alwaras Tribes and 13 belong to Scheduled Castes in 1983-84. (Sa·l}td or Ag~eement between the .Governme~t and The remai:ling land declared surplus are either hilly t:le nC",~n) to whom the land was gIven) were Issued. The;'') Alwaras were issued only to those persons who and small, patches scattered in various places and arc not fit for cultivation. Some lands declared .:xpms l)d loyalty to the Portuguese Government surpIm are invoLved in Court cases and due to stay :md :10 price of land was charged from such persons. orders possessic)u could not be taken up. The work Til,;: propri0tory right over the l~nd vested with of updating of land records is in progress and work the State. Prior to 1919 land was given 011 annual ill 6 Patelads out, of 10 had been completed. CHAPTER. V ETHNIC AND SELECTED SOCIO-DEMOGRAPHIC CHARACTERISTICS OF THE POPULATION
A study of the composition of the town's pop~ Nationality lation would be interesting since it provides the baSIS The entire p0pulation i.e. 1022 persons covered for viewing the heterogenity of population and the under the study have reported their nationality as degree of interaction between the groups and indi Indian. viduals. Such analysis would be revealing and would' answer the pecularities in the economic and social Religion system prevailing in the town since urbanisation The main religious community in the town is brings in many changes in human values. Notable Hindu followed by Muslim, Christian and Jain. among them are the control in the rate of fertility According to 1981 censuS, there are 5762 persons and mortality in urban areas in comparision to rural or 83.34 per cent Hindus, 539 or 7.80 per cent Muslims, areas. Whether such conspicuous changes are per 484 or 7.00 per cent Christians and 113 or 1.63 rer ceivable in the composition of the population of cent Jains out of the total population of 6914. Of the Silvassa town are to be discussed in this chapter. remaining 16 persons 2 reported their religion as To provide the basis for such an analysis a study of Buddhism, 7 as others and 7 not reported their re the population with reference to its sociological ligion. The table V.1 gives the sex-wise distribution aspects like ethnic composition etc. is being made of population by religion in 1981 Census and as re here. vealed by the survey of the town.
TABLE Y·1 Population of Silvassa Town by religion and sex 1981 CenllUs and 1985 Survey
1981 Census Percentage 1985 Survey Percentage Religion ,------to total ------to total Persons Males Females population Persons Males Females population 1981 1985
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Buddhists 2 0·03 Christians 484 246 238 7,00 77 44 33 7·53 Hindus 5,762 3,039 2,723 83·34 866 457 409 84'74 Jains 113 66 47 1 ·63 13 8 5 1 ·27 Muslims 539 306 233 7·80 66 37 29 6·46 Others 7 7 0·10 Religion not stated 7 4 3 0·10 ---- ...... - ... ------_._------~---- __ TOTAL 6,914 3,669 3,245 100·00 1.022 546 476 100 ·00
It may be seen from table V.1 that the religious sparsely distributed in all the localities whereas, th'2 pattern of the town as revealed by the survey is by Christian households are found slightly more in and large the same as that of 1981 census. However, Ethnic Group and Developing areas of the town. there is a small decrease in the proportions of ]ains There are 2 Jain households in the commercial areas. and Muslims from 1.63 and 7.80 per cents to 1.27 The distribution of population by sex shows that and 6.46 per cents respectively between 1981-85. the sex ratio is favouring males in all the localities Whereas, the proportions of Christians and Hindus excepting the sub-urban pocket which favours fe have gone up slightly from 7.00 and 83.34 per males in its sex ratio. cents to 7.53 and 84.74 per cents during the same period. Turning to the individual castes or tribes as many as 38 different castes/tribes are reported from We may now examine the religious composition 168 Hindu households during the study. The.maj of population in the selected localities of the town or castes/tribes among them are Dhodia CST), Varli as revealed by the survey from table V.2 (ST), Brahmin, Rajput, Prajapati, Bhandari, Koli Halpati CST), Patel and Chamar (SC). Roman It may be seen from table V.2 that there is a pre Catholic is the main group reporteJ. bv Christian dominance of Hindus in all the selected localities in households and Sunni is the m,jn seet :ifllong the the town. Muslims and Christians are found in small Muslim households. Both the household~ of Jain number in all the areas excepting the (in which there belong to SwetalUbar grOl'p. Th,~ caste wise distri are no Christians) Sub-urba'" p' eket of the town. bution of population by sex as per the survey is It can also be seen that the Muslim households are given in table V.3
51 .....00 s_N
~~.®~~~N~~~~~~~~~ o ..... o N ·N· ....
\0 00 ..... 00 • N · .4
..,.....
I: 1 r-- ,., l~ N.... fe 8 ..... 1 .... I:I 10'1 r- - . "=t IN -
!I:;:; 1 l~ I
0'100..,. l~ 00 I I t...... 00 r-l N 1~ 1 1 I!;; N,., l":t 00
N l~00 1 : .... l~ I .53
..., ..... 0\ 0\ ..., 00 ,...... -< N
110 00 00
~""""~"""""""''''-IN~7~Vl'!''''''''fN\O N N 01 .-< .-< '" '"
N 00
N N N
N N N
- N
<'I o ,.....o
N 00 N 00 o ..... N N '"
00 00
M 00
'"
N N
.-< 00 .-<
00 ,...... -< 00 00 .-<
N ..., N N N - .-< -
10-338 R. G. India/ND/88 54
The above table V.3 shows that four castos of In tlw Ethnic group area there are 55 households Hindus i.e. Dhodia (ST), YarE (ST). Brahmin..; and of which 45 (81.82 per cent) belonged to Hindus, 8 Rajput are found in all the losalities exceptin0, that (14.54 per cent) to Christians and 2 (3.64 per cent) there are no Dhodias and Rajputs hI Government to Muslims. Among Hindus Varlis (ST) are dominant Colony and Brahmins in the sub-Llrban Pocket. with 18 hOUseholds fonowed by Dhodias (ST) with The table also reveais that Dhodias aro dominant 11 households. ROm TABLE V·4 Percentage distribution of households and PO;l'1lations by caste/tribe and community and by sex in the town, 1985 Survey Households Persons Males Females Caste/Tribe/Community -.-~------__..----.. --~------_------"-- ---~---- No. Percentage No. Percentage No. Percentage No. Percentage 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 HINDU 168 100·00 866 100 ·00 457 100 ·00 409 100·00 1. Braham in 14 8·33 54 6·24 29 6·34 25 6 ·11 2. Baniya 4 2·38 19 2 ·19 14 3 ·06 5 1 ·22 3. Bhandari 8 4'76 41 4·73 21 4·59 20 4'89 4. Bhaiyar 0·60 4 0·46 3 0·66 1 0·25 5. Bhavsar 0·60 4 0-46 3 0·66 1 0·25 6. Bharwad 0'60 8 0·92 4 0·87 4 0·98 7. Machhi 2 1'19 12 1 ·39 9 1 ·97 3 0·73 8. Kshatriya 3 1 ·79 12 1 ·39 7 1 ·53 5 1 ·22 9. C.K.P. 0·60 2 0·23 0'22 1 0·25 10. Chowdhary 1 0'60 1 0·12 1 0·25 11. Pate) 5 2·98 31 3 ·58 17 3 ·72 14 3·42 12. Koli 7 4·17 36 4·16 21 4·59 15 3·67 13. Dhobi 0.60 5 0·58 2 0·44 3 0·73 14. Dogra 0·60 3 0·35 2 0·44 0·25 15. Estha 0·60 1 0·12 0·22 16. Gauli 0·60 2 0·23 2 0'44 17. GoIa 0.60 3 0·35 2 0·44 0·24 18. Kadia 3 1 ·79 19 2 ·19 10 2 ·19 9 2·20 19. Kapdi 0·59 4 0'46 2 0'44 2 0·49 20. Khatri 0·59 6 0·69 3 0.66 3 0·73 21. Mala 0·59 4 0·46 2 0·44 2 0·49 ----- 55 TABLE Y 4 -CO:lld. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 22. Panehal 2 1-19 10 1-16 6 1 ·31 4 0·98 23. Prajapati 8 4'76 43 4 ·97 21 4.59 22 5'38 24. Rana 1 0·59 6 0·69 3 0·66 3 0·73 25. Rajput 11 6·55 50 5 ·77 30 6·56 20 4'89 26. Soni 0·59 5 0·58 3 0·66 2 0·49 27. Solanki 0'59 6 0·69 1 0·22 5 1 '22 28. Navi 0'59 4 0·46 3 0·66 1 0·24 29. Sutar 1 0'59 6 0·69 3 0·66 3 0'73 30. Tamboli 1 0'59 8 0·92 4 0·87 4 0'98 31. Yaland 2 1 ·19 10 1 ·15 5 1 ·09 5 1 ·22 32. Sindhi 0'59 0·12 1 0'22 33. Chamar (SC) 4 2,38 27 3 ·12 14 3·07 13 3'18 34. Bhangi (SC) 1 0,59 1 0·12 1 0'22 35. Halpati Dubla (ST) 5 2,98 20 2·31 9 1 ·97 11 2'69 36. Kokna (ST) . 0·59 2 0·23 2 0'44 37. Varli (ST) 32 19·05 178 20·55 97 21 ·22 81 19·80 38. Dhodia (ST) 36 21 ·43 218 25 ·17 99 21 ·66 119 29 ·10 JAINS 2 100 ·00 13 100·00 8 100'00 5 100'00 1. Swetambar 2 100·00 13 100·00 8 100·00 5 100 '00 CHRISTIANS 19 100'00 77 100'00 44 100·00 33 100 '00 1. Atak 1 5·26 2 2'60 1 2·27 1 3·03 2. Orthodox 2 10'53 6 7·79 4 9·09 2 6'06 3. Protestant 2 10 ·53.J 6 7·79 5 11 ·36 1 3 ·03 4. Roman Catholic 11 57·89 47 61 ·04 28 63·64 19 57·58 5. Not Stated 3 15·79 16 20·78 6 13 ·64 10 30·30 MUSLIMS 11 100·00 66 100·00 37 100·00 29 100·00 1. Ism3ili Khoja 1 9·09 4 6'06 2 5'40 2 6·90 2. Khoja 9'09 5 7'58 4 10·81 1 3'45 3. Sayyad 9·09 7 10'61 4 10·81 3 10.34 4. Siddi 1 9'09 6 9'09 3 8 ·11 3 10 '34 5. Sunni 5 45·46 34 51 '51 18 48·65 16 55·17 6. Not stated 2 18 '18 10 15'15 6 16·22 4 13 ·80 It may be seen from Table VA that Dhodias(ST) TABLE Y'5 among the castes/tribes of Hindus have the highest Number and p"rcentage of speakers of dill'erent motiler tongue percentage of households as well as population being in the town, 1985 survey 21.43 per cent and 25.17 per cent respectively. It is followed by Varli the other tribal community with Number of Percentage 19.05 per cent house~olds and 20.55 .pe~ ce~t po.pu Mother tongue speakers to total lation. Brahmin the thIrd largest commumty IS havlUg population 8.34 per cent of the total Hindu households and 6.24 per cent of the total Hindu population. Among 1 2 3 the different castes of Christians Roman Catholics Gujarati have the highest percentage of households (57.89 414 40·51 per cent) as well as population (6l.04 per cent). BhililBhilodi . 398 38·94 Of the 5 castes of Muslim, Sunnis have the Marathi 60 5·87 highest percentage of households (45.46 per cent) Hindi 58 5·68 as well as population (51.51 per cent). Portuguese 56 5'48 Urdu 13 1·27 Mother Tongue and subsidiary languages Malayalam 12 1'17 Silvassa, the headquarters of Dadra & Nagar Telegu 4 0·39 Haveli is a growing industrial centre. It has, there Dogri 3 0·29 fore ~ttracted a large number of job seekers from out;ide particularly from the neighbouring states of Nepali . 2 0.20 GUjarat and Maharashtra. Immigration of population ChowdhurY 1 0.10 from other states to the town has a definite impact T,'mil 1 0.10 on its linguistic composition. Let us examine the linguistic composition of the town as revealed by the TOTAL 1022 100.00 survey Jata. It is presented in Table V.5 56 According to the survey, 12 different languages yalam. The speakers of Portuguese language remind are returned as mother tongue in the town. Of these, us the fact that this area was under the Portuguese Gujarati has emerged as the mother tongue of the rule for quite a long time. majority of population i.e. 414 or 40.51 per cent covered under the survey. Incidentally, it may be Subsidiary languages added that Gujarati is the mother tongue of the vast majority of popUlation of the neighbouring Let us now turn to the number of speakers of state of Gujarat. It is followed by Bhili/Bhilodi (which subsidiary languages. Considering the speakers includes Dhodia, Varli and Kokna/Kokni/Kukna) having knowledge of a subsidiary language we find the largely spoken tribal language of which has been 810 such persons among the total sample population returned as mother tongue by 398 or 38.94 per of 1022 in the town. In other words these 810 per- cent of the total survey population. Marathi, Hindi sons know other languages besides their mother and Portuguese are the other important languages tongue. Table V.6 gives the particulars of persons returned as mother tongues by 5.87, 5.68 and 5.48 having knowledge of subsidiary languages besides per cent respectively followed by Urdu and Mala- their mother tongue. TABLE V·6 Mother tongue and subsidiary languages of members of households, 1985 Survey Total Number of Total number of Col. 6 & 7 classified by subsidary languages speakers speakers of subsidiary as reported during the survey Name of mother languages tongue p M F p M F 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Gujarati 414 225 189 287 166 121 Hindi (60M, 66F), English (3M, IF), Sindhi (1M, 2F), ~rdu (1M, .IF), Hindi and Marathi (3M, 10F), Hi~dl .and Enghs~ (75M, 30F), Hindi and Bhili/ Bhllodl OM), Hmdl and Sindhi OM), Hindi and Urdu (2M), Hindi and Portuguese (1 M, 2F), Hindi Marathi and Bhili/Bhilodi (IF), Hindi, Marathi Sindhi (IF), Hindi, English and S1nskrit (4M 2F), Hindi, English and Marathi (10M 3F) Hindi En¥lis~ and Urdu (?M, IF), Marathi an'd Bhilil Bhllodl (1 M), English and Marathi (1 F) Hindi English, Marathi and Sanskrit (1 M).' • BhilijBhilodi 398 197 201 335 169 166 Gujarati, (125M, .14~F), Gujarati and Hindi (33M, 81':), .Gujaratl, _Hm~1 and English (5M, 6F), Marathi, Hllldl and GUjarat! (6M), Gujarati and Marathi (3F). Marathi 60 35 25 56 33 23 Guj.arati (8M, ?F).. Hindi and English (IF), GUjaratl and Hmdl (9M, 8F), Gujarati and English (2M, IF), Gujarati, Hindi and English (14M, 4F). Hindi 58 37 21 48 31 17 Guj~rati (17M, 16F), . Gujarati and English (8M)', GU]aratl and Marathl (1M), Gujarati and Urdu (1~), . Gujarati, English and Urdu (3M, 'IF), GUjaratl, Portuguese, Marathi and BhilijBhilodi (1M). Portuguese 56 30 26 54 28 26 Gujarati (lOM, 11 F), Gujarati and Hindi (3M 1.£:'), . Gujarati ~nd English (1M, 3F), Gujarati: HlI:dl,.and Enghsh,(13¥, 10F), Gujarati and Bhili/ Bhllodl (1 F), GUjaratl, Hindi and Bhili/Bhilodi (1M). Urdu 13 7 6 10 5 5 Gujamti and Hindi (3M, 5F), Gujarati, Hindi and English (1M), Marathi, Hindi and Gujarati (1M). Malayalam 12 9 3 11 9 2 ~gli~h (1 M), Hi.lldi and English (2M, 1 F), Gujarati Hmdl and English (4!'vf, IF).. English, Hindi and Telugu (1M), English, Hmdl GUJ'arati Taml'l (1M). " Telugu 4 2 2 3 2 Hindi and English (2F), Gujarati Hindi and English (1M). ' Dogri .3 2 3 2 Engl~sh, ~in~i, Gu~arati and Bhili/BhiJodi (lM), English, Hllldl, Punjabl, Gujarati and Bhili/Bhilodi (1M, IF). Nepali 2 .. Gujarati and Hindi (1M). Chowdhary Gujarati, Hindi and English (IF). Tamil .. Gujarati and Hindi (1 M). TOTAL 1,022 546 476 810 446 364 57 It may be seen from Table V.6 that 810 or 79.26 2168 (48.23 per cent) compflSlllg 1123 males and per cent of the total sample population spt'lak other 1045 female3 in 1971. It has thus r~gis~ered an in languages besides their mother tongue. 81.68 per crease of 28.51 per ceat during the decade 1971-81 cent among the males and 76.47 per cent among the which is lower than the increase of 53.82 per cent re females have the knowledge of subsidiary languages. corded in the total pop ~ lation of til _ town durin a the The table also reveals that Gujarati, Hindi and same period. According to the present survey, there English are the main languages returned as subsidiary are 418 persons c'Jmprising 207 male3 and 211 females language5 by the majority of the speakers of the subsi belonging to scheduled tribes. Their proportion in diary languages. It may be of interest to note that of the total survey population of 1022 works out to the 810 speakers of subsidiary language:; 481 or 40.90 per cent. 59.38 per cent have the knowledge of one subsidiary language, 226 or 27.90 per cent have the knowledge Houseless and Institutional popUlation of two subsidiary languages, 97 or 11.98 per cent According to 1981 census 108 persons compri have the knowledge of three subsidiary language" sing 53 males and 55 females were enumerated as and the remaining 6 or 0.74 per cent have the know houseless population in the town. Its proportion to ledge of four or more languages besides their mother the total population worked out to 1.56 per cent. tongue. The number of speakers of subsidiary languages So far as institutional population is concerned there by the speakers of each mother tongue shown in were 114 persons comprising III males and 3 females the table is self explanatory. in the town according to 1981 census. Their pro Scheduled Castes portion to the total population comes to 1.65 pe.' cent. As per 1981 Census the population of Scheduled castes in the town was 223 (3.23 per cent) compri Disabled population sing 114 males and 109 females. In 1971 Census, the corresponding returns were 174 persons (3.87 As per the 1981 census there were 13 disabled per cent) comprising 84 males and 90 females. Thus, persons in the town. Disabled population comprises it has regi1>tered an increase of 28.16 per cent during (i) totally blind (ii) totally crippled and (iii) totally the decade 1971-81 which is considerably lower than dumb. A person was considered to be totally blind the rate of growth of 53.82 per cent obsereved in the when both of his eyes had lost their sight, a totally total population of the town during the same period. crippled when he had lost both his arms or legs and Further, the proportion of scheduled castes to the a totally dumb who could not speak at all. Accordingly, total population has also slightly come down from out of [tot I 13 disabled persons 5 were totally blind 3.87 per cent in 1971 to 3.23 percent in 1981. According and 4 each were totally crippled and dumb. The to 1985 survey, there are 28 persons comprising 15 percentage of the disabled population to the total males and 13 females belonging to the scheduled Castes population comes to 0.19 per cent, whereas, the per (Chamar and Bhangi). Their proportion in the total centage of totally blind, totally crippled and totally survey popUlation of 1022 works out to 2.74 per cent. dumb is 0.07, 0.06 and 0.06 respectively. Scheduled Tribes Distribution of popUlation by age, sex and marital The Scheduled Tribe population of the town status. according to 1981 census was 2786 (40.30 per cent) Table V.7 gives the distribution of survey popu- comprising 1422 males and 1364 females as against lation by age, sex and marital status. TABLE Y·7 Sample Population by age, sex and marital status, 1985 survey Married status and sex Age Group -Never m;;'i;i--- Mar~d-wid;;;---Separa;d------TotaI------M F M F M F M F P M F 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 0--4 64 41 105 64 41 5-9 53 54 107 53 54 10-14 87 65 152 87 65 15-19 64 38 3 9 1 115 67 48 20-24 33 9 20 33 1 96 53 43 25-29 11 2 32 43 89 44 45 30-34 2 2 34 33 73 36 37 35-49 2 89 75 7 175 91 84 50-59 28 23 13 66 29 37 60-69 16 7 3 7 35 20 15 70+ 2 6 9 2 7 TOTAL 316 215 224 224 6 34 3 1,022 546 4 58 . It lllay be S~M frOlll the Tabl~ V. 7 that out of oue widowed iu the age-group 30-34. Further, j 022 per3011s coveied under the survey 531 or 51.96 there is only one widower each in the age-groups per cent are never married, 448 or 43.84 per cent 35-49 and 50-59 as against 7 and 13 widows res are married, 40 or 3.91 per -';Cllt ;.,re widowed and pectively in the same age-groups. Even in the age the remaining 3 or 0.29 per cent are separated. group 60 -69 the number of widowers is half than the number of widows. It is also important to note As regards the m~lrital status of maies and fe maie3 by age-groups the table revoab that upto the that there is not a single widower in the age-group age of 14 all males and ftlmale& together constituting 70+ whereas there are 6 widows in this age-group. 35.62 per cent of sample population are never married. Two main reasons may be attributed for the higher Thus, it can be said that no child marriage is pre proportion of widows (i) husbands are always older valent in this town. In the age group 15 --19 only 3 than wives and generally die earlier than their spouses and a widowed male mostly remarried but a or 4.48 per cent out of 67 males and 9 Oi' 18.75 per Oi) cent out of 48 females are married. The percentage widow to all intents and purposes cannot do so. of married among the males rises from 4.48 per cent Three cases of separation only among the females in age-group 15-19 to 37.74 pet cent in the age-group are reported in the town of which 2 are in the younger 20--24 to 72.73 pOl' cent in the age-group 25-29 age-groups of 15-19 and 20-24 and the other in the and to 94.44 pel' cent in the age-group 30 ~34 and age-group 30 -34. Not a single case of divorce has reaches to the high(Ht i.e. 97.80 per C011t ill the age boon reported in the town. group 35 -49. In the case of females, there is a sudden increase of percentage of married from 18.75 per Age, sex and education cent in the age-group 15 -19 to 76.74 per cent in the According to the 1981 Census, there were 3745 age-group 20 ---24 and reaches to the highest Le. literates (54.17 per cent) in the town as against 2045 95.56 per cl.lnt in the age-gr'Jup 25 -29. From this (45.49 per cent) in 1971, thus registering an increase it can be Si.len that the highest p~rcentage of married of 1700 or 83.13 per cent. Further, the male literacy is found in til<;) age-group 35 -39 among males whereas rate which was 55.86 per cent in 1971 has gone up the age-group 25 - 29 has the ilighe~t percentage of to 62.91 per cent in 1981 and the famale literacy has married among females. This may be due to the risen from 34.08 per cent to 44.28 per cent during the fact that in the Indian llociety, the women are, in same period. It is also observed that the town's variably younger than their husbands. literacy rate of 54.17 per cent in the 1981 census was quite high as compared to the territory's general We may examino the extent of widowhood in literacy rate which is 26.67 per cent. the town. From the table it may be observed that there are 34 widows as against 6 widowers. There is The distribution of surveyed population by age, one widoWll.i" in the younger ag,,-group 25 ~29 and sex and educational level is given in table V.8 TABLE Y'8 Distribution of Population (5 ) by age, sex and educational level, 1985, Survey Age and Sex Educational 5-9 10-14 15-19 20-24 25-34 35-49 50+ Total level ---_- ----~~------_..,_ ------~------M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Illiterate 6 10 5 6 3 7 4 23 7 27 21 41 25 45 71 159 Literate (without educational level) . 44 42 12 9 2 3 3 2 4 4 9 4 5 5 79 69 Primary 3 2 51 36 20 18 7 4 18 6 13 11 5 7 117 84 Middle 18 14 23 6 16 5 10 9 6 7 6 2 79 43 Matriculation/Secondary 12 12 14 4 20 22 18 10 6 71 48 Higher Secondary/Intermedi- ate/Pre-University . 2 2 4 3 5 2 4 2 16 9 Non-Technical diploma or certificate not equal to degree 2 3 3 2 5 5 Technical diploma or cer- tificate not equal to degree 5 2 5 1 13 2 Graduate degree other than Technical degree 1 7 9 4 4 1 13 13 , post-Graduate degree other than Technical degree 1 8 8 2 Technical degree or diploma equal to degree or Post- Graduate degree- Engineering & Technology 1 .. 2 4 Medicine . . . 2 1 1 4 1 Agriculture and Dairying .. Yeterinery . 1 1 Teaching 1 1 TOTAL 53 54 87 65 67 48 53 43 80 82 91 84 51 59 482 435 59 It may be seen from table V.8 that out of 917 are likrates 1'11d in Hindus it is still lc~'>tl' h::ing 83 ·25 persons of the age 5 years and above, 230 (25.08 per per cent. Among tile f0D\~ le~ of diflerent rcJi~;o"'~, cent) are illiterates 148 (16.14 per cent) are literates Muslims have the highest literates being 84 ·62 pcr cent without educational level. 201 (21.92 per cent) are followed by Jains (80 '00 P;f cent), Christians (73 '33 literates upto primary level 122 (13.30 per cent) upto per cent) and Hindus with 61 o 1"1 00 t-- ,..., 00 ON ('1 <'I o o Noo 00 on", 00 -o N N 00 ,...,N ... ..... + + o J ~ \D c: Z c ,.....« :§ ;::,J f-' ...... ::s ~ r;/j ~ ~.j ..... r;/j ~ '""" Z,_., ::r: ::> :r:: u ::s 61 0 ... r-- ION ... N ... M ..,""''''''' ...... ~~~:AR ... co ... - ...... "' .. 0. IX...... 0\ .... ~ ....r-- M .... NMN ....0 ...... f- 0:> 00- - '"0:>...... 00 M .... 00 - 0:>- 0:>...... 0:> o.... _ ...... "<:t ..-< .... 0:>.... M - ('l 0\ _ - ....0:> .... -o o I.D __ .-< .... 0\ -M -M .... 00 00 .... 00 - -N ...... '" - - -...... 00 N 00 0:>...... 63 + 00. ~ - .L ~ \0 - ...... \0 ..,"'" ... o1 '" -"'" -'" N_ M ....o + ~ 00 00 . - - .... 8 g ~@ Mg '-' C ...... ~ ...., f'I~ -1/')1/')' - ~ C 0- \f') ~e I I' I ~ 64- ...... ('11 ...... ~ ('II .... ~ ~N r-- r-- <"l <"l ...... ('j .... ~ M .... ('IIN .. ('II ...... ~ ...... on ~ ...'" ... .. ~ ~ ....'" co...... t-- 4) ...... N II'> ...... ID .... ~ ...... N q) ~'f""'I('I')"'" on ...... <') ...."" ...... '" on ...... N N ~ _...... , ""_OO~lI"\ 0 ..... 00 ...... M('lonN N .... fft .... NN I' t-- :; Of) .., 01 -on ..... - .... N ...... - .... N .... I ..... on ...._MNr--r...... , ...... "'00 ...... ~NM ID on on .... Of) ..,...... MOl ...... M ..,. ~ Of) I ~ -- - - I N 0 .... I I 0\ CO I .... t-- - I...... r-- 'C - - M ...... II'> ...... 00 ...... -4 ..... ~ .... ID on ..... NN !;t r-- _ r-- ...., 00 0\ '"'""'.....c ...... ,-...c"lllllt~ N""'''' Non ...... N ..,. N M ...... - N "'N N ..... ~ 0 ...... - II'> ...., - - ..... N :I I ;]1 ~ ....: 6S Age: at marriage among males when compared to those among Hhdus .(17.12 per cent) and Muslims (29 ·41 per cent) respectlvely. Even It may be seen from tabh! V.11 that only one male the percentage of females got manied in th~ ll:ge-groups got mauied below that age 14. The nUlll:ber ~f m~les 25-29 and 30-34 is higher among Chmtlans th_an who got married between the age 15-19 IS qUIte. hIgh among Hindus. There are some fe.males got mamed being 53 N 23 '04 per cent. However, the maxlm~m in the. (l.ges below 14 III all the rehglO_Us groups except number of males I.e. 121 or 52 ·61 per cent got marfled ing Jain. Percentage of such marrIages were . ~lgh at the age between 20-24 .The number of males got among Muslims (5 ·88 per cent) followed by Chnstlans married in the age-group 25-29 is 47 or 20 '43 per cent (5 ·26 per cent) and Hindus (4 ·05 per cent). It 111ay.be and it is 7 or 3 ·04- per cent in age-group 30-34 and mentioned that all those females who got marrIed only one or 0 '44 per cent in age-group 35-39. . below the age 14 who&e present age is above 34 • considering the age at marfiag~ of males by . reli Age at marriage as related to casteftribefCl'l11mU gion, it may be seen that among Hmdus the. ma:Xlmum nity is given in table V.l2 reveals that the age at mar number i.e. 101 or 51 ·01 per cent got mamed III t~e riage is low in general and particularly so among the age-group 20-24 followed by 51 or 25 '76 per cent m scheduled tribe communities of Dhodia, Varli, Hal the age-group 14-19. The percentage of males who pati and Kokna. got m~rried at the age-group 25-29 w~,s 20 ·20 per cent and those who got m trried in the age-group 30-34 was Education, age at marriage only 2 ·53 per cent. The lone male who got married below the age 14 belongs to this rdigion. Among Education has a definite impact on the age at Christians, it m:lY be seen that 8 or 57 ·14 per cent got marriage of a person in the society. With the attain married in the age-group 20-24, 5 or. 3? .72 per cent ment of higher education generally there is a post in the age-group 25-29 and the remammg one (7 ·14 ponement of marriage till suitable time. Let us examine p~r cent) in the age-group 39-34 .. Not a sing~e male got with the help of the data compiled in table V.13, the married below th~ age 20 In thIS commumty. It may influence of education on the age at marriage as be of interest to note that the percentage of males got obtained from the data collected on married couples married in the age-groups 25-29 and 30-34 is consider found in the sample population of the town (as ably higher among Christians when compared to Hin surveyed). dus and Muslims. Among Muslims, 9 or 60 per cent out of 15 males got mauied in the age-group 20-24. It may be seen from table V.13 that out of 230 Of the remaining 6 males 2 each (13 ·33 per cent) got married males 23 ·91 per cent are illiterates, 38 '26 per married in the age-groups 14-19 and 25-29 and one cent are below matriculates, 27 ·83 per cent are matri each (6 ·67 p~r cent) in the age-groups 30-34 and 35:39 culates and above but below graduates and 10 per cent respectively. Among Jains all the 3 males got mamed are graduates and above. It may also be seen from in the age betwetn 20-24. Thus it can be Seen that no the above table that among illiterates the largest nu child marriage has taken place among Christians, mber got married in the age group 20-24 being 58 ·18 Muslims and Jains in the town. Whereas, there was per cent followed by 30 ·91 p.::r cent in age group only one incidence of child marriage among Hindus. 14-19. Among the literates, but less than matriculates, Further the maximum number of males got married the largest number got married is in the age-group in the age-gt'oup 14-19 and 20-24 among Hindus and 20-24 being 61-36 per cent followed by 28 -41 per cent Muslims in thc age-groups 20-24 and 25-29 among in age group 14 '19. Among the matriculates and above, Christians and Jains. Therefole, the trend of late marri but less than graduate males, the largest number got ages could be ob5ervI!d among the Christian and married in the age-group 20-24 being 43 ·75 per cent, Jain males when compared to the males of other two followed by the age-group 25-29 being 35 ·94 per religions. cent. Among the graduates and above the highest per centage of males i.e. 52 '17 per cent got married in the Age at marriage among females. age-group 25-29. Thus, it is evident that the age at marriage of males has advance with the increase in Among females out of 261 married females 11 or their level of education. 4 '22 per cent got married below the age 14. The maxi mum number i.e. 192 or 73 ·56 per cent got married Out of 261 married females 51·72 per cent are in age-group 14-19 followed by the age-group 20-24 illiterates, 26 ·05 per .cent are literates but below the number being 49 or 18·77 per cent. Thereafter a matriculates, 17 ·24 per cent are matriculates and rbove sharp fall may be observed in the number of females but below graduates a.nd 4 '98 pel cent are gladuate got married in the higher age-groups being 6 or 2 ·30 and above. It can be seen that 85 ·18 per cent of total per cent in 25-29, '2 or 0 ·77 oer cent in 30-34 and only illiterate females got married in the age-gloup 14-19. one or 0 ·38 per cent in the age-group 40-44. Taking the same age at mauiage into consideration i.e. 14-19 years it can be seen that the proportion of ConSidering the age at marriage of females by married among below matriculates is lesser being 76 '47 religion, it may be seen that among Hindus the maxi pel cent compared to illiterates i.e. 85 ·18 per cent. mum number of females i.e. 168 or 75 ·68 per cent got This proportion further goes down to 53 ·34 per cent married in the age-group 14-19. This percentage among among the matriculates but below graduates and then the Muslim and Christian women is low being 64 ·71 to 7.69 per cent among the gradu?t(;s, nd cbove, from per cent and 52 ·63 pe~ cent respec!ively whereas it this inference can be drawn that old values are change is higher among the Jam woman b:mg cent per cent. ign as the p:-oportion of mall iages among literate The percentage of females got married in the age-group women in 1he youngt,r age-gloups in declining. This 20-24 is higher among Christians being 31· 58 per cent is further levealed flOm the facts that the percentage 66 t;! If) 00 If) M IJ:) V "" IJ:) '0 '" -M E-< - -r 00 If)v Iv t- ~v ...... 10'\ IJ:) If)M "" on Iv If) 0"" ...... M .; "" ~ j:I., I", v If)M ...... IJ:) M "" Tv M OM M...... M '" '" '" v'" I", M v- ...... If) N v N ...... I/) N ...... '" ~v ..s-.., 00 "" ... ~ - ..0- .., .. bll t;! 0 I/) 00 V M 0 =til ( ... I/) 00 IJ:) N ';: '0 ""N Il'l .... E-< - 00 0:1 ,....0'1 e ~ V) 0- 'i v 0- a .s.l -< 'i J:;j: 00 c V M .:::.... <'I I", '":" (j t- > "C= ~"" IJ.1 .. ..J .s Iv IJ:) ..... N t- ~ C/O ~M v E-<-< 1 ~ ~ I", -! I/) IJ:) IJ:) M N t- ... ~N N v tl) <'I - ..I).t Iv v N v 00 t- .! ~N M I/) N M ... - I", - '"s v_ M t- I/) ..... M .... M I/) ..o:l - ell ~v N -< 0- IJ:i oJ e ..: o.s f-o "0= 0 ...o.s E-< bO ..... ~ .., 0 0.. :8 ~ ~ .... =0 .., (is .~ .0= > ::: .., 0 ,9 .0 'iii 8 ~ o.s 0 ~ "0 :I 0 ,~= "0 Q ; kU ~ .., .., ..0 e 'iii .., 'iii= ; > ~ ,~ :~ .8 ... ;:) ..J Number of ever Average age at marriage of Average age at marriage of married ever married males who ever married females who married married Educational Level ,----.A.------, ,------.A.------, ,--~---.A.----.-----, Males Females Earlier 15-29 Within 15 Earlier 15-29 Within 15 than 30 years years than 30 years years years years 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 lliiterate 55 135 20·4 21 ·2 19 ·8 15·4 16 9 17·9 Literate (without educational level) 22 16 17·0 21 ·7 20·8 15·3 18 ·1 16·6 Primary 40 29 21 ·7 20·4 22 ·1 16·0 19·7 17 ·1 Middle 26 23 21 ·6 21 ·7 20·5 15·5 18·2 18·3 Matriculation/Secondary 44 32 20·0 23·2 22·9 18·9 19·2 Higher Sec./Intermediate/Pre-university 9 6 22·0 24·5 17·0 22·8 Non-technical diploma & certificate not equal to degree 5 5 23·8 25·0 20·5 19 '3 'technical diploma or certificate not equal to degree 6 2 25 ·0 24·8 23 ·0 24'0 Graduate degree other than technical degree 11 10 27 ·0 25·6 19·5 23 ·6 '----~~-~------~ Post Graduate degree other than technical degree 8 2 24·5 27·8 24·5 Technical degree or diploma equal to dElgree or post graduate degree Engineering & Technical ------~~-~-- Medicine • 3 23 ·0 26·0 24·0 ,-~-~------Agricultural & Dairying 25·0 27'0 veterinary 'teaching 24·0 Others ~------~ TOTAL 230 261 20·0 22·0 23 ·0 15·5 17 ·9 18·9 68 It may be seen from table V.14 that the average 22.9 among matriculates, 25.6 among graduates and age at marriage among the males who married within 27.8 among post-graduates. The average age at the last 15 years wa, higher being 23 than those who marriage among the illiterate females married within married earlier than 30 years being 20. Similar trend the last 15 years was 17.9, it was 19.2 among matri may also be observed among the females as the average culates, 23.6 among graduates and 24.5 among post age at marriage which was 15.5 before 30 years has gradur.tes. Thus, it can be said that the incnase in the increased to 18.9 who married within last 15 years. level of education has a definite impact on the age at Thus, it may be concluded that there is a tendency of marriage of males and females both. increase in the average age at marriage in both the sexes. It may also be seen that with the increase in Average age at marriage, religion and time of marriage the level of education, the average age at marl'iage Average age at marriage among the males and has also gone up among both the sexes. The ave females of different religions who married 30 years ago, rage age at marriage among the illiterates males between 15 to 29 years and within last 15 years is pre married within the last 15 years was 19.8, it was sented in table V, 15. TABLE V·15 Average age at marriage as related to religion and time of marriage, 1985 Survey Number of ever Average age at marriage of Average age at marriage of married ever married males who ever married females who married married Religion r----...... --, r- .A..------., r-----...... --- -. Males Females Earlier 15-29 Within 15 Earlier 15-29 Within 15 than 30 years years than 30 years years years years 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 All religions 230 261 20·0 22·0 23·0 15 ·5 17·9 18·9 Hindu 198 222 20·0 21·9 22·S' 15 '4 17·6 18·7 Christian 14 19 21 ·3 24·0 26·0 16'8 20 ·1 22·0 Muslim 15 17 17·0 21 ·s 25·8 IS ·0 18·S 19·4 Jain 3 3 21·0 21 ·5 16·0 17·5 A gradval increase in t};e :werE!ge at marriage higher side than tht' avrrage afe at n:auiEge oherved among the males and females by different periods of among the males al'd females of Hindu, Muslim and marriage is very dear. Tl:e avel'afe are Et n-arri",ge Jain in all the three peJ"iods of n:arrirfc. Tte ri[e in which was 20 yeats among the males who married 30 average age at marriage among the Ml'sbn males is years ago has increased to 22 among those who married remal"kable when it increa~cd from 17.0 among those between 15-29 years ago and then to 23 among those who who mauied 30 years ago to 25.8 amonr those matried got married within the last 15 years. A simiJal' trend within Jast 15 years. The rise in average age at marriage could be observed among the females. It increased among females in all religiops is also quite remarkable. from 15.5 among those who married 30 yeats ago to 17.9 among those wno married between 15-29 y,ars The average age at 11'8oI'1";,,_£e [.rrorg ne different ago and then to 18.9 among those who married within castes/trices and communities and time of marriage the last 15 years. given in table V.16. It m~.y ce rcen trat il-:ere are signi Considering the age at marriage by periods of ficant variations in age at 11'.arriage 1:y pel'ioes ofmarri marriage by religion, it could 1::e observed that the age age cet\vcen different castes among Hindus esrecialJy at marriage of Christians males and females are on the retween the Sc},eduled Tl'iccs and other castes. TABLE V. 16 Average age at marriage as related to Caste/Tribe/Community & time of Marriage, 1985 Survey Number of ever Average age at Marriage of Average age at Marriage of Married ever married ------ever married ------Males who married Females who married Caste/Tribe/Community ----- Male Female Earlier \5-29 Within Earlier 15-29 Within than years 15 years than years 15 years 30 years 30 years 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 HTNDU 198 222 20·0 21 ·9 22·5 1S"4 17·6 18·7 1. Brahmin. 15 16 19·4 24·9 25·5 15·5 20·8 20·5 2. Baniya 5 4 19·0 23·5 18·0 17·0 24'0 69 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 3. Bhandari. 9 12 22·5 22·0 18·0 20·3 19'0 4. Bhaiyar 1 1 24'0 19'0 5. Bhavsar 1 1 20·0 15'0 6. Bharvad 2 2 25·0 18'0 20·0 16'0 7. MachhC 2 2 24'0 32'0 20·0 20'0 8. Kshatriya 3 3 20·5 32·0 15 ·5 30·0 9. C. K. P. 1 30'0 24·0 10. Chowdhary 11. Patel 8 9 14·0 21·0 22'8 10·7 15'0 20·2 12. Koli 7 8 24·7 25'5 13·0 17·7 19'3 13. Dhobi 1 1 19'0 15'0 14. Dogra 1 1 27'0 17'0 15. Esath 16. Gauli 2 17'5 17. Gola 1 1 29'0 28'0 18. Kadia 3 4 19·5 22·0 15'5 15'0 40'0 19. Kapdi 1 1 22.0 19'0 20. Khatri 1 1 21 ·0 19·0 21. Mala 1 1 27'0 21'0 22. Panchal 3 2 19·5 23·0 17'0 20·0 . 23. Prajapati. 8 11 18'0 23'0 23'0 18 ·5 16'0 18'3 24. Rana 1 1 23·0 17'0 25. Rajput 13 11 20·0 23·0 28·5 18·0 20'5 26. Soni 1 1 21 ·0 20'0 27. Solanki 2 7·0 22'0 28. Navi 1 1 25·0 15'0 29. Sutar 2 2 25·0 24·0 23·0 20'0 30. Tamboli 2 2 27'0 20·0 17'0 15 '0 31. Valand 2 2 30·0 26·0 18'0 16'0 32. Sindhi 33. Bhangi (S.C.) 34. Chamar (S.C.) . 6 7 17·0 18'5 21 ·7 14·5 15'0 15'7 35. Dhodia (S.T.) . 45 56 19·6 20·6 19'3 15·5 16·6 17'1 36. Halpati Dubla (S.T.) 5 7 20'0 20·3 20·0 15·0 17·0 15'0 37. Kokna (S.T.) 1 18'0 38. Varli (S.T.) 43 48 21·9 21·7 20·4 15·9 17'0 17'0 JAIN 3 3 21·0 21 ·5 16·0 17·5 1. Swetamber 3 3 21'0 21·5 16'0 17·5 CHRISTIAN 14 19 21'3 24·0 26·0 16·8 20·1 22'0 1. Atak. 1 1 25'0 15'0 2. Orthodox 1 1 30'0 24'0 3. Protestant 2 1 25'0 28'0 23'0 4. Roman catholic 9 12 20'5 23·5 24·0 16·8 18·2 20'0 5. Not stated 1 4 23'0 17·0 26'0 26·0 ---" ------"------_ MUSLIM 15 17 17'0 21 ·5 25'8 15'0 18'5 19'4 1. Ismaili Khoja 1 2 24·0 14·0 22'0 2. Khoja 1 1 22·0 21 '0 3. Sayyed 2 2 20'0 18·0 20·0 17'0 4. Siddi 2 2 17·0 20·0 16'0 17·0 5. Sunni 7 8 21 ·0 27'6 15·0 17 '0 19'8 6. N:ot stated 2 2 23'0 28'0 18'0 18'0 TOTAL . 230 261 20·0 22'0 23'0 15·5 17'9 18'9 12-338 R. G. India/ND/88 70 o N ....co \0.... \0 ...... N o .... «"I .... N ....o co ...... \0 ...... N 71 it may be seen from table V.17 that not even a Educational level Score single male whose present age is below 14 is married. Illiterate o There are 23 married males in the present age-group 14-24 of whom 10 or 43.49 per cent, 13 or 56.61 per Literate without ooucationallevel 1 cent got married at the age between 14-19 and 20.24 Primary or Junior Basic/Middle 2 respectively. A higher proportion of married males is Matriculation or higher secondary/pre-uni- 3 found among those whose present age-groups are versity. 25-34 (67 or 29.13 per cent) and 35-44 (66 or 28.70 por cent). 37 or 55.22 per cent of the former and 31 or Technical/non-technical diploma not equal 4 to degree. 46.97 per cent of the latter age-groups were married at the age between 20-24. It may be of interest ·to note Graduate degree other than technical degree, that the percentage of males married at the age between technical degree or diploma equal to degree, 14-19 is the highest in the present age 55+(40 per cent) post-graduate degree other than technical followed by the age-group 14-24 being 43.49 per cent degree and post-graduate technical degree. 5 and age-groups 25-34 (22.39 per cent). The only male Ph. D or equivalent and higher 6 who got married below the age 14 is from the present age-group 45-54. The educational score of males, females and total and per household by localities is given in table V. 18. Among the females too, we find that not a single TABLE V;18 female whose present age is below 14 is martied. There Distribution of localities by Average Educational score per are 44 married females whose present age is 14-24 of Head and per household, 1985 Survey whom 36 01 82.82 per cent and 8 or 17.18 per cent got Average educational score Average married at the ages between 14-19 and 20-24 respec per Head Educa- tively. Still higher proportions of ever married females Locality tionai are observed in the age-groups 25-34 and 35-44 and score per 45+. It may be said in general that most of the females Total males Females household got married at the age-groups 14-19 (192 or 73.56 per 2 ,3 4 5 cent) and 20-24 (49 or 18.77 per cent). The females who got married after the age 24 were very few. Only Commercial Area • 1 ·41 1 ·82 0·99 7 ·19 11 or 4.22 per cent of the total ever married females Developing Area 2 ·19 2·39 1 ·95 9·17 married at the age below 14 of whom 2 belong to the Ethnic Group Area 1 ·41' 1,·69 1'14 6·42 present age-group 35-44, 5 to 45-54 and 4 belong to the Government Colony 2·27 2·42 2·03 9·54 age 55 and above. Sub-urban Pocket . 1 ·16 1 ·38 0·97 6·23 It may be seen,from table V.18 that the highest FAlucational score score has been obtained by the residents of the Govern ment colony being 2.27 points and the lowest by the The intensity of educational attainment of the residents of sub-urban pocket being 1.16 points. The residents of the town has also been assessed by adopt same position holds good among the males and females ing a score system. In this 'pro?ess, individual score also. So far as educational score per household is has been given to each member In the household sur concerned it is found highest in Government colony voyed and the average has been worked out for the being 9.54 points and the lowest in the Sub-urban family and for individuals by sex. The population in pocket being 6.23 points. the age-group 0-4 has been excluded from this ana lysis. Educational score by religion/caste/tribe/community Table V.19 gives the distribution of households The individual score adopted for each level of by religion/caste/tribe and community and average education is indicated below : educational score. TABLE V·19 Distribution of households by Caste/Tribe/Community and Average Educational Score, 1985 Survey Number Population Average Educational Score Caste/Tribe/Community of house- holds Total Males Females Total Males Females Per house- hold 1 2 3 4 5 .6 7 8 9 HINDU 168 774 400 374 1·64 1 ·93 1·33 7·60 1. Brahmin. 14 49 26 23 2·86 3 ·08 2·61 10·00 2. Baniya 4 18 13 5 2·44 2·23 3·00 11·00 3. Bhandari. 8 36 18 18 1 ·97 2·17 1 ·78 8·88 4. Bhaiyar 1 3 2 1 72 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 5. Bhavsar . 4 3 1 3·25 3 ·67 2·00 13 ·00 6. Bharwad. 7 4 3 0·29 0'50 2·00 7. Machhi . 7 11 9 2 2·73 2·78 2·50 15·00 8. Kshatriya 3 12 7 5 2'08 2·43 1 ·60 8·33 9. Chandra Senin Kashya Prabhu 1 2 3·00 3·00 3 ·00 6'00 10. Chowdhary 1 1 5·00 5·00 5·00 11. Patel 5 25 14 11 2 ·16 2·36 2·82 10·80 12. Koli 7 32 17 15 2'38 2·65 2'07 10·86 13. Dhobi 1 5 2 3 2·00 2·00 2·00 3·00 14. Dogra 1 3 2 3·00 3·00 3 ·00 9·00 15. Esath 1 1 1 3·00 3·00 3·00 16. Gauli 1 2 2 1 ·00 1 ·00 2'00 17. Gola 1 2 1 4·00 3·00 5'00 8·00 18. Kadia 3 18 9 9 1 ·83 2·22 1 '44 11·00 19. Kapdi 4 2 2 3'25 3·50 3 ·00 13 '00 20. Khatri 1 3 2 1 1 ·33 2'00 4'00 21. Mala 1 3 1 2 3·00 5·00 2·00 9'00 22. Panchal 2 10 6 4 3 ·10 3·50 2·50 15·50 23. Prajapat 8 40 20 20 1·65 2·05 1 ·25 8'25 24. Rana 1 6 3 3 1 ·83 1 '67 2'00 11'00 25. Rajput 11 43 24 19 2·54 2'79 2'16 9·82 26. Soni 1 5 3 2 3·00 2·67 3 ·50 15'00 27. Solanki 1 6 1 5 1 ·67 2·00 1 '60 10'00 28. Navi 1 4 3 1 2·50 2·67 2·00 10'00 29. Sutar 1 6 3 3 3'17 3·67 2'67 19'00 30. Tamboli 1 7 3 4 1 ·43 1·00 1 ·75 10'00 31. Valand 2 10 5 5 2'40 2'40 2'40 12'00 32. Sindhi 1 1 1 4·00 4·00 4'00 33. Bhangi (S.C.) 1 1 1 2·00 2'00 2·00 34. Chamar (S.C.) . 4 26 13 13 1 '50 2·00 1 '00 9·75 35. Halpati-Dubla (S.T.) 5 18 8 10 0·89 1'13 0'70 3·20 36. Kokna (S.T.) 1 2 2 2·00 2'00 4'00 37. Varli (S.T.) 32 153 83 70 0'76 1 '11 0'34 3·63 38. Dhodia (S.T.) 36 195 85 110 1 ·19 1 ·45 0·99 6'44 JAIN . 2 13 8 5 2·08 2'38 1 ·60 13 ·50 CHRISTIAN 19 72 42 30 1 ·99 2 '17 1 '73 7·53 1. Atak 1 2 1 1 2. Orthodox. 2 5 4 1 3·60 3'25 5'00 9'00 3. Protestant 2 6 5 1 2·67 2·40 4·00 8'00 4. Roman Catholic 11 44 26 18 2'07 2'19 1 '89 8'27 5. Not Stated 3 15 6 9 1'20 1·50 1 ·00 6'00 MUSLIM 11 58 32 26 2·02 2'28 1 ·69 10·64 1. lsmaili Khoja 1 4 2 2 2·25 2·50 2'00 9'00 2. Khoja 1 5 4 1 2'20 2·00 3 ·00 11'00 3. Sayyad 1 5 3 2 1 ·80 2'00 1 '50 9·00 4. Siddi 1 5 2 3 2·40 3·00 2·00 12'00 5. Sunni 5 29 15 14 2·03 2·47 1 '57 11'80 6. Not Stated 2 10 6 4 1 ·70 1 ·83 1 ·50 8'50 TOTAL • 200 917 482 435 1 ·70 1 ·99 1 ·38 7·81 Table V.l9 reveals that the average educational with a score of only 2 points pet household. Among score per household is the highest i.e. 13.50 points in the scheduled tribes, the average educational score Jains followed by Muslims (10.64 points), Hindus per hou~ehold is the high(:'st i.e. 6.44 points among (7.60 points) and Christians (7.53 points). hven the Dhodias and the lowest is among Halpatis, being 3.20 aver\lge educa.tional sCore per head for total and male points. Among the two scheduled castes 1h(.; average population is the highest in Jains being 2.08 and 2.38 educatIOnal score pcr hou~ehold obtained by Chamars respectively, followed by Muslims with 2.02 and 2.28 (9.45) is quite high. rl spectlVely. In respect of female the average educa tional score is the highest in Christians being 1.73. It Among Christians 01'thodox have the highest i.e. is important to note that tht, avt,rage educational score 9 points and the Protestants have the lowest i.e. 8 for total, male and female is the lowest in Hindus in points educational score pes household. Whereas, it the town. is the highest i.e. 12 points per household in Siddi and the lowest i.e. 9 points per household in Ismaili Khoja The table further reveal& that among the different and Sayyad:; among Muslims. caste/tribes and communitIes of Hindus, the highest average p~r household ha~ bt.en scored by suthars Educational score by type of family (19 points) followed by Panchals (15.50 points) Machhi and Soni (15 point:.) Bhavsar and Kapdi (13 points) A correlatlOn of educational ~COi-<; with reference:, Valand (12 points) Baniya, Kadia and Rana (11 points), to the type of family has been attempted in table V. 20 Koli (10.86 points), Patel (10.80 pomt~) and Brahmin, with an llltentiun to. Study whether the type of the Solanki, Navi and Tamboli (10 pointb). Bharwads, lamB), has any be'lrmg on one's educational attain Gaudis and Bhangls (SC) have the poorest attainment ment. TABLE V.20 Distribution of Households by Type and Average Educational Score, 1985 Survey Number Population Average Educational Score of house- ~------Type of household holds Total Males Females Per head Per House- Total Males Females holds 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1. Nuclear 100 405 228 177 1 ·90 2·07 1·67 7·69 2. Supplemented nuclear 13 61 32 29 1·69 2'22 1 '10 7·92 3. Sub nuclear 10 39 18 21 1 ·46 1 ·83 1 ·14 5·70 4. Single Person • 9 9 7 2 2·78 2·86 2'50 2 ·78 5. Supplemented sub nuclear 6. Collateral joint 3 16 8 8 1 ·69 2'13 1 '25 9·00 7. Supplemented collateral joint . 2 14 7 7 1'29 1 ·57 1-00 9'00 8. Lineal joint 20 121 58 63 1 ·26 1 '52 1 '03 7'65 9. Supplemented Lineal joint. 1 7 4 3 1 ·14 1 '25 1'00 8'00 10. Lineal collateral joint 8 70 34 36 1 ·43 1 ·76 1 '11 12'50 11. Supplemented Lineal collateral joint . 12. Others (38 types) 34 175 86 89 1·72 2·10 1 '35 8·85 -----____.------_ TOTAL . 200 917 482 435 1 ·70 1 ·99 1 '38 7'81 It may be seen from table V. 20 that Lineal Coll\l- appears to be more conducive to educational attainment terat joint families have the highest familial educational than other type of families. score being 12.50 points followed by collateral joint Educational score by occupation and supplemented collateral joint families with 9.00 Table V. 21 shows the distribution of households points each. Thus it is seen that the joint familial set-up by occupational category of head of household and average educational score. 74 TABLE V.2t Distribution of households by Occupational category of head of household and average Educational Score, 1985, Survey Number Population Average Educational Score Occupational Category of house '-~- holds Total Males Females Per head Per house- hold Total Males Females ,---,------2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1. Dy. Engineer 3 2 4·00 3·50 5·00 12·00 2. Chemist in Medica/Pharmacist in Medica 2 4 2 2 4·50 5·00 4'00 9·00 3. X-Ray Technician in Cottage Hospital . 1 3 1 2 3·00 4·00 2·50 9·00 4. Sanitary Inspector/Laboratory Technician 2 9 6 3 2·33 2·17 2'61 10·50 5. Statistical Officer 3 2 3·00 3 -00 3·00 9·00 6. Investigator 3 1 2 3·67 5·00 30(}0 11-00 7. Mukhya Sevika Govt. Servant 3 9 2 7 3 ·11 3·00 3 ,14 9·33 8. Govt. Higher Secondary School Teacher 6 29 20 9 3·17 ]·05 3·44 15·33 9. Govt. Primary School Teacher/Asstt. Tea cher 6 26 14 12 2,92 3 ·00 2·83 12·67 10. I.T.I. Instructor . 1 1 4·00 4·00 4·00 11. Instructor in Govt. Tech. Inst./Drill In- 2 7 4 3 2·29 2·25 2,33 8·00 spector (P.T.) 12. Asstt. Registrar of Co-Operative Society 6 26 17 9 3·35 3·53 3·00 14·50 13. Mamlatdar in Govt. Office • 2 5 4 2·60 2·75 2-00 6·50 14. Manager in Farsan Stall 1 5 4 1 2·20 2'()() 3·00 11·00 15. Construction Contractor (Roads & Bids.) 5 32 17 15 2·28 2 ·71 1 '80 14·60 16. Partner of Rice mill, Prop. of printing press, proprietor of Manufacturing of bricks & Project Manager. . 4 22 12 10 2 ·14 2·67 1 ·50 11·75 11. Truck Owner 1 11 7 4 1·64 2·00 1 ,00 18,00 18. Field Publicity Officer, Govt. Office 5 21 12 9 2·52 2·50 2·56 10,00 19. Extension Officer in B. D. O./Adult Edu- 2 11 7 4 2·55 '2 ·71 2,25 14·00 cation Supervisor 20. Senior Clerk/V.D.C. 4 16 7 9 2·44 2·57 2,33 9'75 21. Panchayat Secretary 1 4 3 1 2·00 2·00 2'00 8·00 22. Steno. 2 2' 2·00 2,00 4,00 23. Sr. Accounts Clerk/Accountant in Govt. Office . 2 11 5 6 2·36 3,00 1 ·83 13·00 24. Clerk in Co-operative Bank 2 9 5 4 , 2·67 , 2·80 2'50 12·00 25. L.D.C. Cum-Store Keeper/L.D.C./Senior Clerk . 9 32 18 14 2·38 2'72 1'93 8,44 26. Peon. 5 24 15 9 1·63 1 ·80 1 '33 7·80 27. Prop. of Grocery & Soda bottling, Prop. Of Sweet meat shop, Prop. of Vtensil Shop & Grocery shop, Prop. of Gada shop, and Prop. of Readymade Garments shop . 10 56 32 24 1·15 1·88 1·58 8·80 28. Vegetable Vendor, Hawker Retail Kerosene Dealer/Milk seller (Owned dairy) & Selling of fish 4 19 1() 9 0·95 1·40 0·44 4·50 29. Road Roller driver 7 3 4 1·86 2,33 1'50 13 ·00 30. Proprietor of Archana Hotel 2 10 6 4 1 ·30 1 ·50 1'00 (HI) 31. Cook. 1 7 4 3 1 ·57 1·75 1'33 11i)() 32. Domestic Servant 2 6 2 4 ()·83 20(}0 0'25 2·50 33. Sweeper in Medical Hospital 1 1 1 2·00 2·00 2,00 75 TABLE V. 21-Contd. 2 3 4 ~ 6 1 8 9 34. Watchman in Cottage Hospital 2 35. Police Sub-Inspector/Arm Police Const- able/Police Constable 4 15 6 9 1 ·73 2·17 1·44 6·50 36, Cukivator 15 80 38 42 0·84 1 ·13 0·37 4·47 37. Agricultural Labourer . 13 62 28 34 0·61 0·89 0·38 2·92 38. Toddy Tapper 2 11 7 4 0·73 0·57 1 ·00 4·00 39. Forest Guard 1 5 3 2 1 ·60 2'00 1 ·00 8·00 40. Nylon Machine Operator 1 1 2·00 2·00 2·00 41. Supervisor in fevicol Factory 1 2 2 1·00 1·00 2·00 42. Machine Operator in manufacturing of Drugs/Helper in Chemical Factory . 3 7 3 4 1 ·43 2·67 0·50 3·33 43. Hunspoting to check cloth property 3·00 3·00 3·00 44. Drier in Text. Mill 4 3 0·75 1 ·00 3·00 45. Saree 'Folder/Machine operator (Nylon Thread) 2 1 3 4 2·43 2·67 L!5 8'50 46. Flour Mill Operator (Employee/Prop.) 2 11 4 7 1-18 1 '25 1-14 6·50 47. Tailor 1 2 0·50 1 ·00 1 ·00 48. Shoe maker. 1 11 3 6 0·91 1 ·60 0·33 10'00 ~. Carpenter 2 8 5 3 0·75 0·80 0·67 3·00 50. Blacksmithy Proprietor 5 2 3 2·40 2·50 2·33 12·00 51. Watch Repairer 1 2 2·00 2'00 2'00 4·00 52. Motor Cycle Mechanic . 1 4 3 1 ·00 2·00 0·67 4·00 53. Proprietor Radio Repairing Shop . 1 5 2 3 2·40 3·00 2·00 12·00 54. Line Inspector 5 3 2 1 ·80 2·00 1 ·50 9·00 55. Welder in Factory 1 2 1 56. Potter at Residence 2 11 4 7 1 ·36 1 ·50 1 ·29 7·50 57. Mason 2 10 6 4 1 ·10 1 ·50 0·.50 5'50 58. Labour Mason/Construction Labourer 3 19 11 8 0·95 1 ·27 0·50 6·00 59. Lorry Cleaner 1 10 4 6 1 ·00 1 ·00 1 ·00 10·00 60. Packer (Detergent Factory) . 1 5 3 2 2'20 2'33 2·00 11'00 61. Truck Driver/Jeep Driver/Driver (Govt. P.W.D.) Driver to Secretary in Govt. Office/Truck driver in C.P. W.D. 9 44 23 21 1 ·55 HB 1 ·24 7·56 62. Bullock Cart Driver 1 11 5 6 0'55 1 '20 6·00 63. Helper in tiles factory. Labourer 6 25 10 15 0·72 0·70 0'73 3·00 Non-Workers 21 96 49 47 1 ·53 1 ·82 1 ·23 7·00 ------TOTAL 200 917 482 435 1 ·70 1 ·99 1 '38 7 '81 It may be seen from table V .. 21 ,tba~ the a!erage NOD-enrolment in school educational score per household IS the hIghest In the occupational category, 'Truck owners' being 18. It Qut of 200 sample households there are 133 hou. is followed by the occupational category, teachers in seholds which have in them children of school going Govt. high schools (15.33), ,construction contractor age. Of these there are 46 households which have only (14 ,60), Assistant Registrar of Coop. Soc. (14:50), bxtension Officers (14 '00), AGcountants and DrIvers male children and 34 have only female children. Those (13 ·00) Primary School ~eachers (12 '67~, Engin~ers, having both male and female children of school going Clerks in bank, BlacksmIths and. RadIO repaIrers age are 53. There are 28 out of 113 have dcJaulted in (12 ·00). It is relatively .low a~ong the head of ~he hou!>eholds with occupatIons taIlor, sweeper, machine the enrolment of their children ill. the school. Ta ble operator, supervisor in factory, agricultural labourer, V. 22 ~ives the dttails of such households, -... -o 00 - ... '"- '" - ... N- -'" o ." ,- 71 ""...... - ... ('I .... ('IN \0 -'\...... N.... - .... """...... - '" 0...... , ~ . ~ • ('I CO - N t'"- -- ..... _N It'> \Q too ...., ...... N 0...... N "'" 11'1 "" - -- ...... N r--'" "" -...... "'" "'" - N....,_", 00 ...., ('I ...... - - '""" .... ,....._MOO-t ...... r-- .... 01"" .... "'" -.... \Q ('I - - I I .... 13-338 It. G. India/ND/88 78 It may be seen from table V.22 that among Hind:us Further, the incidence of default inconsistency there are 118 households having children of school (i.e. If all male children of school going age' are enrolled going age of which 41 households are having only male in school but not female children) is reported from 6 children, 31 household[> are having only female chil households, comprising 2 each of Dhodias (ST) and dren and the remaining 46 household~ are having both 'Varlis (Sn and one each of Bharwad and Patel. Of male and female children of school going age. Out of these the' head of 5 households are illiterates and one these 28 households are defaulting in "ending their has studied upto primary level. So far as occupation school going children to schoo~. Of which 7 are h:avinS: , of tlle he~d of household is concerned 2 each are un only male childnn, 5 are haVing only female children . skilled manual workers and cultiVators, one is in small and the remaining 16 ar{, having both male and female bUSiness and the other is clerk and shop assistant. children and 110t sending their children to schooL, Further out of those 7 houstholds having only male' , Nev~r ~t~ndjlBce and (\iscontinuation of study children 5 hous0holds i.e. 2 of Dhodias (ST) and one During the survey 41 persons compriSing 17 males each of Halpati (ST), Varli (ST) and Bhaiyar are not and 24 females between the age 5-14 were found to sending anyone to the school whereas 2 households,: have either nevtr attended the school or discontinued one e~ch of Dhodia (ST) and Varli (ST) are not sending their 'study. The reasons for never attendance and some of them to the school. Of those 5 households having discontinuation after ever attendance by age and sex only female children 2 ht,useholds one each of VarU , is given ~n table V. 23 , . (ST) and Rajput IS not sending anyone of them to the school whereas, 3 households an of Dhodias (ST) are It may be seen from table V. 23 that 29 persons not sending some of them to the school. Of the rema compnsing 11 males and 18 females never attended ining 16 hou~ehold8 having both male ~,nd femak chil the school. As far reasons the table reveals tha,t 16 or dren of school going age 5 households i.e. 4 of Varlis 55.17 per cent did not join the school due to poverty (ST) and one of Dhodia (ST) are not sending both of followed b:y 7 or 24.14 per cent for not having the them to the school. One house.hold of Koli is not send birth cer.tificate. The other reasons reported by the Ing only male children and one household of Varli remaining 6 'or 20.69 per cent are looking after cattle, (ST.) is not sending only female children to the school. afraid of going to school, looking after younger sisters Other 6 households 2 each of Dhodias (ST) and VdrHs and the school is far away. So far as age is concerned (ST) and one each of Bhar"'as and Patel art not se-nding 16 or 55.17 per cent are in the age between 5·9 and the onty female children to the school. The l~maiDing 3 remaining 13 or 44.83 per cent are in the age between households comprising '2 of Dhodias (ST) and one of 10-14 years. Chamar (SC) are not sending som~ male ~nd s~~e The table further reveals that there are 12 persons female children to ,h~ School. Thus, the higher lOCI compriSing 6 males and 6 females had discontinued dence of failure in the enrolment of school going chil their studies after attending the school. Here also dren to the school is observed among the schedule poverty is reported as one of the reasons for disconti tribe communities in the town. Further, it is important nuation of study by 6 or 50 per cent comprising 4 malea to note that there is not a single incidence of default and 2 females and failure in examination, difficultiea in enrolment of school going children is reported among in going to school, father's illness and to look after the Christian, Muslim or Jain households in the town. cattle are the other reasons for which the remaining 6 persons comprising 2 males and 4 females had to dis If both male and female children of school goins continue their studies. All the 12 persons who dis age are not enrolled in school it is termed as default continued their studies ale in the age group 10-14. consistency. Under this category t~~re are only 5 households and all of them are belonglOg to scheduled Further, it was observed that 4 male and 2 female tribe communities i.e. 4 of Varlis and one of Dhodia.. children discontinued their studies when they were in Incidentally the head of all these 5 households are class III or IV and 2 male and 4 female children in illiterates. Furthct the head of 3 households are workers class V or VI. It is to be noted that all these children and of 2 households ate non-workers. Anong the belong to the scheduled tribe coinmuniities viz. workers one is an unskilled manual worker, one is Varli (4 males and 3 females) and Dhodia (2 males and a skilled manual worker and the other one is a culti 3 t'emaks), a socially and economically backward vator. comtnumties of the territory. 79 .... - !€b·_g"S~ 8 0- ~-o ..<:l ... g CD ~ 8 b'Tj.-J ;..t~t ..<:l co ... ~ £ ,E'_ ... J l t' \0 .... ~ ~ ..... = 0 0... - 1 '" 0 b'Tj"t 11'1 ., t!:l..<:l J ...... ta'" 0...~(ljJS ._ ~ b o ...... ~ ...... f ~"O~ ::; ... III £13.9~i ...i >. j ....tf\ .. ... !"'l 'It 0...0 ., f ..IoC ... ..!a 0"' .... N .!a~~ ...... 1 0'" '. II.) f-< ~ u ~ .. 'It o..<:l·!.S .... 'It "0 z.E~a .... ~ = .0 Q c.= >. 3 ~ 01:1 ~ 8 "00-._ ..... 0 .,... d! 0 ;.. ~0.8 ...... ~j ., CD~ 1:1 z >. ~ Ill;:: ....,.l(>.g t t; ..... ~. t'O-o~ CDS 0- > 13.9 §.~ o 0" ~ I 0... >. !IS 0, i ... >>. N .... ., 0"" .... N N .... N .... g =' Q,." 00 .... II.) ~ Q I ~ 8~2 i...... <:l '" ~ to- fi_' :>i .... .9 l ~ Irl '0 t-- 00 0- ....0 ...... N "" :! CHAPTDR fi MIGRAnON AND SETTLEMENT 0' FAMILIES Change in population or a town depends on 2 3 4 5 number of births, deaths and net ~ migration. Migration therefore, becomes one of the three components of 2. Born elsewhare in the dis- Total 125 329 396 a population change in a town, the other two being trict of Dadra and Nagar Rural 725 329 396 fertility and mortality. Migration thus forms one of Haveli Urban the important factors in the study of social and demo II. States in India beyond the Total 2,921 1.467 1.454 graphio trends of a population of a town. Migration state of enumeration Rural 1,154 813 881 depends on many factors which are sometimes un Urban 1,161 594 513 predictable. Usually people move to place where certain more facilities or opportunities are availablo States than are available at the place of their original resi Andhra Pradesh • Total 2 1 dence. These facilities may be economic, social. poli Rural tical or cultural. Increase in administrative and Urban 2 1 service facilities and development of industrial acti Allam • • Total 1 vities in particular, in the town attract a large number Rural of persons from outside the town. In this chapter Urban 1 1 an attempt has been made to exam.ine the volumo Bihar • Total 6 4 2 of migrants, the places from where migrated to Sil· Rural 4 4 vassa town and the reasons for migration to this town. Urban 2 2 This effort has been made by analysing the data collec· Gujarat • • Total 1,878 894 984 ted during the sample study of the town as well a. Rural 1.278 S79 (91) from the 1981 Census tables of 'D' series (Part V). Urban 599 lIS 284 • Total 2 2 Migrants according to place of birth Rural When the place of birth or person is not the lamo Urban 2 2 as that of the place of enumeration, the person is con Himachal Pradesh • • Total 1 1 sidered as a migrant. We r may now examine the Rural 1 1 extent of migrants in the town by place of birth al Urban revealed by the 1981 Census from the table VI. 1 .-..".=~ Total 10 7 presented below t 3 Rural 4 3 1 TABLB VB Urban 6 4 2 Population t1as9lfted bY place] of lWith,~ 1981 CeDI .. • • Total 51 35 16 Rural 28 22 6 Enumeration in SUvatsa Urban 23 13 10 Total town Birth plaoo Rural 16 10. Urban Persons Males Female. • Total 6 Rural 6 3 3 1 .2 :; 4 Urban 10 7 3 543 274 269 Total population 6,914 3,669 3.24'5 • • Total Rural 225 122 103 A. 6,897 3,660 3.231 Born in India Total Urban 318 152 166 Rural 2.479 1,202 1.271 Urban 4,418 2,458 1,960 Orilla • • Total 7 4 :; Rural 5 3 2 I. Within the state of enu· Total 3,976 2,193 1.1Si Urban 2 1 1 meration Rural 12'5 329 396 1,864 1,387 PU1\iab • • • Total 3 1 2 Urban i,2S1 Rural 1. Born in SilvM~a Town. Urban 3,251 1,864 1,387 Urban 3 1 2 80 il migrants among ihose migrated to the town from within the district is more being 54.62 per cent whereas, 2 3 4 5 it is less among the migrants from other state/union Rajasthan Total 80 ~1 29 territories and other countries being 49.78 and 47. ("6 Rural 48 33 H per cent respectively. Considering the rural/urban Urban 32 18 14 status of the migrants, the table shows that all the Tamil Nadu Total 27 17 10 migrants who have come to the town from within the Rural 21 13 S district belong to rural areas. This is so becaustl Urban 6 4 2 Silvassa is the only urban place in the Union territory of Dadra and Nagar Haveli. Out of 2921 persons Tripura. Total who are migrated from other states/union territories Rural menti~ned in the table, the majority are from rural Urban 1 areas being 1754 or 60.05 per cent comprising 873 Uttar Pradesh Total 139 103 36 males and 881 females. Those 1167 came from urban Rural 100 78 22 areas ~omprising 594 males and 573 females. Thus, Urban 39 25 14 the females are more (i.e. 50.22 per cent) among rural West Bengal. Total 7 2 5 migrants whereas, males are more (i.e. 50.90 per Rural 1 1 cont) 4mong the urban migrants. Urban 6 2 4 Union territoriers Among the migrants from the 17 states and 2 union: territories, the majority are from the neigh Delhi Total 3 2 Rural 1 bouring states of Gujarat and Maharashtra being Urban 2 2 64.29.and 18.59 per cent respectively. These are follo wed }jy Goa, Daman and Diu (5 per cent), Uttar Pra Goa. Daman & Diu Total 146 60 86 desh (4.76 per cent), Rajasthan (2.74 per cent), Kerala Rural 32 14 18 Urban 114 46 68 (1. 75 jJer cent) and Tamil Nadu (0.92 per cent). Tho remaining 57 or 1.95 per cent are from Andhra Pra· B. Born in cOlUltries in Asia beyond India (including desh, Assam, Bihar, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh, U.S.S.R.) 14 8 6 Orissa, Punjab, Tripura, West Bengal and Delhi. Nepal 5 3 2 Most of them have come to this town on account 0{ jobs or industrial activities. It may be noted that tho Pakistan. 8 5 3 Union Territory of Dadra and Nagar Haveli is cen Saudi Arabia trally adminis1ered and therefore the number of C. ColUltries in Africa 3 2 higher officials in different Government departments Kenya 1 have . oome on transfer from other states/union tW'ri Elsewhere 2 tories. Further, the union territory of Dadra and Nagar Haveli since industrially backward area offered several Noto : .(i) In item 'A' and its sub-parts, place of birth unclassi_ benefits and has therefore attracted many entrepre flable as rural or urban is included in 'total'. neurs from other parts of the country. (ii) The break-up of migrants population IJoes not add up to There are 17 persons comprising 9 males and 8 the totals owing to fact tbat processing of migration data was done on computer and these figures were adjusted females whose place of birth was reported to be foreign by applying suitable correction factor so as to conform countries. Of whom 14 were born in Asian countrieii to the p.e.A. figures which were tabulated manually. viz. Pakistan, Nepal and Saudi Arabia and the re Table VI.l reveals ,that oat of a total of 6914 maining 3 were born in. African countries. porsons 3251 or 47.02 per cent were born in Silvassa Migrants according to place of last residence while 725 or 10.49 per' cent were born elsewhere in he district of Dadra and Nagar Haveli, 2921 or Classifioation of migrants based on the place of 42.25 per cent in other States/Union territories 0 last residence includes persons born outside the town India and the remaining 17 or 0.24 per cent in othc and also those born in the town but stayed at other countries. Thus, it can be seen that according to places either for studie5, employment, business etc. place of birth the number of migrants in the town are but were staying in the town at the time of enumeration. more from other states of India than from within Table VI. 2 gives the population classified by placo the district. Examining the sexwise distribution of of last residence and duration of stay in the town as migrants it is observod that the percentage of female per the 1981 Census. -\Q -...... '"...... ,., ....,., ...... - -- ,- -.... " ... - N ... - I... - -- \00'11'-0 \00.,., -o .... - 00 -.,.,~ -.,.,~ .,.,--~ .,.,'" 00 00 \Q\Q 0'10'1 0'10'1 ....- - -- -- ...... 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0'10'1 0'10'1 -- 83 -\C) I ~ .,.. M M a -..... -! - "0 C ...... =.... """ --M ...... - i - 0.e N __ 0 ... coo 0 t:I - 0 g 0 N ...... ",,"CO\C) .., "0 >. - :;:; :l= :::J Q ...... 01 ...on_ "' ...... -:;; 8'" - "0"0 I'lE o ...... ...... ;N ;""" ..... - ..... N 'N ..... - 00 '\0 • j I - ! ·C B o o Z It may be seen from table VI.2 that out of a total had their place of last residenc6 outsida India. All population of 6914 of the town 3708 or 53.63 per cent of them are from Asian countries i.e. Nepal (2) and comprising 1835 males and 1873 females have reported Saudi Arabia (2), their place of last residence other than Silvassa town while 3206 or 46.37 per cent comprising 1834 males Duration of residence of the migrants in the town and 1372 females have reported their place of lafit residence as Silvassa town. The latter figure gives an So far as the duration of residence of the migrants account of persons who have hardly ever travelled in the town is concerned the table reveals that of the outside the town except for a temporary stay of total migrants as many as 1110 or 29.94 per cent are living in the town for 1-4 years, followed by 819 or short duration either on a pilgrimage or on a casu~l visit to a relative etc., and as such, they are conSl 22.09 per cent for 10-19 years, 650 or 17.53 per cent dered as settled residents of the town. The immobility for 5-9 years, 600 or 16.18 per cent for less than is comparatively lesser among the femaleg than the one year and 514 or 13.86 per cent for more than 20 years. The remaining 15 migrants (0.40 per cent) have males. not stated the period of their living in the town. This So far as mobility of the population is concerned indicates an. increase in the flow of migrants into the we have seen that the number of migrants according town in last 4 years. The sexwise distribution of to place of birth is 3663 comprising 1805 males and migrants in the different durations of stay reveals 1858 females in the town while there are 3708 migrants that the percentages of male· migrants are higher in comprising 1835 males and 1873 females based on the duration of stay less than one year (59.50 percent) place of last residence. Thus, it may be seen. that t~e and 1-4 (52.07 per cent) while in the remaining dura percentage of migrants by placa of last reSIdence IS tions of stay i.e. 5-9, 10-19 and 20+ the percentage slightly higher being 53.63 per cent than by place of of female migrants is more being 51.08, 53.60 and birth i.e. 52.98 per cent. 61.87 per cents respectively. If migrants from within the district is considered, out of 988 the highest By analysing further the data of migrants based number of migrants i.e. 301 or 30.47 per cent are on place of last residence the table reveals that 988 living in the town for 1 -4 years followed by 188 or or 26.64 per cent had their place of last residenc.e 19.03 per cent for 10--19 years, 187 or 18.93 per cent elsewhere in the district of Dadra and Nagar Havelt, for less than one year, 174 or 17.61 per cent for more 2716 or 73.25 per cent in other Stat~s/Union territo~ies than 20 years and 135 or 13.66 per cent for 5-? of India and 4 or 0.11 per cent In other countrIes. years. The remaining 3 migrants have not stated theIr Generally the mobility of the pop1;lla~ion within t~e duration of stay in the town. The sexwise breakup of district is intensive. However, this IS not true In migrants indicates that higher percentage of males i.e. case of Silva'lsa town as only 26.64 per cent of the 52.17 have come to the town in last ten years as total migrants have come to the town from within the against females i.e. 47.83 per cent. Whereas, higher district of Dadra and Nagar Haveli. Further, the percentage of females have come to the town 10 years flow of migrants to the town from within the district before i.e. 62.98 per cent as against male i.e. 37.02 is from rural to urban only as there ;s only one town per cent. i.e. Silvas sa in the district. The proportion of J?ligrants who have come from other parts of India mto the Migrants from other states of India as given in town is 73.25 per cent and majority of them have come table are 1733 or 63.80 fer cent. They are living in from rural areas i.e., 52.87 per cent. The percentage the town for less than 10 years, while 971 or 35.76 of females among rural migrants is higher being 52.72 per cent are living for more than 10 years, 12 or 0.44 whereas among the urban migrants the percentage of per cent have not stated their duration of stay in the males is more being 54.22 per cent. town. The data further reveal that among those 1733 migrants who came to the town in last ten years the The percentage distribution of migrants from percentage of males is more being 53.43 per cent. other states/umon territories given in the table shows Whereas, the percentage of females is more i.e. 54.48 that the highest number of migrants have come from among those 971 migrants who came to the town Gujarat (1789 migrants or 65.87 per cent of the total before 10 years. Analaysis of the data of rural urban migrants) followed by Maharashtra (561 or 20.66 per and urban-urban migrants reveals that out of 2716 cent), Goa, Daman and Diu (136 or 5.01 per cent), total migrants came to the town from the states of Uttar Pradesh (99 or 3.65 per cent) and Rajasth~n India, 1436 or 52.87 rer cent came from rural areas (53 or 1.95 per cent). The migrants from the remaIn and the remaining 1280 or 47.13 per cent came from ing states and union territories acoount for 2.86 per urban areas. Among the states the highest percentage cent of the total migrants. The above figur~s also of immigrants living in the town for more than 10 years reveal the closest association this town has WIth ~hc are from Gujarat (70.96 per cent) followed by Mahara ,states of Gujarat and Maharashtra. Th~ states/UllIon shtra (15.24 per cent) and Goa, Daman and Diu (8.75 territories who have sent more urban mIgrants to the per cent). Immigrants from the remaining Statesl town are Andhra Pradesh, Kamataka, Kerala, Madhya Union territories constitute only 5.05 per cent. Even Pradesh Maharasht1."a, Orissa, West Bengal, Andaman the percentage of immigrants from Gujarat is the and Nidobar, Delhi and Goa. Daman & J?iu and !hose highest (i.e. 63.13 per cent) among those who are living who have sent more rural migrants are Bihar, GUJarat, in the town for less than 10 years. It is followed by Himachal Pradesh, Rajasthan. Uttar Pradesh and Maharashtra (23.72 per cent). Uttar Pradesh (4.33 Arunachal Pradesh. per cent), Goa, Daman Diu (2.83 per cent) and Ra It has been mentioned earlier that there were 4 jasthan (2.25 per cent). Immigrants from the remaining or 0.11 per cent of the total migrants in the town who States/Union territories constitute only 3.74 per cent. 85 From this it can be seen that the flow of migrants by the survey of 200 households in the town is dis from Gujarat and Goa, Daman Diu has comparatively cussed in this section. boon slowed down in the last 10 years whereas the states of Maharashtra, Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan HouseOOkls by locality and place of birth of head of have shown improvement in the flow of migrants. If household migrants from outside India are con3idei'od 3 out of 4 are living in tho town for legs than 10 yeats and the 86 out of 200 head of households, were born remaining one is staying fot more than 10 years. in Silvassa town and 114 had their place of birth outside the town. Of these 18 were born within the Migration pattern as revealed by survey data district, 95 in other states/Union territories, and ono The consu::; data on migration has shown the was born in other country. the following table VI.3 migration trendil. The migmtion pattern as revealed shows these households by localitioo. TABLE VI. 3 Distribution of households by locality and place of birth of head of households, 1985, Survey Nlimber of households where head of household is born in Locality Within Outside Within Other States Other the town the town Distict ------Countries Rural Rural Urban 1 2 3 4 S 6 7 Commercial Area 19 17 7 9 Developing Area 11 37 10 16 10 Ethnic Group Area 33 22 4 7 11 Govt. Colony . 4 3S 3 21 11 Sub-urban Pocket 19 3 2 TOTAL 86 114 18 S3 42 It may be soon from table VI.3 that the locality loping Area i.e. 77.08 per cent followed by Commorcial of Government colony has the highest number of Area with 47.22 per tent and Ethnic Gl'OUP Area households i.e. 35 (89.74 per cont) out of 39 head of with 40.00 per cent. Thus, it is seen that the localities 11 ouseholds had their place of birth outsida the town, of Government colony and Dtw@loping Area are wheroa~ this percentage is tho lowest in the Sub-urban dominated by the head of households whose place Pocket aroa a;; head of only 3 (13.64 per cent) out of of birth was outside the town. We may now examine 22 households had their placo of birth outside the the distribution of households by locality and the town. Among the other three localities the percentage State to which the head of households belong from of the households by place of birth of head of house table VI.4. hold outside the town is more in the locality of Deve- TABLE VI. 4 Distribution of households by locality and state to which head of oo\l8eholds belong 1985, ~urvey Number of households where the head of households belong to ~~-.----.----~- ----.~~ Same Same Same Other States Other Total Locality Town District State --.~ CoUnt (Col. Uttar Gujarat Goa, Maha- Rajas- Andhra Himachal Kerala Madhya tries 2 3) Prade,h Daman rashtra than Prade5h Pradesh Pradesh Nepal & Diu 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Commercial Area 17 3 20 2 10 2 36 Developing Area 11 11 22 1 18 3 48 34 4 Ethnic Group Area 33 2 11 1 2 ~5 10 Govt. Colony 10 2 17 5 2 2 j~ Sub-urban pocket 19 2 21 1 22 ..-- .. - .. ---... - ... ------~. 81 30 111 2 1 TOTAL 7 57 4 10 4 2 ------200 14-- 338 R. G. India/ND/88 86 (t may be seen from t~hle VIA that the head of to Gujarat is settled in this locality. In the remain 111 out of 200 households belong to the union terri ing two localitic') i.e. Commercial area and Ethnic tory of Dadra and Nagar Haveli including 81 h..:ad Group area the percentage of households where the of households which belong to tnc same town 57 to head of household belongs to the States/Union terri the state of Gujarat, 10 to Mahara'lhtra, 7 to Uttar tories other than Dadra & Nagar Huvoli is 44.44 Pradesh, 4 each to Goa, Dam'ln . ;)" Diu and Kerala, and 30.91 per cents respectively. Thus it is seen that 2 each of Rajasth::vt and Madhya Pradesh and one the localities of Government colony and the Develo each to Andhra Pra!esh and Himachal Pradesh. The ping Area are more cosmopolitan than the other head of one household belongs to Nepal. The distri two localities. bution by localities of the town shows that in the locality of Governme'1t colony, 64.10 p()r cent of Place of birth of head of households by number of the total household,; belo>lg to differc'lt state/union members territorie'l i.e. Gujarat, Maharashtra, Uttar Pradesh, Kerala, Madhya Pradesh and Goa, Daman & Diu The survey has revealed that head of 86 or 43 followed by Develophg Area whe:-!) 52.08 per cent per cent households were born in the town and of households belong to the States of Gujarat, Mahara the remaining 114 or 57 per cent r.ouseholds were shtra. Uttar Pradesh, Rajasthan, Andhra Pradesh born outside the town. Table VI.5 giving the distri and Himach'll Pradl)1h. Whereas, this perc011tage L bution of households by number of members by obviously the lowest i.e. 4.55 per cent in the Rural migration status by place of birth of head of house Pocket Area as only one head of household belonging hold is given below : TABLE VI. 5 Distribution of households by number of members and migration status by place of birth of head of households, 1985, Survey Migration status and place of birth Rural! Number of households hwing members of head of household Urban Single 2 3 4 5 6-7 8-9 10-12 13;.- Total 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 A. Non-migrant(Born in the town) Urban 5 11 12 17 23 9 7 2 86 B. Migrant 9 12 12 21 24 29 5 2 114 I. Born outside the town within district Rural 1 1 3 4 6 3 18 II. Born in other States Rural 5 6 3 9 11 14 3 2 53 Urban 3 4 6 8 7 12 2 42 III. Born in other countries -~--~---~--.-___.------___.,___..-.------.. TOTAL 9 17 23 33 41 52 14 9 2 200 It may be seen from the table V1.5 that out of respectively. There are 9 LOtlseholds of single member 114 head of households who were born outside the and 2 Louseholds are of the size of more than 12 town, 18 are those born outside the town within the members. Among the non-migrants and migrants district, 95 in other States/Union territories of India the maximum number of households i.e. 23 or 26.74 and one was born in other country. Considering the per cent and 29 or 25.44 respectively arc of the size rural/urban statuS of place of birth of head of 1.ouse of 6-7 members. holds it can be seen that all the 18 head of households those born outside the town within the district are It may be of interest to note that the percentage from rural areas and majority of those born in other of the size of households having less than 6 members States/Union territories are also from rural areas as is more among non-migrants (52.33 per cent) as com 53 out of 95 head of households we:c bom in rural pared to that among migrants (50.88 per cent). areas. 79 out of 95 head of the hou~eholds were born in the neighbouring state of Gujarat (67) and Maha Place of last residence of head of households and rashtra (12) and the remaining ari} from Uttar Pradesh, number of members Kerala, Rajasthan, Goa, Daman & Diu, Andhra Out of 200 households, the head of 80 or 40 per Pradesh, Himachal Pradt}sh and Madhya Pradesh. cent households have reported their place of last resi dence as Silvassa town and the ramaining 120 or 60 As regards the size of the households it may be per cent as outside the town. Table VI.6 giving the seen that out of 200 samp10 households 52 or 26 per distribution of households by number of members cent are 0f th·) size 6 --7 me!11bo:'g, 41 or 20.5 per cent and migration status by place of last residence of 41ld 33 or 16.5 per cent at"1) of the size 5 and 4 members head of households is given below : 87 TABLE VI.6 Distribution of households by number of members and migration status by pillce of last re:iidence of n~ad of h~lUsehoJjs, t985 survey Migration status and las! fe,iden..;\) Rural! Nu;nb~r of hous.lholds having m.~:nbers of head of householl Urban ------~-----~---~- ----.--_--_---_-___.._------...... --- -__,,-----_--- Single 2 3 4 5 6-7 8-9 1O~12 13 [- Total 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 A. Non-migrant 4 9 10 17 23 8 7 2 80 B. Migrant 9 13 14 23 14- 2:) 6 2 120 I. Last residence out side the town but within the district Rural 3 5 7 5 4 27 II. Last residence in the other States/ Rural 5 4 3 5 9 12 3 42 Union territories Urban 3 5 6 11 10 13 2 l· . 50 III. Last residence in o~her countries Urban TOTAL 9 17 23 33 41 52 14 9 2 200 It may be seeil from the table VI.6 that out of Now, from the point of vie,,1' of size of the house 120 head of hOUso:lOlds 27 or 22.50 pei cent have holds it may be seen that 29 or 24.17 per cent out come to the to .Vi1 frvm o:ltside the to .Vll from within of 120 migrant households is of the size of 6-7 members, the same district, 92 or 76.67 per cent from other followed by 24 or 20.0 per cent is of the size of 5 members. state.>/union territories of India and only one or 0.83 However, in general, it may be 'observed that as per cent from other country. Coasiderillg the rural/ many as 69.17 per CCilt migrant households are 0 f urban characteristics of the place of last residence the the size of less than 6-7 members. The position among table reveals that all those i.e. 27 who are migrated the non-migrant households is that 50 per cent house from the same djstrict obvjoU31y are from rural areas holds arc of the size of leB than 5 members and the as there is no other town in DadrJ. & Nagar Haveli. remaining are of the largei size having more than that· However, those who have come from other states the majority of them i.e. 50 out of 92 head of households Longest stay of any member of migrant households by have come from urban aNas. Further, among the place of last residence in the town migrants from other Stateil/Union terdtories of India majority of them have come from the neigh Table VI. 7 given below shows the number of bouring state of Guj,lfat (64) followed by Mahara households classified by number of members and ihtra (14), Goa, Daman & Diu (5), Uttar Pradesh migration status of head of households by place of (4) Rajasthan, Kerala (2 each) and one from Andhra last reliJ.nce by rllrd.l/ufl.J.:I.l ald duration of stay of Pr~desh. The lone head of household who migrated any member of the household who has stayed the to Silvasia from other country is from Nepal. longe:>t in the town. TABLE VI.7 Distribution of households by number of members, migration status of head of household and duration of stay of a ~ly members of the house hold who has stayed the longest in Silvassa town, 19115, survey Number of households where the migration status and place of last r':3id'~i1~~ of h'laJ of hO:Is~hold who Number of has stayed longest i.e. members ---~----~--~----~------Non-migrant Migrant (Born and Last residence in rural area and duration of residence Last resideOlce in urban area duration of reSidence last resi- (year) (yt}ar) dence in ---~ --.,----_- ~-- --_ ------~---...... ; the town) Less 1-5 6-10 1I-20 21 Total Le.s 1-5 6-10 11-20 21 + Total than 1 years years years years than 1 years years yeau years year year 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 - ._------Single 2 2 6 1 1 3 2 4 2 3 3 8 2 2 1 5 3 9 1 2 2 2 8 2 4 6 4 10 2 2 3 5 12 2 4 5 11 5 16 3 3 2 7 15 2 5 3 10 6-7 23 4 1 6 5 16 3 4 5 13 8-9 9 2 3 2 10-12 7 1 1 2 13 and above 2 ______,------TOTAL 80 2 14 14 17 23 7iJ 1 8 8 18 15 50 88 It may bo soen from table VI. 7 that out of 70 50 per cent of the size 8-9, 45.45 per cent of the size hbuseholdii who had their place of last residence in of 4 members, 38.46 per cent of the size 6-7 and 30 rural areas 23 or 32.86 per cent householdi are staying per cent of the size of 5 member~ are staying in the in the town for over 20 yearoi. Considering the size town for over 20 years. of household 2 (66.67 per cent) out of 3 houst}holds of the size 8-9, one (50 per cent) out of 2 households Composition of households by sex and age of member of the size 10-12, 7 (46.67 per cent) out of 15 house and place of birth of head of household holds of the size of 5 members and 5 (41.67 per cont) Table VI.8 given below shows the distribution out of 12 households of the size of 4 members are of households by migration status by place of birth staying in the town for more than 20 year,. There of head of households and composition, by sex and are 50 head of households whose place of last resi by age status of the members of the households. The dence was in urban areai. Of these 15 or 30 per cent member of the llOusehold up to the age of 14 is con_ are staying in tho town for more than 20 years. Con sidered as minor and of the age 15 and above iii con sidering the size of the houst}hold it oan be seen that idered as adult. TABLE VI. 8 IMstribution of househ61ds by migration statllS by plaee of birth of head of households and composition by sex and age status of members, 1985 survey Number of households where composition by sex and age of member is Migration status and place of birth of head of Adult male Adultmale/ Adult/male/ Adult fe- Adult male Adult fe- Total household and female and female nnle5 male! and minor male and and minor only Femaies male and minor males male and only or female and or female females 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A. Non-migrant (Born in the town) 67 17 2 86 B. Migrant 80 19 10 3 2 114 I. Bor,l outside the town in the district Rural 16 1 18 II. Born in other states : (1) Uttar Pradesh Rural 1 1 Urban 2. 1 1 4 (2) Gujarat . Rural 29 5 3 2 2 41 Urban 18 6 2 26 (3) Maharashtra Rural 5 1 6 Urban } 2 6 (4) Rajasthan Rural Urban (5) Andhra Pradesh Rural Urban 1 (6) Himachal Pradesh Rural 1 Urban ('/) Kerala . Rural 3 Urban (S) Goa, Daman & Diu Rural Urban 2 2 (9) Madhya Pradesh Rural Urban III. Born in other countries Nepal. TOTAL 147 36 10 3 4 200 ------~- 89 It may be seen from table VI.8 that out of 200 TABLE VI.9 sample households as many as 147 or 73.50 per cent households are compo3ed of adult male:, and females p:ace of last residence of mcn:be:'§ of households as related to and minor male3 and females, 36 or 18 per cent of place of birth, 19jj5 sunc,\' adult males/females 10 or 5a>er cent of adult males only, Phcc of last residence 3 or 1.50 per cent of adult females only and the remain Place of birth ing 4 or 2 per cent households of adult females and Same as place of iJifferent from minor males and or females. Considering the mig birth place of birth gFation status of the households by place of birth of Males Fe- i\(1ales Fe- head of household it may be seon that among the 86 males males Don-migtant households 67 or 77.91 per cent are com posed of adult males and females and minor males 2 3 4 5 and females followed by 17 or 19.77 per cent of adult ------~------males and females and 2 or 2.32 per cent of adult Same place 316 230 2 femal"s and minor males and females. Among the 18 migvant households from the rural areas of Dadra Same district. Rural 30 48 13 2 ~ Nagar Haveli, the maximum i.e. 16 or 88.89 per Other States! UT..,. cent households are composed of adult males and females and minor males and females. Of the remaining 1. Gujarat . Rural 55 77 18 11 2 households one is composed of adult male only Urban 40 46 9 5 ann the other is of adult female only. Among the 96 2. Maharashtra. Rural 3 6 6 2 migrant households 53 are from rural areas and 42 Urban J6 18 7 5 are from urban areas of other States/Union territories and one is from other country. 69.81 per cent of the 3. Rajasthan Rural 3 households migmted from rural aroas are composed Urban 2 of adult male.> and females and minor males and 4. Himachal P'r,,- Rural f6males ai against 64.29 per cent households desh. Urban migrated from urban areas. The percentage 5. Delhi Urban of households comprising of adult males and females are more among those migrated from urban areas 6. Goa, Daman & Urban 3 6 3 being 26.19 per cent (11 households) as' against 13.21 Diu. per cent of those migrated from rural areas (i.e. 7 7. Tamil Nadu Urban households). The percentage of households of adult 8. West Bengal Rural males among those migrated from rural and urban Urbah areas are 9.44 (5 households) and 9.52 per cent (4 households) respectively. There are 2 households 9. Andhra Pradesh Rural 2 each in the category of adult femalei only and adult Urban J females and minor males and or female. among 10. Uttar Pradesh. Rural 3 those. who are migrated from rural areas. The lone Urban 4 3 household from Nepal is composed of adult males and females. Thus it is seen that the largeit number 11. Kerala Rural 3 2 of households among the non-migrants aRd migrants Urban 2 by place of birth of the head of household are com 12. Madhya Pradesh Urban 1 posed of adult males and females and minor males and females. Other Co«nlries . • Pa.kistan Last residence as compared to place of birth Nepa'~ • Let us now (}xamine the place of last residence of members of households as compared to place of ---...... _------...... _ birth from table VI.9 given below ;- TOTAL 484 444 62 32 It may be seen from table VI. 9 that majority Wo.a:lers and non-workers among migrants of the members of the households had their place of last residence same as place of birth as in respeet of It is important to know how many of the migrants 928 or 90.8& per cent out of a total of 1022 perSOBS are workers or non-workers. Table VI.lO presented had their place of last residence same as place of below gives sex-wise distribution of workers and non birth and the remaining 94 or 9.20 per cent had their workers by migration statu.s with referen(;e to place place of last residence different from place of birth. of last Fesid~e by broad age-groups. 90 it m:!y be S00i1 from table VI'lO that out of 475 . ~ Migration stages of the households hailing from outside mIgrant.> 188 arc worker~ and 287 arc non-workers:' .. Out of 200 households we have 120 households The percetage of workers thus comes to 39 ,58. Of haIlmg from outside the town. We may now examine male migrants 60·78 per cent are workers and among f~om table VI ·12 given below, the period of their migra female.> 19 ·34 per cent are workers. Further analysis tIon from the place they hail and the stages in which of worker.> and non-workers among the migrants who they have migrated to Silvassa town. have come from elsewhere in the district, other states and outside India reveals that the percentage of workers The period of migration has been divided into is found higher among the migrants who have come four groups viz. those who migrated before 1966 from other states being 40 ·17 per ccat as against the during 1966-70, during 1971-75 and during 1976 and migrants who have come from elsewhere in the district later. Out of 120 migrant households 66 came to this being 37 '50 per cent. Of the 2 persons migrated from town before 1966. Of these 15 households all from rural Nepal one is worklJi' and the other is non-worker. areas have come from Dadra and Nagar Haveli and 51 (rural 22, urban 29) fcom the States/Union territories of Gujarat, Maharashtra, Goa, & Diu and Distribution of migrant workers and non-worken D~an ~ttar Prade;;h. Thus, the households which came to by broad age-groups reveals that all the 87 persons in Sllvassa before 1966 majority of them i.e. 37 households age-group 0-14 are non-workers. In age-group 15-59 were hailing from rural areas. Coming to the households out of 363 persons 183 or 50 ·41 per cent are workers migrating during the period 1966-70, we have 11 such and the l'0maining 1150 are nOll-workef;). Percentages ~ouseholds of which 10 have come directly to Silvassa of male and female workers in this age-group are 75 ·41 In one stage and the remaining one in three stages. and 24 ·59 pei cent re3pectivdy. Among the migrants Those who came directly to the town 3 hail from rural from elsewhere in the district, other states and outside areas of Dadra and Nagar Haveli, 2 from urban areas India the highe3t peiceiltage of male workers is observed of ?,oa, Daman and Diu, 4 (2 rural, 2 urban) from among the migrants from other states being 77 ·14 per GUJarat, one from rural area of Maharashtra and the cent and female workers among the migrants from remaining one from the rural area of Rajasthan. The elsewhere in the district being 30 '75 per cent in this only one household migrated to the town in three age-group. In age-group 6U+ out of 25 persons (10 stages is hailing from rural area of Gujarat. There are males and IS female.» 5 (3 males and 2 females) are 18 ho~seholds which came to the town during 1971-75 workers and 20 (7 males and 13 females) are non of which 14 came directly to the town and are hailing workers. All the3e 5 workers ar~ migrants fmm other from Dadra and Nagar Haveli (2 rural), Andhra Pra states of India. desh (one urban), Gujarat (5 rural, 5 urban), Kerala (one from urban), Maharashtra (2 rural, 1 urban) Employment status of migrant workers ~nd the remaining one from Nepal. Those who cam; In two stages are hailing from Andhra P;adesh (one We may study the employment status of the migrant ~rban) and Maharashtra (one rural). Those who came workers which will give an idea about their involvement 1D four or more stages are hailing from Gujarat (one in different fields of economy as employer, employee, rural) and Kerala (one urban). Out of 25 households single worker, family worker etc. Following table who came to the town during 1976 or theleafter 22 VI ·11 shows the employment status of migrant workers came directly from the place of origin, 2 in two st~ges with reference to the place of their last residence. and the remaining one in three stages. Those came It may be seen from table VI·11 that out of 188 direct~y to. the town are hailing from Dadra and Nagar migrant worker" 128 or 68 ·09 per cent have reported Havell 1.6 rural), Gujarat (7 rural, 6 urban), Maha themselves as employeas, 22 or 11 '70 per cent as family rashtra (one urban), Rajasthan (one urban) and Uttar workers, 21 or 11 ·17 per cent as single workers and Pradesh lone rural). Those 2 households came in two 12 or 6 ·38 pel cent as employers. Of the remaining 5 or lltages one is hailing from rural area of Kerala and . 2 ·66 per cellt 3 arc cultivators and 2 are agricultural another from the urban area of Uttar Pradesh. Further, labourers. Further, the survey has revealed that the the lone household which came to Silvassa in three migrant workers are in majority among the family stages is hailing from the rural area of Dadra and workers (75 ·86 percent), employers (66 ·67 percent) Nagar Haveli. and employees (50.79 per cent). Their proportion among Reasons for migration single workers is also quite considerable being 47 ·73 . It. would be interesting to study the reasons fot per cent. Thus, it can be seen that the migrants involvo mIgratIOn reported by the households in the town ment in the diiTenmt fields of economy is quite signi The reasons for migration in respect of migrant house~ ficant. holds are given in the table VI '13 below : 91 I I ""'I 1 I~ o .,.,,....; r- 0""'; jO\ ,....;,....; 1 \000 ,....;,....; 100 ..... "'" 1 1 '"00 00 \0 M I: 1 00 00 1~ ,....;- I: ' o ..... ,....; \0 ,....; ,....; ..... '" 0\ 00 1 1J"ir ...... '"00 I~ ,....; r- 1J"i.,., :: ..... M \0 00 .,.,r- \: . ' ...... ,....; 92 I~ :- - . - o- 00 - - :<:1"> ·M 93 TABLE VI. 13 Broad category of place from where the household hails, time and reason for migration, 1985 Survey NW~lber or households migrating because of Broad cat.,gory and place from where the Time of household h:lils migration EmpJoy- Educa- Business Marriage Familv Settlement Total ment 'i 'fl moved 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Rural area$ of the district Dadra and Nagar Prior to Haveli. 1966 14 15 1966-70 2 3 1971-75 2 2 1976 and later 7 7 Andhra PI.idesh Urban Prior to 1966 1966-70 1971-75 1976 and later Goa, Daman and Diu Urban Prior to 1966 2 3 1966-70 2 1971-75 1976 and later Gujarat Rural Prior to 1966 13 2. 6 22 1966,-70 I 2 1971-75 4 S 1976 and later 5 2. 7 Urban Prior to 1966 12 3 15 1966-70 1 2 1971-75 4 5 1976 and later 5 6 Kerala Rural Prior to 1966 1966-70 1971-75 1976 and bter Urban Prior to 1966 1966-70 1971-75 1 1976 and later Maharashtra Rural Prior to 1966 1966-70 1 1971-75 2 1976 and later IT-rhan Prior to 1966 9 1966-70 1971--75 1976 and later 15-338 R. G. India/ND/88 94 TABLE VI. J 3-Co.;td 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Rajasthan . Rural Prior to 1966 1966-70 1971-75 1976 and later Urban Prior to 1966 1966-70 1971-75 1976 and later Uttar Pradesh • Rural Prior to 1966 1966-70 1971-75 1976 and later Urban Prior to 1966 2 1966-70 1971-75 1976 and later 1 Nepal Prior to 1966 1966-70 1971-75 1 1976 and later Total • Rural Prior to 1966 27 2 6 37 1966-70 3 2 7 1971-75 7 1 9 1976 and later 13 3 16 Urban Prior to 1966 23 2 3 29 1966-70 2 4 1971-75 7 9 1976 and later 7 2 9 .__ ------TOTAL 89 7 19 2 2 120 ------. Characteristics of the place of origin at the time of It may be seen from table VI·13 that out of 120 migration migrant households a maximum number i.e. 89 or The characteri"t.ics of the place of origin at the 74 ·17 per cent migrated to the town for the purpose of time of migration by time of migration and broad employment followed by 19 or 15 '83 per cent for the category of the plac_: can be examined from table VI ·14 given below : purpose of business, 7 or 5 ·83 per cent for the purpose of education and the remaining 5 or 4 ·17 per cent for It may be seen from the table VI ·14 that out of 66 households migrated to the town prior to 1966, 41 the purposes of marriage (l household), family moved were from villages, 3 were from small town. 17 were (2 hou~eholds) and for permanent settlement (2 house from medium size towns and 5 were from cities. Those holds). It is evident from the table that the reasons of who migrated during 1966-70, 7 were from villages, one was from small town and 3 were from medium employment and business were predominant for size town. Those who came to the town during 1971--75 about 90 per cent of the migrant households. J0 were from villages, one was from small town, 4 wer 95 bI) >. : 00 <=I .~ a r~ 50 ..!. .§ :I: II") -; IjE <'1 <'1 0 6b ,> - - 'a 0 ~ Ib0 1 U- - j I >. bI) .Q Cl I~ Cl <'1 0\ '" § ·~o l:aOJ'~ ~ 0~ :a ~t-- ~"' ..... Os I !i~ ~ 'a !! ",0\ .... 00 = 00 o ~ :sl- It; ~ ,so1- .~! _g 00 ..... I.., l- v ·s '": ~ <'1 'a B ~ I~ I- - ...~J! =- I~ ~ J!_j .,.. J:ll =-_ I .<'1 ....l ~ .... E \0 · '" -s 0 'a >. ... 0:2... IS ~ Po Ie • II") r-- §'~ l::l • 0\ bI) II") <"l Cl I ii ~ ~ i! o~ s 1 ~O;;;E a ..~ o~,g I ....o.Q <"l ~..., S\O I_ ~ -.;t · '" a I: "'\0 It; 0 :c ~ "0\'0- ~ I~ ..... ;: ~ II") N " from medium size town and 3 were from city. Whereas, on account of employment followed by business those who came during 1976 or thereafter 16 were pursuits in respect of 19 households (15 ·83 per cent). from villages, one was from small town, 7 were from The characteristics of place of origin reveals that in medium size town and one was from city. Thus, it can respect of 74 households (61 ·67 per cent) the status of be seen that in respect of 74 Of 61 ·67 per cent of the place of origin was villages followed by medium size households, the status of the place of origin was village towns in respect of 37 households (25 ·83 per cent). followed by 31 households or 25 ·83 per cent medium It clearly shows that migration was broadly employment size town. Of the remaining 15 households 9 or 7 ·50 oriented and mostly the places of origin were villages. per cent were from cities and 6 or 5 .00 per ceilt w'- re from the small town. If the tables VI ·13 and VI ·14 Characteristics of the places of successive migration are interlinked with that of table VI'12, the following picture emerges. It is seen that as many as 46 house We may examine the characteristics of the places holds out 54 households (which migrated after 1966 of sllccessi\e migration of the households into the and 66 households migrated before 1966) had migrated town in different stages. The following table VI ·15 to Silvas sa directly from the place of origin (i.e. not in shows the characteristics of the places of successive different stages). The reasons for migration show that migr«tion in two sta~es by time of migration to referrent as many as 89 households (74 ·17 per cent) had miglated town. TABLE VI. 15 Characteristics of places of successi .. e migration in two stages by time of migration to referrent to'lt1l, 1985 Survey Number of households migrating to referrent town Characteristics of the places Total number of households Prior to 1966 1966-70 1971-75 1976 and later 2 3 4 5 6 1. Village-village-Referrent Town (Rt) 2 2 2. Village-small town-Rt. 2 2 3. Village-medium size town·Rt. 1 4. Village-city-Rt. 4 2 5. Medium size town-village-Rt. 3 2 1 6. Medium size town-small town-Rt. 7. Medium size town-city-Rt. 2 8. City-small town-Rt. 2 2 ------~------."------..--~----- TOTAL 17 13 2 2 It may be seen from the table VI ·15 that there are Successh'e migration in three stages 17 households migrated to the town in two stages. The Table VI ·16 :;hows that there are 5 house characteristics of places of migration are evident from holds migrated to the town in three stages. Of these, the table. Considering the tim0 of migrdtion majority 3 hOJseholds which migrated from village to village i.e. 13 or 76.47 per cerlt households migrated to the in all the three stages before coming to the town, 2 came prior to 1966 and one came during 1976 or town prior to 1966. It is further observed that maximum there8.fter. The reasons for migration in respect of 2 number of households i.e. 12 had migrated to the town household.:; was employment and business for the re for the purpose of employment, followed by 4 for maining one. One household came to the town during business and the r0maining one for the purpose of 1966-70 first migrated from village to city and then to another city before coming to the town for the purpose settlement in the town. It is also observed that 15 of of education. There is one household in this category these 17 households are staying in the town for more which migrated from qity to city in all the three stages than 10 years and the remaining 2 households for before coming to the town prior to 1966 for the purpose less than that. of empl"yment. TABLE VI. 16 Characteristics of places of successi .. e migration in the three stages by Hme of migration to referrent town, 1985 survey Number of households migrating to referrent town Characteristics of places involved in migration Totnl number -_.. _------...... --.------succession of househoids Prior to 1966 During 1966-70 During 1971-75 1976and latcr 2 3 4 5 6 1. Village-city-city ·Rt. 2. Village-Village-Village-Rt. 3 2 3. City-city-City-Rt. TOTAL 5 3 Rt.-Referrent town. 97 Successive migration in four or more stages Information given in table VI ·17 about the pla.:es of successive migration in four or mon.) st[ fCS t y (me of migration in referrent town is self explanatory. TABLE VI. 17 Characteristics of places of su.:cessive migration ill four or more stages by time of migration in refcrrent t01'ln, j 985 Survey N umber of households migrating to referrent town by Characteristics of places involved in migration Total number of in succession households Prior to 1966 1966-70 1971-75 1976 and later 2 3 4 5 6 1. Village-Village-Village-Vilh,ge-Rt. 2. City-City-City-Mst-Mst-Mst-Mst-Jvfs!-Rt. 3. Village-city-city-city-Foreign Country-Rt .. 4. Village-city-city-Mst-Rt. 5. Village-village-small town-village-Rt. 6. ViIlage-viUage-viIlage-viIlage-Mst-Rt. 7. City-City-City-City-Rt. 8. Village-Mst-City-Small Town-Rt. 9. Mst-city-small town-Mst-Rt. . 10. Village-city-city-small town-Rt. 1 11. Village-small town-village-village-village-Rt. 1 12. Village-city-village-small town-village-village Rt. 13. Village-small town-Mst-Mst-village-Rt. TOTAL 13 11 2 Mst. Medium size town Rt. Referrent town Property at the place from where migrated Particulars regarding property at the place from where the households are migrated and distance and the duration of stay in the referrent town are given in the table VI ,18. TABLE VI. 18 Property at the place from 1'Ihere migrated by the description of the place and distance and duration of stay, 1985 , Suney Number of househo:ds not having property Number (Kms.) ------~~------Less 1-4 5---9 10-19 20 Less 1-4 5-9 10-19 20-+ than one years years years years than one years years ye::fS years year year 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Rural areas of the district of (a) 10 or less 2 5 2 D~d;~l :-nd Nag r Hnvdi (b) 11-20 2 2 6 (c) 21-50 (d) 51-100 (e) 101-200 (f) 201--500 (g) 501 + Other States : Andhra Pradesh-Urban (g) 501 Goa, Daman & Diu-Urban (g) 501 2 Gujarat -Rural (b) 11-20 1 (c) 21-50 2 2 (d) 51-100 2 2 3 2 5 2 (e) 101-200 1 (f) 201---500 1 1 2 (g) 501-1 1 1 Kerala Maharashtra. Rajasthan . Uttar Pradesh Other countries : Nepal TOTAL It may be seen from table VI ·18 that out of 120 refeifent town. In respect of both the households having migrant households 62 or 51 ·67 per cent households property in Kerala (one each in rural/urban) it is located ate having property and 58 or 48 ·33 per cent are no' at a distance of more than 501 kms. from Silvassa. having allY property in the places from where they Property of 3 households are located in the rural areas ate migrated. Further, out of 62 households having of Maharashtra at a distance between 201-500 kms. property, 12 are having them in rural areas of Dadra from the referrent tJWll. One household each having and Nagar Haveli, 01N in urban area of Andhra the property in the rural areas of Rajasthan and Uttar Pradesh, 3 in urban arda" of Goa, Daman & Diu, 36 Pradesh and another one each having property in-~ in Gujarat (Rural 22, U:-ban 14),2 in Kerala (Rural 1, urban area of the states which are located at a distance UrbanI), 3 jn rural areas of Maharashtra, 2 in Rajasthan of more than 501 kms. from Silvassa. One household (Rural 1, Urban 1), 2 in Uttar Prade.;h lRural 1, who is having the property in Nepal it is located at a Urban 1), and O,W hou31}hold in other country i.c. in distance of more than 50 I kms. from the referrent Nepal. town. Considerin.g the duration of stay of those 62 house Considering the distance at which the property is located in respect of the ru:;al areas of Dadra and holds having property from where they have migrated Nagar Haveli, 9 households are having the property to Silvassa it can be seen that 14 or 22 ·58 per cent of them are staying in t110 town for more than 20 years, at a distance of less than 10 kms., 2 households are having within 11-20 kms. and the remaining one house 19 or 30 ·65 per cent between 10-19 years, another 14 hold between 21-50 kms. from Silvassa. One household or 22 ·58 per cent between 5-9 years, 12 or 19 ·35 per who is haviilg property in the urban areas of Andhra cent between 1-4 years and the remaining 3 or 4 ·84 Pradesh and those three in Goa, Daman & Diu it is per cent households are staying in the town for a period located at a distance of more than 501 kms. from the less than one year. referrent town. Those who are baving property in rural Benefits from the property areas of Gujarat 12 households are having at a distance within 100 kms. and 10 households beyond 100 kms. Information regarding number of households and those who are having in urban areas of the same getting be:i.efit from the propurty left at the place of state 4 households are having within 100 kIns. and 10 mig;atiol1 by distance of place of migration and duration households are having beyond that distance from the or ;Lc'Y in present residence is given in table VI '19. 99 TABLE VI. 19 Number of households getting benefits from the property left at the place of mlgration by distance of place of migration and duration of stay in present residence, 1985 Survey Distance of Duration of stay in present residence and enjoyment of benefit from the property place of migration Upto 4 years 5-9 years 10--19 years 20+ years (Kms.) Total Number Number enjoy- Total Number Number enjoy- Total number Number enjoy- Total number Number enjoy of households ing benefit of of households ing benefit of of household, ing benefit of of households ing benefit with property property at place with property property at with property property at with property property at place of of migration at place of , place of at place of place of at place of place of mig migration migration migration migration migration migration ration 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 or less 6 1 2 11 -20 2 1 21-50 . 3 1 2 51-100 2 6 2 2 101-200 3 2 201-500 3 3 3 2 2 501+ 2 2 4 The table VI ·20 reveals that out of 62 hou,eholds are 14 migrant households having property at th e shows as property holders at the place of their last place ftom where they have migrated and staying in rtuidence only 19 (30 ·65 per cent) household3 enjoy the town betwaen 5-9 years. Their properti,;}s are mana~ the be.aefit of the property. Of tne3e 2 houlchold" gild by fathe; and mother in respect of remaining 4 have migrated to the town from a distance len th:',11 hou;ehold3. fath~r or mother in respect of 3 households 10 km)., one each from a distan<;;e between 11-20 ;_nd each and othn,' elmo relations in respect of the 4 house~ 21-50 km" three each from between 51-100 and 201- holds. Of th030 19 migrant households staying in the 500 kIm., 2 from between 101-200 kms. and tho re town between 10-19 yean their properties arc managed maining 7 have migrated to the town from a distance by father and mother and mother alone in respect of m:lie than SOC) km •. The table further Nveals that of 4 households each, mother and brother and father's 11 out of 19 houlc':wld3 th05e who are enjoying the motilet in respect of 2 households each and other close benefit of their property are staying in Silva,:m for relation~ in re3pe~t of 6 households. However, in leB than 10 yean while the remaining 8 hou3cholds rC3pect of the remaining one migrant household there are staying in the town for m;)re than 10 YC.'lrs. It c:an is nobody to m:mage his property. In respect of those also be see~ that out of 29 households thOle who a~e 14 migr.lnt households staying in the town for more having property and staying in the town for le.H thaa than 20 Yi;}arS, their properties at the place from where 10 yean, 11 or 37 ·93 P0t c,mt household3 are eljoying they haw migtated are managed by father and brother benefit whetea'), out of 33 hou3cholds having P;Op0fty and b~'other alOllC in TCSPdct of 4 households each and and living in SilvaBa for more tl1'l.n 10 year.> only, other close relations in re3pect of 5 households. However, 8 or 24 ·24 per CeI\t households enjoy the benefit of in respect of one household his property is managed their property. May be, because, they are away from by his neighbour. the property for a longer time. Sale of property Arrangement for supervision and management of property Information regarding sale of property by the We have seen that th'm: are 62 migrant homeholds migrant households at the tim~ of or after migration having property at the place from where they have reveals that three households from the neighbouring migrated to Silvassa town. Information reg,1rding the state of Gujarat disposed off their properties after arrangements. that have made for supervision and they migrated to Silvass::J. town. The occupations of management of property wa5 also collech,d durinf, the the head of these househl)lds are blacksmithy, panchayat survey. The table VI ·20 give~ the informutjon regarding secretary and te~cher in the Government Higher Se~ urrangemfmt for supervision and ma,Hgement of pro condary School. perty by di3tuTlce of pla~e of migration aTld dur:.tion of stay in the prC3ent rc;idenc0. Close relations at the place of migration The following table VI ·21 givcs the particular Normally the ar(angements for the supervision of close relrrtions fr;)m where the households were of property <'.re made with the clo3e relation viz. fL+hr,r, migrated to the town. mother, wife, brother, si'>ter etc. This can be observed in table VI ·20 from the facts that those 15 migrant It m::y be s\~en from the above table that among homeholds staying in the town for less th"n 5 y,;afS. the close rda~ions father in 31 cases, mother in 44 cases their property is managed by hwther and m"ther in son if) 3 cases, unmarried daughter in one case unmarried re<;pect of 4 households, followed by fathet h r,;~pe':,t brothe; in 23 cases, unmr.rried sisters in 5 cases wife of 2 homeholds and other cl03e relations in "')SClect in 5 ca,cc; and other relatives in respect of 14 cas~s are of 8 households. In re3pect of the remaining OM hom·; st;~.vjng at the pl;lces from where the households were hold the property is managed by the relatives. Thc:,~ u;.; "~lt(:d. 100 ._, , I I 00 0.>..0 t- I 00 Z..r:: ... <'l I 1 ~ QO 2 I I ..r:: I I \0 t- -;] 0 ~ <'l I I ~ <¢::s.s ...... I 0.> 0.> I I .s~5"tjt on I~ \0 cd~Ot::t; I ~ :::E0:I.;;; '" I I~ ,'" I !~ ·N ...'" 0:1 0.> ...". oj or) ~.s <'l I I~ OJ ....'" >. OJ I 0.> I I ~ ...."'''' 0.> ~ O.>..r:: "CIV"> o:! ..r::_ <'l I 0:11 + ...". -0 <'l I 0 :::E 0:1 ... E I N ~P=I, I OJ) I -gl <'l N . N f.. "'I ~.s <'l -.... I ...". , I 0 .... I ~I N ...... ~I :::E~ <'l I I '" "'-j) I ~ ~"C.s I ~~O 0 N "E :- M I -.t 1il ~"'.B I . OJ .5 ~ ~ I Po g) o N .... Z° I .S - I - .",1-< bJl I 0 ~-gJj 00 ... .>'~ ...... :I: 0:10 N I ..0 .... I " ~ ~"""~ = '" OJ 0.> l- I ~ ..r::..r:: N ...... N 01 0\ - I ~o 1;g ):.l..::E I "CI 00 S ·N \0 I "g 00 ~ N I 01 ~ I = . on I 0 " .-"' ....OJ N <"'l ~ 0\ l- [/J_ I ~ I-< I 'e .8 - I ~ .... J! ...". s \0 0 N :::l '-< I 5 "8 Z 00 P=I I ~ :- ffl N 'N I -.t ~ o ~ N ~ 'I) :Z:.s I en .... I ...... OJ t- ,~ '" OJ OJ ...OJ -5 N I OJ -s.s'"d N >. c <:t- 0:10<' I-< I c: ):.l..Ecj ..0° COl I ...... :::E'" O~'"d6h I ('I N \0 I M ~~ 8 ~ Q.) - I 0 ,._ ~-,-= I I-< i:l 0 ~"C.s N ...... <') -.t ('~ -~o I or) N ~"':::E I 0\ I ._J:?-o:::2 c..c:: .... I :::: 0:1 ,,"C I Uj::>" "0 I ...". ~~ '5 ~ [ ..0 ° p_E:-;j 0 [ ...c ..r::~ ,_..:::._° 6D N 0\ '" on ...... \0 .... l- N g5~~E ...... \0 ";,.q.5 ~ ~ "'_'~>p'V ~ ° E.;:~ . I ,2 ~ .E o "'('1 C I -0_.... 101 1 t:o-...... J ... I I ~..cl::: l>- [~ ~ E ..... I Sifa,e T j I fJ,-l3:::I ;j .... \0 :J:..o2 ..... r 1 ..0 I ~ 6.,J! 1 ~ ..... i ... Ii "l.s !;tI f ...... ~ ... ~ l~ ":f .... ~~ ... j of "t:I ~~ 0 T j tQ ""1"0 .... r tbriloJl'l... ::IoS 1 '"..... T ...... ~ I J5..cl..o ! .N I 4> -= t N T ... ~ I·"j,.Q 0 " Do I .51 - ;,.. SI.i!J!e oS .... ;,.. .", 1 f"i ~ 8 6 .. = ...... !:i ~~e Q § ~~! '0 fl~ ~ ...... ":f 0:1 ~ .~ I ~ ... 0 :I .- a eo ...... ,~ c -"tioS ._ ...... c::::I ~ 16-338 R. G. India/ND/88 CHAPTER VII NEIGHBOURHOOD PATTERN The concept of neighbourhood may be defined in household and having local knowledge and history of different ways. It may be oharacterised as a primary the locality. Religion, caste, community, age, education. informal group congisting of at least potentially all occupation and duration of stay in the neighbourhood persons who live in local proximity. Besides local pro were also considered while selecting the persons for ximity there should be physical as well c.s social and answering the questions on neighbourhood. moral entity. If there are persons who hve toget4er in a particular place but they do not reoognise any social Of the 50 individuals selected there are 38 males or moral bindings in between them ~hey do not constitute and 12 females. The age structure reveals that a large a neighbourhood. What they form ig only a physical number i.e. 36 individuals (27 males, 9 females) are in conglomeration. On the other hand persons living away age group 35-59, 9 (6 males, 3 females) are between from one anothef without physical co.iltinuity but 20-34 years and only 5 males from older age-group 60+. with sOQial and moral bonds also do not constitute The religion of a majority of 42 individuals (32 a neighbourhood. What they constitute is only a com males, 10 females) was recorded as Hindu, 3 (1 male, munity. The neighbourhood is a blending of both the 2 females) as Christian, 3 males as Muslim and 2 males physical and social entities. Mutual relation9, intimate as Jain. The caste/community-wise break-up of 42 associations and the emergence of homogeneity and Hindus shows that 10 are Varli, 6 Dhodia, 4 Rajput. unity among the persons living together are most the 3 Audichya Sahasra Brahmin, 3 Chamar and one each distinctive chara::teristics of a neighbourhood. In the of Bhandari, Bhaiyar, Bhavsar, Dhobi, Gola, Kadiya light of th6 above definition the neighbourhood pattern Kumbhar, Khar Patel. Ksh,triya Gurjar, Koli, Machhi, in Silvassa tOW'l has been studied. . Nagar Brahmin, Navi. Prajapati, Solanki, Tamboli Silvassa is a small town witb a population of 6914 and Vaishnav. The sub-group recorded for 3 Christians persons according to the 1981 census. The town is is Roman Catholic. Among 3 Muslims 2 are Sunni and one is Siddi and 2 Jain females belong to the divided into a numbl~r of small localities or hamlet Swetambar sub-group. id6ntified by diff~rent n'lme3 and which seeJu to be more significant units of social action. The names of important localities are given below The distribution of 50 individuals by educational level reveals that 13 (9 males, 4 females) are illiterate. 1. Ultan Falia 14 (10 males, 4 females) include literate without educa 2. Kamli Falia tional level and less than matriculation. The remaining 23 (19 males, 4 females) are of matriculation level and 3. Bhurkud Falia above. 4. Patalia Falia 5. Tokarkhada The economic activity of 50 individuals shows that 43 (36 males, 7 females) are workers and 7 (2 males, 6. Kilavani Naka 5 females) are non-workers. The occupational category 7. Zanda Chowk of 43 workers as per 'National Classification of occu 8. Police Line pation (NCO) reveals that 7 (5 males, 2 females) are 9. Govt. Residential Colony professional, technical and related workers. Thev include one each of doctor, sanitary inspector and 10. Natoli R!)ad social worker 3 high school teachers and one P.T. teacher. There are 7 males working as administrative. executive Localities where the study was conducted and managerial workers. 3 of them are officers in A'l already mentioned in this report, five localities Central Government Services, 2 are contractors of have been selected for the purpose of the intensive construction work and one each a proprietor of transport study of this town. These localities are named as Com agency and a rice milL There are again 7 individuals mercial Area, D"veloping Are:!, Ethnic Group Area, (6 males, 1 female) working as clerks and related Government Re,identhl Colony and S~b-urban. Pocket. workers. They include 2 account clerks and one each 10 individuals hwe been selected from each locality office superintendent, auditor, upper division clerk on random ba3is to study the neighbourhood pattern lower division clerk and private secretary. There ar~ of Silvasga town. These 10 indivirluals belong to 10 4 males who are sales workers, of whom 3 are dealing different househ)lds. Thus. there were altogether 50 in retail trade and one is a fish vendor. Under service persons selected from 50 households of the said loca workers there is O'1e male who is a restaurant owner lities to allgWCr the questions. Data in respect of neigh and one female is a sweeper. There are 3 males and 2 bourhood pattern W:13 collected in the household females worki1"1.g as cultivators and 2 males and one schedule hsdf. There was no criteria for selecting the female working as agricultural labourers. There are individuals fl)r canva:Bing the schedule. However, it 8 males classified under productive and related workers; was see'l tlnt the individual selecten to answer the transport equipme11t operators and labourers. They querrie, is a'l f}V:lerIy and knowledgeable perSOll in the include one each of operator, flour mill, chemical 102 103 processor, shoe-maker, carpenter, radio.rmechanic, con Governmeat .. Residential Colony struction labourer and 2 are other labourers. There This neighbourhood is so named because of the are two male non-workers who are dependtmts and 5 government residential quarters built in this area for female non-workers who are house wives. the accommodation of government officials. As regards duration of stay of 50 individuals in the town it is revealed that a majority of 42 (31 males. Police line 11 females) are staying in the town for 10 years and more, 6 indjviduals (5 male3, one female) are staying The name is S0 derived because of the location of for 1-3 years and the remaining 2 males are staying the police residential quarters in this area. for 4-9 years in the town. Medical Campus IdentificatiOIl of neighbourhood and their chancteristics This neighbourhood is called Medical CampUs by individuals of different background obviously because of the location of government cot tage hospital and the residential quarters built for The names or'variouS' neigb.1Jourhoods as mentioned medical staff. by the SO individuals in their respective locality arl) asunder: Bhurkud Falla 1. Zanda chowk This neighbourhood is so named after a certain 2. Kamli falia tribal people known as Bhurkad living in this neigh 3. Kilavani llaka bourhood belonging to Hindu varli community. 4. Tokarkhada Dubalwada 5. Bhandarwada This lleighbournood is named as Dubalwada as 6. Government Residential Colony (near PWD the tribe of HaJpathi-Dabla is residing there for gene office complex). rations. 7. Police line 8. Medical campus Ultan Falia. 9. Bhurkud falia This neighbourhood is so named because it lies 10. Dubalwada on the western side of Silvassa town. 11. Ultan falia Boundaries of the neighbourhood Zanda Chowk The individuals in their respective lacalities were This neighbl)urhood is so named because duriag asked to idt:ntify the boundaries of their neighbourhoods. the freedom movement the local nationalist workers The boundaries as described by individual:i belonging used tog.::ther a'ld shout the slogans for f{eed'Jm with to ·a pacticular neighbourhood differs slightly. This the national flag.) in their hands at this place. Immedi means that the details furnished on the boundaries of ately after liberd.tion of this territory, the nationalists the neighbourhood are only . broad. identificatioD:s. unfur10d the National Flag at this place to mark the The description of the boundanes as giVen by them In liberation of Daura & Nagar Haveli from th~ colonial their respective neighbourhood is as under : rule of the Portuguese. A small monument has been erected in this chowk in memory of those who laid down The c.1eighbourhood 'Zanda chowk' is bounded their lives in the struggle for freedom. to the east by market building, to the west by Silvassa Vapi road, to the north by :r-_ragar. Haveli High school Kamli Falia and to the south by Govt. reSIdentIal quarters. This neighbuuri100d has been named after a family by surname Kamli belonging to Varli (S.T.) community The neighbourhood Kamli Falia is bounded to (Hindu religion) living in this area for generations. the east and south by village Samarvarni, to the west by Bhurkud Falia aild to the north by Naroli-Bhilad Kilavani Naka road. The intervielVcrs were not able to say anything particular abaut the nam'~ of this neighboufhood ex The neighbourhood 'Kilavani naka' is bounded cepting t:lat it i3 named so after the Kilavani Road. to the east by Govt. Housing Colony, Drea~ Lan~ Tokarkhada Tbeatre and Crown industry to the west by KIlavam· Sil'vassa road, and market to the north by Umarkui This neighbourhood i's 30 named beca.use once road and to the south by Bhandarwada. upon a time there used to be a large Tokar (bamboo) plantation in this area and also there is a Khadi (rivulet! The neighbourhood of 'Tokarkhada' is bounded stream) from which the area was named as Tokar Khada to the east by Samarvarni and Saily v~llages to the west or Tokar Khadi. by Kamli FaIia and Daman Ganga nver, to the south Bhandarwada by Silvassa-Khanvel road; and to the North by the Cottage Hospital. The neIghbourhood. 'Bhandarwada' This neighbourhood has bean named after Hindu is bounded to the east by Public Work Department bhandari community who are the re;idents of this Office to the west by B. D. Office, to the north by Govt. locality. 104 Housing Colony of Government Servants and to the main occupation is service. There are also residential south by Tokarkhada. quarters for medical staff of the Cottage Hospital. The neighbourhood of Bhurkud Falia is a sloppy area The neighbourhood 'Gow:mm~nt Residential surrounded by agricultural lands. The houses of Bhurkun Colony' is bounded to the east by the Lions English tribals are scattered here and there. The main occupatio a School to the west by Bhandar Falia road, to the north in this neighbourhood is agriculture. Dubalwada is a by Amli village, and to the south by Tokarkhada. plain area with a majority of Halpathis. The agriculturld The neighbourhood 'Police line' is bounded to labourers are more in this neighbourhood. There are the east by Silvassa-Yapi road to the west by the Ultan also some factory workers. Ultan Falia is a sloppy Falia to the north by the Pimparia Industrial Estate area with agricultural lands. The predominant com and to the south by Aradhana theatre on Silvassa munities are dhodia and the main occupation of the Vapi road. people is agriculture. The neighbourhood 'Medical Campus' is bounded Cultural, Religious and Social Activity in and outside to the east by Bhandar Falia Road to the west by the Neighbourhood Silvassa-kila vani main road, to the ;1orth by the Govt. servant's housing colony and to the south by Bhandari As regards cultural, religious and social activities Falia. in and outside the neighbourhood it was reported that the important festivals celebrated by Hindus are Holi, The neighbourhood 'Bhurkud Falia' is bounded to Navaratra, Ganesh Utsav, Diwali etc. Holi is celebrated the east by Tokar Khada, to the west by Daman Ganga in the month of March every year with much gaiety. It river, to the north by Naroli road and to the south by is marked by dancing to the tunes of drums and thro Kamli Falia. wing of colours. Navratra is celebrated with more en The neighbourhood 'Dubalwada' is bounded to the thusiasm and gaiety in and outside the neighbourhood. eMt by Silvassa-Yapi Road to the west by Ultan Falia During Navratra prayers are offered to Godess Am to the north by Amli village and to the south by Polic~ bamata, devotional songs are sung collectively and line. garba dance are performed to mark the celebration. All the festivals like Holi, Ganesh Utsav, Navratra, The neighbourhood 'Ultan falia' is bounded to Diwali, etc. are celebrated and participated by the the east by Police line to the west by the Daman Ganga Hindu communities irrespective of caste and creed. river, to the north by Pip aria Industrial Estate and to Alike Hindus, the Christians and Muslims also cele the south by Silvassa Naroli road. brate their common festivals with enthusiasm and much gaiety such as Christmas New, Year, Id-ul-Fitr, Main characteristics of Neighbourhood Id-ul-Zuha etc. The main characteristics of the neighbourhood are also studied with reference to landscape. ethnic In Zanda chowk the important religious festivals composition and occupation or main activity. The celebrated are Holi, Ganesh Utsav by the Hindus and details collected are given below : Id-ul-Fitr by the Muslim participated by all the residents of the neighbourhood. In Kamli Falia the important The neighbourhood of Zanda Chowk is a plain religious festivals celebrated and participated by all and congested area of tho town with a mixed population the residents of the neighbourhood are Holi and Diwali. of Hindus, christians and Muslims. Agriculture and There is also a special celebration by Dhodia community service are the main occupations. Kamli Falia is an called Diwassa (Day) which is celebrated after sowing uneven hilly area with predominance of dhodia com the seeds which generally falls on the last day of the munity. There are more agriculturists and casual month of Ashad (July). In Kilavani Naka the important labourers. The neigab;mrhood of Kilavani Naka is festivals celebrated are Holi and Navratra by the Hindus. plain area. It is a commercial area of the town with a mixed population of all communities. The main occu In Tokarkhada and Police line the important pations are business, industry, agriculture and service. festivals celebrated by the Hindus are Ganesh Utsav The ~eighbourhood To.karkhada is. an uneven sloppy and Navratra. While Ganesh Utsav is marked by area WIth ~elds. Ther~ .IS a predomInance of prajapati Ganesh Puja!offering Bhajan and Artis, during Navratra, an~ dhodla c~mmuU1t1e~. Pottery work, tailoring, prayers are offered to Godess Ambamat2 with garbha agrIculture, busmess, serVIce are the important occupa dance by the enthusiastic residents ofthe neighbourhood. tions of the people. Bhandarwada is a plain area with The Christians at Tokarkhada celebrate New Year a predominance of Bhandari community. Agriculture Day, Feast of St. Francis Xavier and Christmas. During and business are the main occupations. The neighbour these festivals mass prayers are being offered in the hood of Government Residential Colony is a plain churches. In Bhandarwada and Medical campus Nav area with a mixed population of Hindus, Christians ratra is reported to be an important festival celebrated and Muslims. The government officials are predominant by all the Hindus with gaiety and enthusiasm. In Govern in this neighbo~rhood. There are also some factory ment residential colony Janmastami and Navratra ~or~ers and busmessmen.f;The neighbourhood of Police are the important festivals c:;,lebrated by all the Hindus. hne IS ~n une~en area surr~>unded by agricultural fields. During Janmastami there is puja of Lord Krishna T~ere .IS a mD~:ed populatI<;>n with a predominance of performed by the individual households whereas during adivasis.. B?3Ides the pohce officials the people are Navratra prayers are offered to Godess Ambamata engag~d m dI~erent occupations like agriculture, manu and performance of garbha dance by the Gujarati com facturm~, busIUes~ and service. The Medical campus munity and ~thers. In Bh~rku~ F~lia th.e important IS a plam area WIth a predominance of Hindus. The religious festIval reported IS Dlwah. It IS celebrated i05 by the entire varli tribe in this neighbourhood. In Purchases of commodity in and outside neighbourhood Dubalwada Navratra is an important festival celebrated by Hindus and Id-ul-Fitr and Id-ul-Zuha by Muslims. The information on purchase of commodities in and outside the neighbourhood was also collected. The In Ultall Falia the important festivals celebrated interview~rs were asked to report from where they by the Hindus are Holi, Navratra and Diwali. made purchase3 of essential commodities of their day to-day ne~ds. This information was collected just to Apart from celebrating various religious festivalS have an Idea whether the e3sential commodities are within the neighbourhood by the individuals of different available to the residents within or outside the neigh religion, castes/communities it is reported that they bourhood or within or outside the town. It is observed are also participating in various religious and cultural that in most of the neighbourhoods the day-to-day activities outside the neighbourhood. Such festivals essential commoditie3 are available within the neigh included Ganesh Utsav organised by Police Department, bourhood itself. However, in case of few neighbour Sarswati MandaI & Shakti MandaI and other Hindu hoods like Police line, Bhurkud Falia, Masjid Falia communities. There is Navratra celebration organised and Ultan Falia the intervicVvers reported that the by Saarswati and Shakti Mandai, Government Higher purchases of essential commodities are made from Secondary School, Mahalaxmi Mandai and a private outside the neighbourhood. It is also observed that if club of Silvassa. Besides, Ramayana and Mahabharata the commodities are available within the neighbour vachan (recital) are also held for the devotees and hood, the residents made their purcha~e from within interested public by the Hindu community. The Jains the neighbourhood itself irrespective of their economic celebrate Parba Pachu Ghan. It is a week long celebra status. Silvassa is a small town. There is no big market tions organised by Jain community which include there. For major purchases people go to Vapi, Valsad bhajan and prayers to Adhi Eshwara and Bhagwan and Surat. Mahavir Swami. Educational facility It. is o~erve~ that the institutions for primary Holi Fair·· at Lavachha. education eXisted In most o~ the neighbourhoods ex People fr,)m this town also attend to the most cepting Kamli ~alia, Bhanda~wada, Medical campus popular Holi fair at Lavachha, a village in Gujarat and U1tan Faha. These neighbourhoods avail the state which lies in between Dadra and Nagar Haveli facility from outside the neighbourhood. Educational areas. There, they make lot of purchases and thus facilitie3 arc provided from primary upto higher secon there is certain amount of social interaction also. The dary level in Silvassa town. But, at degree level and fair is held on the Holi day i.e., on Phalgun Sud 15 above both at technical and non-technical there is not (in the month of March). There is a temple of Rameswar a single institution in the territory. There is an I. T.!. Mahadev constructed by the Maharaja of erstwhilee for technical courses in certificate run by the govern Dharampur state at the bank of river Damanganga. ment. For higher educational facility the nearest towns are Daman, Surat and Valsad. There is no authentic information regarding the year. of ori~n of the fair. But some people say that Medical Facility preVIOusly, It was a weekly bazaar (a few generations It is reported by majority 01' i.ldivlduals that ago) and then it developed into a sort of annual mela medical facility is available within the neighboruhood. gradually besides a weekly bazaar. Some people also Out of 50 interviewers, 42 have reported as availing say that the Maharaja of Dharampur was suffering the same from within the neighbourhood excepting from Leucoderma. He happened to come to this place Kamli Falia, Bhurkud Falia and Masjit Falia. These and washed his hands, face and feet, in a pool of water residents avail this facility adjacent to their neigh where there is a temple now. He recovered from th~ bourhood in Silvassa. There is a government Cottage disease. A temple was constructed by him and he used Hospital in Silvassa town and one family welfare to come to this place on the occasion of Holi. Since centre providing free medical treatment. Besides, then the people started gathering over there. About there are a few dispensaries run by the private practi a century ago it is said that the robbers set some of the tioners. Silvassa being a small town wherever the shops on fire and then started looting. Since the place medical facility exiRts it falls within an eatiY reach to of site was away from the main village, Police or other all the neighbourhoods. help could not reach there in time. Due to this reason it is said, the traders left the old site where there is ~ Recreational facility temple and started the bazaar on the road side near the village. Going to this fair is called yatra by the local Excepting few most of the lleighbourhoods have people of. Dadra & Nagar Haveli. People from all 011U or the other recreational fadlitv within their walks of lI~e, o! all ages, of all sections, adivasis mainly neighbourhoods. There are gro'.l;lds i'or Foot ball, and non adlvasls too and even the Government Officials Cricket and Volley ball. There is an iildoor stadium from the nei~hbouring places of Gujarat, Dadra & for indoor gam'~.; and a central library close to the Nagar Havell and Daman come to this place. Also governme!1t Nsidential colony. For entertainment number of shopkeepers dealing in utensils, textiles, there are two cinema theatres, O.lC close to the Police cutlery, sweets and other eatables, soft drinks etc., line and another near Kilavani Naka. There are three from Silvassa and other parts of Gujarat and Maha parks which provide recreational facility to the resident rashtra aro putting stall ~ in the fair and they make a of the town. ve;ry good business. CHAPTER VIII FAMILY LIFE IN THE TOWN Household by llulaber of members TABLE VIlI.2 The 1981 CeJ13 11S count recorded 1,31)5 households Distribution of households by nature:of relation of members to in Silvassa tOWIl whic:1 consisted of 6,914 persons. head of household and m.igration status of head of household The average size of the household was 5 ·3. The intensive 1985 Survey study cov~red 2;)0 hOllseholds in the sele~ted localities Number of households of the town. rhe'),~ 200 households comprised of 1 022 Nature ofrelation of member of where migration, status of persons with an av\:ra:ge of 5·1 persons per household. head of household head of household is The following tabJe VIII· 1 shows the composition of households by numb.;r of members and age of head Non- Migrant Total of households. migrant TABLE VIII.l 2 3 4 Distribution of lloll!>tholJs by nllmb~r of members and age of ll.::ad (If !Iouseliolils, 1985 Survey 1. Self 9 9 8 Age of head Number of households having members 2. Self, spouse 4 12 of households ---,_.•. ---- .. _.. _-- -~ .... ------"--- 3. Self, spouse, unmarried sons and 31 57 88 Sin- 2 3 4 5 6-7 8-9 10·12 13 Total daughters. gle 4. Self, spouse, married son aud 14 9 23 son's wife with or without un 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 married SOilS, and daughters. Below 20 1 1 .. 2 5. Self, spouse, married brother, 20-29 4 4 5 3 3 .. 1 20 brother's wife with/without ,., unmarried sons and daughters. 30-39 ~ 5 5 12 16 18 1 62 40--49 1 5 10 15 18 2 5 57 6. Self, spouse, married brother, 3 4 3 5 13 3 3 brother's wife, married son, 50-59 35 son's wife with/without unmar 60+ 3 5 2 3 7 24 ried sons or and daughters. ------~------7. Self (male), unmarried son/ 2 TOTAL 9 17 23 33 41 52 14 9 2 200 daughter. 8. Self (female), Unmarried son/ 4 6 10 ,Households of differ,lilt sizes comprising One to daughter. thirteen membm aJd ab.)Ve have been listed during 9. Self, spouse with or without un the survey. HJw~ver, a large number of households 'married son/daughter and c::mstitute m~dium size consisting of 5-7 members widowed father. (46·5 p;:r c~nt) followed by small size households 10. Self, spouse with or without un 4 8 consisti::lg of 1-4 member;; (41 ·0 per cent). The Jarge married son/daughter and widowed brother. size hous~hol:h consisting of 8-9 memb.;rs. 10-12 members and 13 a!ld eb0ve altogether cO!lstitute 12 ·50 II. Self (male), unmarried brother.! 3 3 sister. per cent of t:n~ total llumbc~· of surveyed households. The correla'jon betwee;). the age of the head of the 12. Others (39 types offamilies) 21 22 43 househ:Jld and tf-Jc 3ize of the family shows that a majority of the head of the households are in the age TOTAL 80 120 200 group 30-39 (31·0 pe;: cent) followed by 40-49 (28·5 per cent) and 50-59 (17.5 p0f cent) and generally most of the3e 110US1}holds cunstitute medium and There are in all 50 types of households by nature small size families consisting of 5-7 members and 1-4 of relation of members to head of household. It is members. The llOusdlOJds whose hl':'td belonged to seen from table VIII ·2 that 9 are single member house. the age group 60 T were 24 (12·0 per cent) and the holds which "r.:: migr;Pt'; h the town. There :i,re 12 maximun number of them. (7 households) bad 8-9 housholcls with their spouses only. Of these 8 are members and one hOHseholc1 each had 10-12 members migrant and 4 are non-migrant. However, the most and 13+ members. common type of households is the one where the head Nature of relation of mClilber5 to head of household lives with his/her spouse, unmarried sons and daugh ters. Such households number 88 a majority of whom Households in the tOV:il have lJeen classified i.e. 57 3.re migrant in the town. There are 23 house according to nature of relation of members to head of holds who have self, spouse, married son and son's household. The following hble Vm·2 shows the wife with or without unmarried sons and daughters distribution Df households by n;~tur0 of relation to and 14 of them are non-migrant. In respect of 17 house head of homehold Hnd their migration status with holds, the head of the households have no spouse. Of reference to place of last r~sidence of head of house them, 8 are headed by males and the remaining 9 are hold. headed by females. 106 107 'Types of households and correlates households 50 per cent are nuclear households. A The households are further classified according nuclear household is defined as a household consisting to its type which is again based on the nature of relation of a couple with or without unmarried children. Accord of the members to head of household. They are grouped ing to the present situation and condition it is an indi into 12 types. The definition of each type of family cation of the decaying traditional joint family system 1 s given in the Appendix at the end of the chapter. which is also applicable even to the small town of Silvassa. There are also other households having charac The distribution of household by religion of head of teristics of nuclear households but which include some household and by type is given in the following table: other lineal relatives which correlates with them. Such TABLE VIn,3 household number 20 and are included under lineal DIstribution of households by religion of head of household and type joint i.e. two couples between whom there is a lineal of household, 1985 Survey link. This link may be bet"vcen parents and married sons and sometimes it may be between parents and Number of households where married dau!Ihters. There are 13 suppl, mented nuclear, head of houst'hold belongs to 10 sub-nuclear and 9 single person households record Sl. Type of hou~ehold No. Hindu .lain Chri- Mus- Total ed during the survey. Besides, there are other types stian lim of households but their number is very small. 2 3 4 5 6 7 The distribution of households by religion shows that Hindus are a major religious community in the 1- Nuclear 84 10 5 100 town. Out of 200 households studied 84·0 per 2. Supplemented nuclear 10 2 13 cent belong to Hindu, 9.5 per cent l:do'~g to Christian, 3. Sub-nuclear . 8 2 10 5 ·5 per cent to Muslim, 1 0 pet cent to Jain. Out of 04. Single person 8 9 100 nuclear households 84 belong to Hil1dus. Similarly S. Supplemented sub-nuclear in respect of supplemented nuclear, sub-nuclear and lineal joint households etc. most of the households 6. Collateral joint 2 3 belong to Hindu. The tribes Varli and Dhodia alone 7. Supplemented collateral joint. 2 2 account for 20.2 and 17.9 per cent among Hindus. Nuclear households are found t.o be common among 8. Lineal joint . 19 20 Christians, Muslims and Jains. There are 10 nuclear 9. Supplemented Hnealjoint 1 households of Christian of whom 7 belong to roman 10. Lineal collateral joint 8 8 catholic. 11. Supplemented linearcolla- teral joint ' In order to know whether the types of family 12. Others. 27 5 2 34 have any relation with literacy and educational status ------of the head of the household, the data was further TOTAL 168 2 19 11 200 analysed with respect to educational standard of the -~--- head of the household. The following table shows the It is seen from the table VIII ·3 that nuclear house- educational level of the head of the household by holds are more common in the town. Out of 200 different types of households. TABLE VUI.4 Distribution of households by type and educational level of head of households 1985, Survey Number of households where educational level of head of household is Type of household --~---- Illiterate Below Primary Matric Diploma and Degree and Total Primary certificate above ------_ - - --- 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 --- 1. Nuclear 21 9 21 25 7 17 100 2. Supplemented nuclear 2 2 5 2 2 13 3. Sub-nuclear 7 2 10 4. Single-person 3 2 2 9 5. Supplemented sub-nuclear 6. Collateral joint 3 7. Supplemented collateral joint 2 8. Lineal joint . 15 2 2 20 9. Supplemented lineal joinl 1 10. Lineal collateral joint 3 2 2 8 11. Supplemented lineal collaleral joint 12. Others . 10 11 8 4 34 ------~--.-- TOTAL. 60 17 47 42 10 24 200 NOT! : For type of households, See Appendix after this Chapter. 108 It may be seen that 30·0 per cent of the head of of Dadra and Nagar Haveli, 34 from Gujarat state, the households are illiterate, 8·5 per cent are below 7 from Maharashtra state, 6 from Uttar Pradesh and primary, 23·5 per cent are primary level, 21 ·0 per one each from the states of Andhra Pradesh, Himachal cent are matriculates, 5·0 per cent are diploma and Pradesh, Kerala, Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan and one certificate holders and 12'0 per cent are graduates from Nepal. Out of 12 Christian households whose and above. The table VIII·4 reveals that among family members were staying outside the town, 5 head nuclear households 79·0 per cent are literates and of the households belong to Dadra and Nagar 'Haveli, 21 ·0 per cent are illiterates. It is also seen that about 3 from Kerala, 2 from Gujarat and one each from Goa, 70 per cent of the households under sub-nuclear and Daman and Diu and Maharashtra. All the 7 Muslim lineal joint are illiterates. households whose family members were staying outside belong to Gujarat state. The Jain household belongs Members staying outside, reasons and nature of Unk to Rajasthan. with the households It is obvious that some households will have their The distance of the place of last residence of the family members staying outside for various reasons. migrant households whose family members were It is revealed that out of 200 households covered by staying outside was also studied during the survey. the survey 122 households have their family members This gave an idea as how many are the natives of Silvassa staying outside for various reasons. 102 of them are town and in case of migrant households the maximum Hindu households, 12 are Christians, 7 are Muslims distance from where they have come to the town. and one is of Jain household. Of the 102 Hindu house_ The information collected is presented in the following holds whose family members were staying outside, table VIII·5 for head of households whose family 49 head of households are from the union territory mcmben are staying outside by religion. TABLE VJIJ. 5 Hoasebolds whose family member!! 'ltaylag outside by religion end dlstaooe of place oflest residence of bead of household, 1985 Survey. Religion Tof~l Number of hOl'sebolds whose f~milY members were staying outside by Number di~trJ1ce Of place of lasr Residence of head of household i. e. (km.) of house- Same SO or 51-100 101-200 201-500 500-; holds Town less 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ------"---~-- -_.. _-__ Hindu 102 30 33 10 11 !) 9 Jain Christilln 12 5 1 3 2 1 Muslim 7 2 3 •• 2 TOTAL 122 35 36 10 17 11 13 ---- It may be seen that 28·7 per cent of the house Tho households whose family members were holds whose close relations were staying outside are staying outside were studied with reference to their main activity also. It is revealed that out of 102 hindu the natives of Silvassa town and as much as 71 ·3 'households 95 head of households are workers and _per cent had their place of last residences at different the remaining 7 are non-workers, of the 12 Christian distances. The place of last residence is at a distance households 10 head of households are workers and 2 are non-workers. All the 7 muslim head of households of 200 kms. and less in respect of 37 ·7 per cent of the and one of Jain household are workers. households and it is more than 200 kms. in respect of 33·6 per cent of the households. In respect of 10·7 Th9 following table VIn·6 shows the differens occupations of head of households whose family membert per cent of the households the distance of place of last wore staying outside by religion of head of household. residence is even more than 500 kms. Tho table is s6lf explanatory. 109 TABLE vrn. 6 Occupational category of households whose members were staying outside by reUgion, 1985, Survey Religion Occupation with N.C.O. group Hindu Jain Christian Muslim 2 3 4 5 02 Architects, Engineers, Technologists and Surveyors 1 07 Physicians and Surgeons, (Allopathic, Dental and Veterinary surgeons) 2 08 Nursing and other Medical and Health Technicians 2 1 10 Mathematicians, statisticians and related workers 2 13 Social scientists and related workers 4 IS Teachers 10 2 21 Administrative and Executive officials, Govt and local bodies 1 22 Working proprietors, Directors and Managers, Wholesale and retail trade 1 24 Working proprietors, Directors and Managers mining construction, manufacturing and related concers ...... ••. 4 1 1 1 30 Clerical and other supervisors. 1 1 31 Village officials; . 1 32 Stenographers, Typists and card and tape punching operators 1 33 Book-keepers, cashiers and related workers 35 Clerical and related workers, n.e.c .. 9 2 40 Merchants and shop keepers, whole sale and Retail trade . 3 1 43 Salesmen, shop assistants and related workers . 2 50 Hotel and restaurant keepers . 2 52 Cooks, waiters, bartenders and related workers (Domestic and Institutional) 54 Building caretakers, sweepers, cleaners and related workers .. 2 57 Protective service workers 4 61 Cultivators. 5 1 63 Agriculturallabourers 4 64 Plantation labourers and related workers 1 68 Fishermen and related workers 1 74 Chemical processors and related workers 3 75 Spinners, weavers, kniters, dyers and related workers 2 1 79 Tailors, dress makers, sewers, upholsterers and related workers. 1 81 Carpenters, cabinet and related wood workers 2 83 Blacksmiths, toolmakers and Machine tool operators 84 Machinery fitters, Machine Assemblers and Precission instrument makers «Except Electrical) 1 85 Electrical Fitters and related electrical and electronic workers 2 9S Bricklayers and other construction workers 3 98 Transport Equipment operators 4 1 98 Labourers n.e.c. 4 Non-workers 7 2 TOTAL 102 12 7 It may be interesting to know the number of holds. The following table VIII·7 presents data by members staying outside and their relationship with occupational category of head of households and the head of households. The relationship is studied with nature of relation of members who were staying outside reference to the economic activity of the head of house- to the head of households. 17-338 R.O. India/88 110 TABLB VIll.7 particulars of persons stayiug outside by occupation of bead of household and nature of relation with head of household, 1985, Survey Total Number of members who were staying outside number as related to head of household as Occupation of head of household of house Father Mother Son Daughter Brother Sister Wife Hus- Husbands, holds band mother 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 0-I-Professional, Technical and related workers 24 13 18 11 1 2-Administrative, executive and managerial workers 15 7 12 2 7 10 7 2 3-C1erical and related workers 22 8 13 8 4 5 4 2 4-Sales worker 6 5 5 4 5-Farmers, Fishermen, hunters;. loggers and related workers . 9 4 7 2 1 1 6-Service workers 12 1 5 13 3 1 1 7-8-9- Production and related workers, transport equipment operators and labourers 25 15 20 5 3 20 9 2 x workers not classified by occupation 9 7 2 3 TOTAL 122 53 80 41 17 49 25 7 5 As may as 278 family members in 122 households (6 .] per cent) as daughters. It may also be seen that were staying outside the town. It may be seen from in case of 12 households the spouses of head of house- the table VIII ·7 that a large number i.e. 80 (28. 8 per holds are staying outside the town. The age groups cent) are related to head as 'mothers' followed by of these members and their educational standard is 53 (19'1 per cent) as 'fathers' and 49 (17'6 per cent) as 'brothers'. There are 41 (14'8 per cent) related to given in the following tables VIII·8 and VIII·9 which head as 'sons', 25 (9'0 per cent) as 'sisters' and 17 are self explanatory. TABLE VIll. 8 Number of family members staying outside by age and relation to head of household, 1985, Surevey Age group Number of members staying outside who are related to head of household as Father Mother Son Daughter Brother Sister Wife Husband Husband's mother 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0-9 2 6 1 10-14 3 3 4 1 15-24 12 7 31 15 25-34 11 11 4 3 2 35-59 15 37 15 3 2 60+ 38 43 2 TOTAL 53 80 41 17 49 25 7 5 TABLE VIII. 9 ~ l11ier o· raillily m~:n'ler~ }t'lying outside by educational level and relation to head of household, 1985, Survey Educational level Father Mother Son Daughter Brother Sister Wife Husband Husband's Mother 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Illiterate 15 51 9 3 4 5 3 2 Literate without educatio nallevel Below Primary 7 11 4 4 1 2 Primary 22 17 14 5 13 9 Matric 8 1 8 3 18 4 Diploma or certificate 1 3 2 Degree and above 5 2 10 5 TOTAL 53 80 41 17 49 25 7 5 111 The main activity of the family members staying (4) and wives (4). 70 members (45'2 per cent) are outside was also studied. It is observed that out of dependents and their relationship to head is fathers 278 members from the 122 head of households who (24), mothers (38), 2 each are related as daughters, were staying outside the town, 155 persons (55'8 sisters/brothers and one each as son and husband's per cent) are non-workers and 123 (44'2 per cent) mother. There are 4(2'6 per cent) pensioners who are workers. Of the non-working members, 42 (27 ·1 are related as 'fathers'. The family members staying per cent) are students. These are related to head as outside by nature of occupation and relationship with sons (8), daughters (12), sisters (12) and brothers with the head of households is given in the following (10). The main activity of 39 members (25 ·2 per cent) table VIII ,10. The table speaks for itself. is household duty. These include mothers (31), sisters TABLE VIII. 10 Number of fatllily m~!l1bers staying outside by nature of occupation and relationship with head of household, 1985 Survey Occupation (NCO) Number of family members staying outside who are related to head as ------~------Father Mother Son Daughter Brother Sister Wife Husband 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 O-l-Professional, technical and related workers 4 1 4 2 3 2 1 2-Administrative, Executive and Managerial Workers 1 1 3-CJerical and related workers . 3 3 3 1 4-Sales workers 1 5 7 5-Farmers, Fishermen, hunters, logg- ers and related workers. 1 2 4 1 6-Service workers 14 5 2 7 1 1 7 -8-9-Production and related workers,: transport equipment operators and labourers 5 1 14 3 14 2 2 X Workers not classified by occupation 1 -~------TOTAL 25 11 32 3 35 9 3 5 ------Besides the main activity of non-working family PeriOd 1-4 years members who are staying outside it is also enquire.d 64 members are staying outside for a period of whether any of them is seeking employment. It IS 1-4 years. They are related to head as fathers(13), reported by four households that four membllrs who mothers (18), sons (12), daughters (2), brothers (12). are staying outside are seeking employment. The sisters (4), wives (2) and husband (1). The reasons for relationship of 2 members to bead of household is their staying outside is attributed to employment brother one of whom is a diploma holder in pharmacy followed by native place or permanent residence and another is an VIIIth Standard pass, one of them is staying in rural area of the union territory and another Period 5-9 years in the town itself. The remaining 2 members are related as sisters, one is staying in the urban area of Gujarat 74 Lmily members of households are staying State and another in the urban area of Kerala state outsiue for a period 5-9 years. A majority of them and both of them are matriculates. are stilying outside because it is their native place or permanent residence followed by employment of self or other family members. These members are related Lellgth of stay and reason for staying outside> to head uS fathers (11), mothers (22), sons (12), dau It would be worthwhile to study the length of time ghtl;.';rs (5), brothers (11), sisters (1 i) and wives (2). of the members who are staying outside and the reason Period 10-19 years for their staying outside. There are 81 members who are staying outside Period less than one year the town for 10-19 years. They are related to head as fathers (18), mothers (27), sons (6), daughters (2) 32 persons are staying outside for a period less brothers (19), sisters (8) and husband (1). A larg~ than one year. These members include fathers(3), number of them are staying outside due to employment mothers(5), sons(7), daughters(7), brothers (4), sister and accommodation problems. (1) wives (3), husband (1) and housband's mother (1). Majority of them are staying outside either due Period of 20 years and more to self employment or employment of other family In ~his peri~d of 20 years and above 27 members members. are staYlllg outslde the town. They are related to hoad 112 as fatber~ (8), mothers (8), sons (4), daughter (1), sons in Gujarat (Vapi, Rajkot aud Thao.sa). One brother., (3), sister (1) and husbands (2). Employment each received Rs. 7200 and Rs. 700 during the year is the main reason for their staying outside. from their husband in Goa, Daman and Diu (Daman) and Maharashtra (Bombay). There are ~ households RemittaBces who reported their close kins staying in GUlf countries. Of them one household received Rs. 5000 from his The particulars regarding the remittances received son in Dubai and another 2 received an average by the head of the households from their close kins amount of Rs. 12,000 from husband and son who staying outside so also the remittances made by the are staying in Saudi Arabia. One hvusehold head of the households to their non-working family received Rs. 3000 during the year from his mother in members staying outside were also collected during Maharashtra State. the survey. Like the households which receive remittances from It is observed that only 13 households receive their close kins who are staying outside, the remittances remittances from their family members who are staying are also sent oy the head of households to their non outside. Of them 12 head of households belong to working members who are staying outside. The non the union territory of Dadra and Nagar Haveli and working family members numbered 155. It is observed one is from the state of Maharashtra. Of the 12 house that 63 households sent money to 94 non-working holds, 2 received an average amount of Rs. 620 during members staying in different places. These relations the year from their sons who stay in the same town included mostly the dependent mothers, fathers. but in a separate hous~hold, another 2 received an There are also other relations like sons, daughters, average amount of Rs. 3800 during the year from their brothers, sisters, wives etc. which are few in number. sons who stay in the rural areas of the union territory The particulars collected in respect of remittances send (village dudhani and Khanvel). There are 3 houstl J by the households to absentee non-working family holds who received an amount of Rs. 2200 from their members are presented in the following table VIII '11 TABLE Vill. 11 Remittances sent by households to absentee non-working family members classified by nature of relationship with head of household 1985, Survey. Average amount sent by each household to non-working Number of members whose activity is (in Rs.) Relationship with head of household as Number of absentee non· households working Full time Household Dependent Retired members student Duty 1 .2 3 4 5 6 7 Father. 21 21 1,023 1,200 Mother 44 44 688 1,166 Soil 4 5 2,228 DalJlhter 3 7 6,827 Brother 5 5 1,463 1,000 SiJatt 7 8 700 1,925 Wife 3 3 1,573 Husband's mother. 1 400 -~ TOTAL 88 94 11218 4186 3589 1200 Note:-Actual households are 63 but 25 are those who have been counted twice or more due to different absentee kins. to whom they sent money separately. It it seen that among the various relations to whom purpose and 2 households sent an average amount the head of the households sent remittances included of Rs. 1925 to their sisters doing household duties. father, mother, sons, daughter, brother, sister, wife 3 households sent an average amount of Rs. 1573 etc. However, a large number of them are related to to their wives doing household duties and one house head as mother and father. It may be of interest to hold sent Rs. 400 to her mother-in-law. nO,te that 4 head of households sent an average amount of Rs.. 2228 to their sons and 7 households sent an Appendix Type of Household average amount of Rs. 6827 during the year to their 1. Nuclear family : a couple with or without duaghters for purpose of education. Out of 5 house unmarried children. holds, 4 sent an average amount of Rs. 1463 to their brothers for educational purposes and one household 2. Supplemented nuclear Family : a nuclear sent Rs. 1000 to his dependent brother. 7 head of family plus one or more unmarried, seperated, households sent remittances to their sisters. 5 house or widowed relatives of the parents, other holds SQIlt an average amount of Rs. 700 for educational than their unmarried children. 113 :t SubDuclear family : a fragment of a formor 8. Lineal Joint family ; two couples between nuclear family. Typical examples are the whom there is a lineal link, usually between widow with unmarried children, . or the parents and married son, sometimes bet widower with unmarried children, or Siblings ween parents and married daughter. whether unmarried, or widowed, separated, or divorced-living together. 9. Supplemented lineal joint family : a lineal joint family plus unmarried, divorced, or 4. Singie-person household. widowed relatives who do not belong to 5. Supplemented sub-nuclear; a group of relatives either of the lineally linked nuckar families, members of a formerly complete nuclear for example, the father's widower brother family, plus some other unmarried, divorced, or the son's wife's unmarried brother. or widowed relative who was not a member H). Lineal-coUatend joint family : three or more of the nuclear family. For example, a widow couples linked lineally and collaterally. Typi and her unmarried children plus her widowed cally, parellts and their two or more married mother-in-law. sons, plus the unmarried children of the 6. Collateral joint family ; two or more married three or more couples. couples between whom there IS a sibling bond-usually a brother-brother relationship 11. Supplemented Jineal-colJateral joint family : -plus unmarried children. a lineal collateral joint family plus unmarried, widowed, separated relatives who belong 7. Supplemented collateral joint family ; a col to none of the nuclear families lineally and lateral joint family plus unmarried, divorced, collaterally linked, for example, the father's or widowoo t HOUSING ~D MATERIAL CULTURE This chapter deals with the housing condition hold. These details were collected in the household and material culture which relates to structural details schedules. The distribution of households selected like the material used in construction, the size of was 36 in commercial area, 48 in Developi ng area, houses in terms of number of rooms, ownership of 55 in Ethnic group area, 39 in Govt. residential colony house and the amenities and facilities which a housef and 22 in the Sub-urban pocket. hold enjoys. It also throws light on the standard 0 The following table IX'l presents data on the living of household in terms of furniture in use, type relation of houses with adjoining house with reference of utensils and luxury.· goods in possession of the house- to compound, floor etc. by locality. TABLE IX. 1 Position of houses of selected households with reference to Compound, floor etc. by locality, 1985, Survey Number of separate Number of houses Number of houses Number of Number of houses which are flats which are floors Locality houses households in multi-flat in multi-floor studied With com Without housing unit housing unit pound compound 2 3 4 5 6 7 Commercial Area . 36 36 6 30 Developing Area 48 48 6 31 11 Ethnic Group Area 55 55 1 54 Government Colony 39 39 3 34 2 Sub-urban Pocket . 22 22 19 1 2 TOTAL 200 200 16 168 3 13 It may be seen that houses are categorised into but without compound. In the Developing area this four groups viz. separate houses with compound and proportion is 64'6 per cent only. It is also observed without compound, houses which are flats in multi that separate houses with compound are very few in fiats housing unit and houses which are floors in multi number which are mostly found in the Commercial floors housing unit. Out of 200 sample houses studied area and Developing area. Multi-flats and multi in five localities 16 houses (8·0 per cent) are separate floors housing units are also few in the town and they houses with compound, 168 houses (84'0 per cent) are located in the Developing area and in the Govern are independent houses but without compound, 3 ment residential colony. Such type of buildings found houses (1 ·5 per cent) are flats in multi-flats housing in the town are constructed by the union territory units and 13 houses (6·5 per cent) consist of floors government for accommodating the government in multi-floors housing units. However, it is seen that officials. a large number of houses are separate houses without compound. This picture holds good in case of four Floor position of houses surveyed localities, (excepting Developing area) wherein 83·3 The following table IX'2 shows the position of per cent to 98 ·2 per cent houses are independent houses houses of selected households with reference to floor. 114 115 TABLE IX. 2 PositioB of houses of selected households with reference to Hoor by locality. 1985 Survey Number of households whose houses are in Problem be- Number of Floor in the cause of the Number of Locality house· building Ground 1st 2nd 3rd position with households holds floor floor floor floor reference to floor 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Commercial Area 36 One 36 Developing Area 48 One 37 Two 5 1 Three 1 3 Ethnic Group Area 55 One 55 Government Colony 39 One 39 ub-Urban Pocket 22 One 20 Two 1 1 Total 200 One 187 Two 6 2 Three 1 3 1 Four Five and above TOTAL 200 194 S It may be seen that 187 houses. (93'5 per cent) Vicinity and Ventilation consist of only ground gOOf, 8 houses (4'0 per cent) The households did not report any problems have two floors and 5 houses (2·5 per cent) consist of regarding vicinity, ventilation of floor space. three floors in them. There is not a single building in Predominant Material used in Construction of Houses the town with four storeys and more. The storeyed Data on predominant material used in construe building are reported from two localities only viz. tion of roof, wall, floor, ceiling, doors and window Developing area and Sub-urban packet. There are was also collected during the survey. The 1981 Censu 8 houses living in two storeyed buildings, of them 6 listed 1277 households in Silvass a town during th h census enumeration. The following table IX·3 show are occupying ground floor and 2 first fioor. In tree the percentage distribution of census houses by pre- storeyed buildings out of 5 houses hold 3 are occupying dominant material of roof, wall and floor according first floor and one each ground floor and second floor. to 1981 Census. TABLE IX. 3 Percentage distribution of households by predominant materials of roof, wall and floor, 1981 Census Material of roof Total number of Grass, leaves, reeds, Tiles Corrugated Asbestos Bricks, stone Stone Concrete All other material households Thatch, Wood, slate iron, zinc or cement and lime RBCjRCC and material not mud. unburnt shingle other metal sheets stated bricks & bamboo sheets • 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1277 7.6 28.6 4.5 9.2 10.2 39.9 Material of wall Total Number of Grass, leaves, Mud Unburnt Wood Burnt G .1. Sheets or Stone Cement All other mate- households reeds or bricks bricks other metal concrete rial and material bamboo sheets not stated 1.0 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1277 46.2 2.0 0.6 2.0 39.7 0.3 4.0 5.2 Material of floor Total number'of :~ ---- households >. Mud Wood/planks Bamboo or Bricks, stone Cement Mosaic Others and mate- logs and lime Tiles rial not stated ---_ .. 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 1277 56.5 0.5 0.2 5.5 15.7 20.6 1.0 116 I ; I . Ii '" I~ ...... r \D Q I o·_ ~ ...... , ...... 1<) "" '" 'OIZi:l:e - I J:;l '0 I 'i I g '" 15 I ot4l~.s~ 100 M ~ ...,. •t'l M - t.1 ...... I M ~j~ Ij - I J I '0 "dO 0 ~ I ~ c e .;::'a 8]1 .... I ~"'~ - ...... II'> 00 00 00 oe 1 to- .B I-~ ...... M 0.... C N .... to- N to- 'oj.g] ...,. tr) I f ~:S ~ M N N to- 1 '" ::I I 8 - l' I , lj~ ....0 M 0\ I N.... l§':o 1$== I bO =C 0\ N =l£a! as 00 II'> M N 1 8 ...,. ~ ~ - N aSj"'Q)J ...,...... 'a -0 '" "'" I = .8 S ~ E-o 1 ._§ t «III 8 '" :5 ~ I .s I,;, "21'8 ~ I M ...... ,. E-o N \D .... N M ...,. 00 to- a t- 1 ~l~ ...... 1:1 f~ 1 ! ts 1 0 1 SI 1 r; .... 's0 0 M <'l '0 I' - II'> I a II'> M \C M £ j __ ~ til ~ \C "'" l~ 0 1 .~ s::: ;... CI) - .= ~ f ...,. ~ .... N \0 N ... El- 1 §~~~ M"" I {.)t>~~ I - = \0 oe 0\ N \D e al~ II'> ,....; ...,. -= j , .... til t- o "C .~ ja 0\ .... 0 to- M r ,....; ~ 8 is 1 ~ ~Bll - 1 ::: '0 I <.> .=::I -tl.;oe I l~g;.:: ...,. I i: 'j e"2 =0 ~-;a8 N M .!I I .;:: ~"d 1 ~ ... o ... ,..1:1'0 .. ... Q I~ = -"as 1 8 ",.!: g (5 e ~ 1 as I 6 bO'N I .... 0\ oe N N .... 1 0 1 l"d M "" o 0 I) '" 1 \0 ~o"Q t- <:> \0 to- N -= ,....; N M'" ...,. I~ 1 ~ f:;--a:! oS·_ ...... M.... 's "'..c:: I 1- \0 00 II'> 0\ N 0 '" ...,. .,., ('1') 18 N M "" 1M \0 I~ s \0 M ~ II'> 0\ M !r II'> M N IE-o 1~ - 1~ I I . >. .J as >. 0 .... as as 0 CI) as ~ In th" case of roof the predominant material able increase in the tiled roof houses and the houses used was 'not clearly described in case of a large number with asbestos cement sheet roof. In three localities viz. of houses (39·9 per cent). However, 28'6 per cent Commercial area, Ethnic group area and Sub-urban houses were covered by tiles, RBCjRCC roofs were pockets about 75 per cent houses are covered by tiles reported only in case of 10·2 per cent houses. As In Developing area 47·9 per cent hav{' reported tiles for w lIl, grass, leaves, reeds or bamboo were the followed by concrete RBCjRCC (29'2 per cent) and main materials in construction for about 46·2 per asbestos cement sheets (20'0 per cent). Whereas in cent houses foJlowed by burnt bricks (39·7 per cent). Government colony 43 ·6 p:!r cent are covered by as Cement concrete walls were foulld only in case of bestos cement sheets, 41'0 per cent by tiles and 15.4 4·0 per cent houses. There was not a single house per cent by concrete RBCfRCC. with stone walls. fn case of aoor, mud was reported as the main material in a large number of houses Cejling (56'5 per ceilt) followed by mosaic tiles (20·6 per 23 houses (11 ·5 per cent) out of 200 have reported cent) and cement (15'7 per cent). The data collected ceiling, 8.5 per cent hOUliiell have reported to have used on house type showed that most of the houses in the wood for ceiling. Asbestos cement sheets, hardboard town were kuscha houses. If any changes have taken and even gunny bags are u~ed for ceiling in the remai place in the housing conditions after the 1981 census, ning houses. Wood ceilings are reported from Deve the survey data cdlected on 200 sample households oping area, Ethnic group area and Government col in 1985 would throw some light. The following tablt." ony. shows the distribution of 200 sample households by predominant material of floor, wall and roof. Doors ad window. Floor Wood and wood in combination with steel is the common material used in the manufacture of door The main material used for floor is mud followed and windows. 40'5 per cent homes reported only wood by c~m~nt CO'1crete mi'(ture and mosaic tiles. Out and 38·0 per cent wood in combination with steel of 200 houses 102 (51 ·0 pel' cl~nt) have mud floor, 46 Wood, bamboo and sticks are alia Willed in case of 16'0 (23 '0 p~r cent). Cement and 40 (20'0 p~l'C ~ It) have used ptr cent houses. In Ethnic group area and Sub~urban mosaic tiles. The cN?esponding po:rcentages in 1981 pocket mOfe than 68 p:!r cent have r.:ported only wood census were 56 '5, 15·7 and 20·6. The imp:ovem.::nt in making doors and windows, followed by wood and shown in floor material is that cement is gradually re ~teel. While in Developing area and Government colony placing a mud and brick: and 5tone & lim~. Houses more than 64 per cent have used ",ood and steel fol with mud floor are repol·ted more from three localties lowed by wood. Whereas in the Commercial area 72 ·2 viz, Sub-urban p:)cket (81 ·8 p~r cent), Ethnic /!roup per cent have reported wood, bamboo and sticks fol area (70.9 p:or cent) and Commercial area (63'9 per lowed by wood, steel and glass for 27 ·8 per cent. cent). While in Dev~loping area, propo:'tion of houses with cement floor is 37·5 per cent, m"saic tiles 27'1 Number of members and number of rOOIlll per cent and mud 22·9 pc" c,mt. whereas in Govern ment cnlony there are mf)re hOJses with mosaic tiles It is revealed that the 200 households consIstIng (35·9 per cent) follow~d by cement (30·8 per cent) of 1.022 persons (546 males and 476 females) have in and mud (28·2 per cent). all 377 rooms to live in. The average size of the house hold is 5.1. The average number of l'ooms available to Wall a household works out to about 2. The 1981 Census In the case of wall, burnt bricb is revealed to be data too revealed more or lc~s the same picture. In a predominant material used in the construction follo order to have a clear picture of the housing accommo wed by grass, leaves, reeds or bamboo. 107 hous~s dation and the size of the houses, the households have (53 ·5 per cent) out of 200 sample houses have walls of been cIas<;ified into five categories according to the burnt bricks and 70 (35 '0 per cent) of grass, leaves, reeds number of rooms at th~ir disposal~viz., household with, or bamboo. The corresponding proportions in 1981 I-room, 2-rooms, 3-rooms, 4-room~ and 5-rooms and were 39·7 and 46'2 per cents. Mud walls are reported above. The following table IX. 5 presents the same data in case of 12 houses (6'0 per cent). Burnt bricks are more for each locality lleparately. common in use in Developing alea (79'2 per cent) and Government colony (71 ·8 per c,~nt) whereas grass, It is ~cen from table IX. 8 that 84 houesholds (42.0 leaves, r: eds or bamboo walls are reported more from per cent) are occupying single-room houses, 79 house Sub-urban pocket (63 ·6 pel' cent), bthnic gl'oup area holds (39.5 per cent) 2-room houses, 24 households (54·5 p.~r cent) ani Commercia! area (50'0 p~r cent) (12.0 pcr cent) 3-room houses, 9 households (4.5 per followed by burnt bricks whose proportion range cent) 4-room houses and 4 households (2.0 per cent are between 33 to 42 per cent. occupying houses with 5-rooms and above. The cor responding proportions in 1981 were 47 '8, 30.8, l3.3, Roof 3·6 and 1·9 per cents respectively. Generally, houses In the case of roof, tiles are found to be more com with 1-2 rooms can be considered as small size houses, mon in use. 122 houses (61 ·0 per cent) have tiled roofs 3-4 rooms as medium size houses and those with five as ~gainst 28 ·6 p~r cent in 1981 cl~nsus. Asbestos ce rooms and above as large i>ize housei. It i~ observed ment sh~ets are re l)orted in the c 'Se of 46 houses (23'0 that a maximum number of households in the town are per cent) IS 19~i~st 9·2 p::r cent in 1981. And. reinforced occupying small size houses. They altogether constitute brick/con.:;rete/fcmcorced c~m~nt Goncrete IS r,~ported 81· 5 per cent of the total households cOl"ered. The aVera n th~ Clse of 25 ho:n~s (12'5 p~r cent) as a.g~inst ge size of the households in each category and the /0'2 per cent in 1981. There appears to be a cOllsider- number of persons per room Viorb out as under : 18-338 R. G. India/ND/88 118 I 10 I 0\ - 1 ~ 00..... 1 v I..... 00...... N \l:) t- 10 ...... <'l :S 18 ..... 0\ ::10 '" 00 iJ:: ... v..... 00 00 11">..... ;$ .....<'l 00 o..... r:t I ~ ...... N 1 ~ o o 00 N ..... <'l \Q ..... 1 ~ ... 00 0\ \0 ..... N ...... ~ ..... 10 \Q ..... ~... \Q \Q V> ;:;l v ...... o '"V> \ : ~ 0\ .....<'l ! 1o o 119 TABLE IX. 6 2-room houses and it is quite comfortable in 3-room, 4- Average size of h()useholds and number of persons room and 5-room houses. In Commercial area, Ethnic per room in different households by number of group area and Sub-urban pocket 49 to i8 per cent rooms~1985 Survey households live in single room houses and 22 to 35 per cent in 2-room houses. Wher<.:as in Developing area All Households with and Government colony 41 to 58 per cent occupy 2-room C~te- houses, 25 to 31 per cent Single room houses and 13 to gories I-room 2-rooms 3-rooms 4-rooms 5-rooms and more 23 per cent 3-room housf;s. The houses"with 4 rooms and 5-rooills are few in number. The largest size house found 2 3 4 5 6 in the sample consists of 6 rooms and is located in Eth nic group area. It is occupied by three female members. Average size of the The position of the availability of rooms was also household 5.1 4.9 4.8 5.8 7.4 6.8 studied with reference to number of married couples Number of living with or without other members aged five and persons above. The following table IX. 7 presents data for hou per room 2.7 4.9 2.4 1.9 1.9 1.3 seholds classified by number of married couples with other members aged 5 and above and without other The picture revealed is that of max~~um. overcro~ members aged 5 and above and the number of roomli ding in single-room houses and the pOSItion IS bett~r lil occupied by them. TABLE IX. 7 Households classified by number of married couples without other members aged 5 and above with other members aged 5 and above and number of rooms occupied by them, 1985, Survey , Total Total Households oc- Households oc- Households oc- Households oc- Households oc- number number cupying one cupying two cupying three cupying four cupying 5 & Classification of households of of room rooms rooms rooms more rooms house- mem------holds bers No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of house- mem- house- mem- house- mem- house- mem- house- mem holds bers holds bers holds bers holds bers holds bers ------2 3 4 S 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 One Married Coupl~ (a) Without other mem bers agedS & above . 18 36 9 18 9 18 •• (b) With other members aged S and above 113 533 47 224 45 206 17 80 3 17 6 Two Married Couple- (a) Without other mem bersagedSandabove 4 1 4 (b) With other members aged S and above 26 174 8 56 11 71 3 20 4 27 Three Married Couples - (a) Without other mem bers aged S and above 6 .. 6 (b) With other members aged S and above 6 SS 2 18 2 15 11 11 Four Married Couples (a) Without other mem bersaged5 and above ...... (b) With other members aged 5 and above 2 22 1 9 13 Others. 33 104 18 46 10 29 3 22 2 7 TOTAL 200 934 85 366 78 348 24 133 9 61 4 26 The classification of the households by number of beiides one married couple in each. In this category a married couples reveals that 167 out of 200 hou&eholdlO l~rge number i.e.:47 households with 224 members occupy (83 ·5 p~rcent) are having married couples with or with SIngle room houses and 45 households with 206 members out other members aged 5 and above. There are 131 occupy 2-room houst-s. 17 households with 80 members households (65.5 per cent) which are having only on occupy 3-room houses. The remaining 4 households married couple. Of them tile head of 18 households occupy 4+room houses. The picture revealed is that of have only spouse and 50 per cent each occupy single maximum overcrowding in single room houseli with room and 2-room houses. The remaining 113 with 533 one married coupled with other membels aged 5 members have also other members aged 5 and above and above. 120 ln the case of two malfied couples there are 27 In the fourth category of four married couples hou~eholds consisting 178 persons. Of them one house thtre are only two households consisting of 22 persollt hold with 4 members do not have any member aged 5 while one household with 9 members occupy ;l small and above. This household occupying a single-room houst; with 2-room another one with 13 members house. The remaining 26 lhouseholds consisting of 174 occupy a large size house consisting of 5 +rooms. members have with them other members aged 5 and There are 33 houscholus with 104 members in which above. The largest number, i.e.1! consisting of 71 mem thert: are no marrIed couples. A majorIty of them occupy bers occupy 2-room houses and 8 with 56 members are single-room and 2-1'00111 hous(s with a room person ratio living in single-room houses. The room person ratio of 3 (2 '6) and 1 (1 '5) respectively. in case of household occupying 3-room and 4-room houses works out to 2. The picture presented is again of overcrOWding in single room houses and much better Floor space in 3-room and 4-room houses. The position of per capita floor space available In the third category of three married couples to the h·,)useholds was a]so as<;essed br 200 households there are 7 households of whom one household consis cowred under the survey. The total floor area of tte ting of 6 members do not have any member aged 5 and housing units of the 200 households surveyed works above and occupies 4-room house. There is an inde out to 7056 sq. metres. The average per capIta floor p<.ndent room for each couple to share. The remain space available to each hOUSt-hold is 3:5 .28 sq. metres. ng 6 households cons;sting of 55 members have also In order to examine further, the availability of minimum other members aged 5 and above. Of them 2 households and maximum p~r capita floor space to each house each consisting of 18 and 15 members live in single hold, the households have been classified according room and 2-room houses respectively. The room person to the availability of per capita floor-space in the fol ratio for households occupying single-room houses works lowing cate.gories viz. 6-9 sq. mttres, 10-15 sq. metres out to 9 which is the highest and in case of 2-room houses and 16 sq. metres and above as there has not a single it is 4. There is one household each consisting of 11 households reported less than 6 sq. metres per capita members each occupying 3-room and 4-room houses floor area. The following table presents the data by lo with a room person ratio of 4 and 3 respectively. calitIes covered under the survey. TABLE IX·8 Households classified by locality and per capita floor Space, 1985 survey Households Per capita floor space Locjl.lity Total Number 1 or less sq. 2-3 sq. 4-5 sq. 6-9 sq. 10~-15 sq. 16 sq. number of metre metres metres metres metres metres or of mem- more house- bers ----~ ------holds No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of house- mem- house- mem- house- mem- house- mem- house- mem- house- mem- holds bers holds bers holds bers holds bers holds bers holds ber~ ..,.. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Commercial Area . 36 205 10 52 26 153 Developing. Area . 48 230. 4 17 44 213 Etlmic Gropp Area 55 275 3 15 8 34 44 226 Government Colony 39 177 9 28 30 149 Suburban l'ocket • 22 135. , 3 12 19 123 ------TOTAL 200 1022 3 15 34 143 163 864 It may be seen that the lowest floor space of 6-9 sq' Amenities metres has been reported by 3 households from Ethnic group Axea. However, in all the localities, a large num Amenities like separaie kitchen, separate bathroom ber of households live in housing units with 16 sq. me tres and above per capita floor space As much as 81.8 lavatory, water for drinking and washing, electrification per cent of 200 households occupy 16 sq. metres and etc. are som.: of the essential amenities required in any above floor space The proportion av?iling this area housin,g unit for a better living conditon. The presence ranges between 72 to 87 p~r cent in commercial ar.:'a, of such amenities in th,~ housing unit also provides the Ethnic group A,c'a, Government colony and Sub urban pock<;:t. In D.;v:loping Area it is more than 90 p:r cent. !)<1sis foe' d.::cijing the; b,andura of li\-jng :'f a particuiar The hous~holds o.;:.;upying such units have normal family householu. Th:.: folJOw;ng tabk IX. 9 throws light on size cOllSisting of 5 to 6 members. this aspect for the selected households by locality. 12f TAl'!LE IX'9 AYailability gf ameltities by locality, 1985 Survey ._---- Locality Total Availability Amenities and availability number of Kitchen Bath Lavatory Source of Water Eleet- house- room drinking for rieity holds water w:Jshing r 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Commercial Area 36 (a) Not ha~lng . 23 22 11 (b) Having Separately 36 11 8 8 8 16 (c) Shares with other households 2 6 28 28 9 Developing Area 48 (a) Not having. 11 11 4 (b) Having separately 48 37 32 33 33 39 (c) Shares with other households 5 15 15 5 Ethnic Group Area 55 (a) Not having. 41 39 10 (b) Having Separately 55 12 4 10 9 40 (c) Shares with other households 2 12 45 46 5 Government Colony 39 (a) Not having • 9 10 (b) Having separately 39 29 25 26 26 32 (c) Shares with other households 1 4 13 13 6 Subupban Pocket 22 (a) Not having. 22 17 11 (b) Having separately 22 4 3 2 10 (c) Shares with other households 18 20 1 All Area 200 (a) Not having • 106 99 37 (b) Having separately 200 89 73 80 78 137 (c) Shares with other households 5 28 119 122 26 Kitchen Government colony 64 to 67 per cent are having the facility in the housing unit. 23 to 26 per cent do not have It IDlY a~ ,,~~n th it th,~ facility of an independent the facility at all and the others have to share it with kitchen in the house is enjoyed by all the households in others. In Ethnic group 70.9 per cent do not have the each locality. . acility at all and 21.8 per cent have to share it with Bathroom thers, Only 7 ·3 per cent have it separately in th~ house. As regards bath room it is observed that 106 house Source of drinking water holds (53'0 p~r c~nt) . do not have bathroom in their housing units. 89 households (44 '5 per cent) have re . Water for dl'inking and watel for washing is easily ported to b~ having separately and a small number of 5 available only to 4{). 0 per cent nouseholds in the town (2'5 per cent) has to shai'e with other households. In the and 59.5 per cent has to shan; it with other households. Sub-urban pocket, then~ is no facility _of a separate bath A negligible 0.5 per cent reported as not having from the room in any of the houses. In the Commercial Area Sub-urba.n pocket. In Developing Area and Govern and Ethnic group 64 to 15 per cent do not have this faci ~ent colony mor~ than 67 ~e~ cent enjoy this facility lity and .22 to 31 per cent are having it separately in the In the house. WhIle the remallllng has to share it with house and the remaining has to share it with other others. In Commercial Area, Ethnic group Area and households. Only in two localities viz. Developing Area Sub-urban pocket, more than 78 per cent have to and Government colony about 75 per cent of the house share it with others and for the lemaining it is available holds reported to be having separately in their houses, e&sily. The main sources of drinking water are wells 23 per cent as not having. Only one household has to and tap. share it with another in Government colony. Electricity LavatorJ Data collected in the 1981 Census revealed that About half (49.5 per cent) the number of house 67 .1 p~r cent were having electricity in their houses and holds have no lavatory in their housing units while the remaining 32.3 per cent did not avail this facility. too other half either haye it separately or share it with T~e ~urvey data l!<_>'yever reveal,:d, th~t 81.5 per cent others. 36.5 p:::r cent rep~rted to have had sepal'ately in enJOYlllg the faClhclty of elect:lclty III their house:;. their houses and 14.0 p"r Cellt rep01'ted to share with blectric conn~cti(;ns are available to 68.5 p?r cent house other householdS. In th'! Commel'ci".l Area and the holds separately and 13.0 p~r cent have common connec sub-urb3n pocket, a majority i.e. 61 to 77 per cent tions: Only 18·5 p~r cent did h?t avail this facility at do not have a separate lavatory in their houses. 18 to.22 the tIme of survey. In DeveloPlllg Area, Ethnic group per cent reported it as having and the remaining have Area and Government colony 73 to 82 p.::r cent have to share it with othel's. In the Developing Area and separate electric connections. In Corrlmercial Area 122 44 pel .;eIit have it separately and 25.0 per cent s}u>re per cent Were occuJ:>ying tented houses. The 200 sample the commOn connections. While the remaining 30 ·6 per households covered during the survey revealed that 115 cent do not have th:: facility at pil. In Sub-urban pocket 45 ·5 P!l' cent f0ported as h::,ving separate connection (57 ·5 per cent) are living in owned houses 77 (38.5 per and 4·5 per cent sharI: common connections. The remai cent) in rented houses and 8 (4'Op::r cent) areoccupying ning 50.0 p~r cent do not enjoy this facility at all. houses allotted to them. The nature of right to the house was also studied with reference to dUlation of stay in Tenure Status the pre&ent residence. The following table IX. 10 pre During the 1981 Census 52.0 per cent households sents data for households c~ssi:fied by locality, duration in the tOWJl were living in their OWn houses and 48.0 of stay in the present residence and tenure status. TABLE IX'IO Households classified by locality duration of stay in the preseBt residence and tenual Status, 1985, sur,ey ------Locality Duration of Total number Number of households living in houses which are present residence of households Remarks Owned Rented Allotted 2 3 4· 5 6 7 Commercial Area Less than I year " 1-4 years 7 " 7 5-9 years 1 1 10 years + 28 22 5 TOTAL 36 22 13 Developing Area Less than 1 year 2 1 1-4 years 6 4 5-9 years 8 2 5 1 10 years + 32 Hi 13 l TOTAL 48 20 23 5 Ethnic Group Less than 1 year 1-4 years 2 1 5-9 years 9 1 II 10 years + 44 40 4 TOTAL 55 42 13 Govt. Colony Less than 1 year 4 i 1-4 years 3 3 5-9 years 10 years + 32 10 21 1 TOTAL 39 10 27 2 Suburban Pocket Less than 1 year 1--4 years 1 5-9 years 10 years + 21 21 TOTAL 22 21 1 Graad Total Less than 1 ytlar 6 1 4 1 1--4 years 19 2 16 1 5-9 years 18 3 14 1 10 years + 157 109 43 5 TOTAL 200 115 77 8 It i5 revealed that in the sub-urban pocket, more in I ented houses and the remaining in houles allotted than 95 p..:.r cent households live in owned houses. In to them. In Government Colony 69·2 pel cent occupy Commercipl and Ethnic glOUp Area 61 ·1 pel cent and rented accommodation, 25 '6 per cent live in owned llou- 76 ·4 per cent rcsp;::ctively live in their 200 households 157 (78'5 per cent) a.re living f(')r 10 years ted houses in the localities of Commercial area, Develo- and more. It is also observed that a large number i.e. ping Area, Ethnic group Area and Government Colony. 109 out of 157 households or 69 '4 per cent live in their Furniture own houses, 27·4 per cent in rented houses and the le- maining in houses allotted to them. Those living in the Data collected on val ious items of furniture is com- town for 0-9 years, 67 to 84 per cent are occupying ren- piled and presented in the following table IX. 11. TABLE IX'l1 Exi9tence of funtiture by locality and duration of stay in the present residence, 1985 survey Locality Duration of stay Total Number Number of households having in the present number of house- --~ residence of house- holds Chair Table ------Diwan Cot Newar Other holds having cot furni- DO furni- ture ture 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 CommerciallArea Less than 1 year 1-4 years 7 1 4 4 3 2 5 5 years + 29 4 14 10 1 7 25 12 TOTAL 36 5 18 14 2 10 27 17 Developing Area Leu than 1 year 2 1 1 1 1 1-4 years 6 6 4 4 2 6 5 years + 40 1 34 23 9 21 27 29 TOTAL 48 1 41 28 9 26 30 36 Etlmic Group Less than 1 year 1-4 years 2 2 2 2 5 years + 53 12 29 16 18 27 18 TOTAL 55 12 31 18 20 27 19 Govcnmeat Colo.y Less than 1 year 4 4 4 3 I 1-4 years 3 1 2 2 I 2 2 2 5 years + 32 2 30 29 8 22 19 23 TOTAL 39 3 36 35 10 27 21 26 Subvrban Pocket Less than 1 year 1-4 years 1 1 1 5 years + 21 3 8 5 6 14 10 TOTAL 22 3 9 5 7 14 10 AU area Less than 1 year 6 5 5 4 2 1-4 years 19 2 15 12 2 12 6 14 5 years + 175 22 115 83 19 74 112 92 TOTAL 200 24 135 100 22 90 119 108 It may be seen that 176 out of 200 households number of households in most of the localitie~ irrespec (88·0 per cent) reported some of the other items of tive of duration of stay in the town. furnitUle in their housing units. Only 24 households (12 ·0 percent) do not possess any article of furniture with Utensils them. Furniture like table, chairs and newar cot are common items of furUlture and 50 to 68 per cent of the Utensils are necessary for cooking and serving households posses them. However, furniture like diwa.n food and there cannot be a household without them is repOlted by only 10·5 per cent households. In Com may be of whatever material they ~re made. Utensil~ mercial alea, Ethnic group alea and sub-urban pocket commonly used fOl cooking pnd serving food ate made 78 to 86 per cent possess one or the other item of furni up of brass, c l;)ddOJ N SSJiS: N lod U;)t(UBH pntu pUB SSllJa ";);)JS 'lS lU.1!ICP 00 -UI pUll SSllJa ";);)lS 'JS l"ddoJ pUll SillS: '1";)lS 'lS l;)ddOJ pUll wn!u!wnIV '1:l;!lS 'lS lad U;)qjlBH PUll wn!u!wnlV 'j";)lS 'lS lad u~tlJlCH paB wn!u!w!IV .I:lddoJ pUB SSBJa 'wn!u!wnIV '[""lS '~S o ~ J:lddoJ pUB SSlllS: 'wn!u!wnrV SSllJ s: pUll 'wn!u!wn[v [:l;!lS 'lS 00 lad U;!t(llBH pUll SSBJg 'wn!u!wn[v wn!u -!wnIV pUll palS'lS 00 ~ ~ i~ I 125 ...,00 SS'illlI S9jllId sSc[D PUIT r~~lS "lS SSBJ8: PUlJ l:lddOJ '1~~lS 'lS ...... 00 ...... , .., un I!o -:l:JJOd pus wn!UJtunIV ...., SS1)IO pUH wu!u!WnIV '[:l:lIS 'IS U!i:lOJOd pUll 00 lUn!UllunIV' I:l:llS 'IS N ss,la pUB ..... lUfllU!UlniV '1:l:llS 'IS wn!u -!u:rn[V pUP. I:l:lIS 'IS '""' 19-338 R. G. India/ND/88 126 • I .... ....0'1 ....00 .... \0...... -VI o.... -.... -o 00 .... ...... o... N 00 .... .... 121 ..,00 ~ I~ t-- ..... '" ... ..,\C) .., ...... ..,II"> ;;; ..,'" ..... ~ - ..,...... \C) ...... ~ 'li... ~ ~ ~.... :< 00 ... N ~ t-- 3 N I~ I I ....Ii") ...... , • ! • 128 ...... ....a...... oc · ...... · ...... · .., .... :" ...... , ...... :('1 oc ... : I ...... oc .... :I ...... : : : : :I ...... ...... I/') "II:t' ..... ("I") ...... ~....-I ...... 129 .... co...... . - .... ...... .- ...... - - ...... - .... ...... : I ...on ("of ("of- ...... 0\- -co -\CI .,., - .... -""'" ....("of .... -o ...... co .... \0 - .... \0 ...... \0 ...... - N 131 -.... N .,., ...I""- M M \C) N 0- r<) - .,., .... N ..... ~ .... ~ ~.... r- _ N \C) l""- V) ....- -- -.... - - -N ~ ~ § ~ 0 J - ~ N ~ ~ l""- a N N \C) ..... N "'" .,., ._ N <'1 N N r- N .-. 132 Cooking utensils food. There is no much variation in the use of utensils It is evident flOm the table IX.14 that aluminium for cooking and serving food by religions. However it utensils are more common in use followed by stainless may be stated that while the stainless steel is preferred steel and aluminium and stainless steel and blass. Out by Hindus for serving food, the Christians use alumini um, stainless steel and pOicelain utensils for serving of 200 households studied, 61 (30'5 per cent) are using food. aluminium utensils, 43 (21 ·5 Per cent) stainless steel & aluminium, 30 (15·0 pel cent) stainless steel only and Light and Fuel 14 ~7 ·0 per cent) stainess steel and brass and 11 (5'5 per cent) stainless steel & ::>Juminium, brass utensils f01 The table IX.14 shows the data on light and cooking. The households using other materials as men_ fuel for migrant and non-migrant house holds. tioned in the table are 20·5 per cent. In Commercial Area, aluminium, stainless steel and aluminium and ex Out of 200 households 80 are non-migrant and 120_ clusive stainless steel utensils are more common in use. are Migrant by place of last tesidence. It is observed The proportions of households using !it is 33 '3 per cent, that the most common type of fuel used for cooking by 27 ·8 per cent and 13 ·9 per cent nspectively. In develo migrant households is gas and kerosene (36·7 per cent) ping area 29 ·2 per cent households h.ave reported stain followed by gas, kerosene and rfirewood (22 ·5 per cent). less steel & aluminium and 20 ·8 pel cent each stainless A majority of the households from Developing area and steel and aluminium exclusively. In ethnic group area GOVernment colony use gas, kerosene and firewood. a majority of 38 ·2 per cent have repOlted aluminium However, among non-migrant househvlds firewood is the and 14 ·5 per cent stainless steel & aluminium and 12 ·7 most common fuel reported by 60 ·0 per cent households. per cent each aluminium and earthenware. In Govern A majority of them are from Ethnic group area, Sub ment Colony a majolity of 28 ·1 per cent ale using stain urban pocket and [Commercial area, while the 95 per less steel and aluminium utensils, 17 ·9 per cent each have cent of the migrant householdJuse electricity for liEhtjng, reported aluminium, stainless steel & brass and 12·8 this proportion among the [non-migrant l'ol1SCfO:d is per cent stainless steel. In Sub-urban pocke.t 50'0 per only 63 '75 per cent. cent use aluminium and 27·3 per cent staInless steel utensils for cooking. Luxury articles Serving utensils Luxury articles generally include wrist watch, radio, televisicn, lecord player, refrigerator, car, motor It is observed tlwt the utensils for serving food are cycles etc. While collecting data on housing culture, generally made of stainless steel. .62'5 per ce.nt house lUXUry articles in possession of the households was holds used stainless steel utenSIls for servmg foods. also enquired. The data collected on luxury articles Aluminium was r('ported by 13·5 per cent households are presented in the table IX.l5 by locality. and st~llnlesl> steel & aluminium by 7·0 per cent house holds. Households reporting other metals like copper, brass, porcelain etc. are negligible in number. In Deve Out of 200 households 165 (82.5 Per cent) possess one loping area, Government C010ny and Sub-urban or the other items of luxury and costly goods in their pocket 77 to 80 per cent hous~holds u~ed .stainless houses. On1y 35 hou&eholds (17'5 per cent) did not report teel utensils for serving food. ThIS proportIOn In Com- any such items with them. As many as 144 households mercial Area was 55 ·6 per cent and less in Ethnic (72 '0 per cent) reported to have wrist watches, 111 (55 ·5 group Area bfing 34 ·5 per cent. In these two loc~l~ties per cent) have radio sets, 91 (45·5 per cent) have table 27 pet cent of the households also use alum~n~um clocks/wall clocks, 24 (12.0 per cent) have television sets utensils and 16·4 per cent stainless steel & alUmInIUm and 2(1 '0 per cent) have gramophone/record pbyeJ. utensils for serving food. The table IX. 13 Other items of lUXUry goods like tape recorder is Ie presents these data by cross classification with ported from 53 households (26 ·5 per cent) and between religion and migration status of head of house. 9 to 13 per cent households possessed scooter/motor cyc holds. le/moped, refrigerator and mixel/grinder. There are The Hindus form the major religious group and 8 households who own car and 3 households have 84·0 per cent of the households of the sample study telephone in their houses. In Developing area and belong to Hindus, 9 '5 per cent Christians, 5'5 per cent Government colony more than 92 per cent households Muslims and I ·0 pel cent of the households are Jain. possess one or"the other items of lUXUry ~nd. costly goods. Aluminium, stainless steel and brass 'utensils are com In the remaining localities this proportlOn IS more than monly used for cooking and stainless 'steel for serving 70 per cent. 133 ,..., "" ,..., ,..., 8S1)J9: N t'\ N .... -N - - o ...... pnw N l' S8'1llH 'loolS 'IS ...... l~dd,);) l' ,oolS 'IS wn!lupuI N N l' SSUJH 'P~IS 'IS M M .I:1ddo;) ...... ,. on ~ l' SSUlg '1:I:llS 'IS ..!l .... N ...,. 'I - ....N .... l!r 100lS'IS " IOd llQljjlUa l' i .... f .a mn,u1w1 IV' [:I~IS 'IS ....N - ... - "§_ )Od U:ll.1I 'C! t- ~ -lila 1f wn!U1wnlV :: Ig;!1S 'IS 1f . :lddo;) ,..., o "'N o SSU1S: W'1!U!wnIV - ~ J~ddo;) "'N M Zl' SiUJH 'wnlU!wnIV SSU1H l' ....0 WC1!u!wnIV 'loolS 'IS 00 - IOd U M 0 M \Un,u ... M " N ' '-0 or. '" N -'C! N N 0 0 ...... 00 N 8 ...... N '"0 ~ § ,s.:g §~o ._'5h "Q-E~ E ~ a8 20-338 R, G, India/ND/88 134 U!'I~:l,'Od PUll '(lllllS 'lS ~ltl'd N N sS"lD pun ', ...... on ..... M 0\ N M - UIIIl:'10d ...... ilUP, mn!u:U'n\v o ..... M - ..... - -- ...... 00 N l: ..... _ N N wn!u!wnrv pun 1""lS ',S ..... ..... - ..... I 135 00 ..., 0 00 a-, ..... <'l I~ ...., 00 r- N ...... ,.,...... a-, N ..... o 00 ..... ..... r-..... N ...... 1.0..... 00 .....on to ...... 5 ....."" rJ'J 00 ~ • "0 ...., ...... ;:!i N ~ ._~o 0 ...... "" :s! lJ;..~ -I b N ..... :::I ~~ ..... :§: ib- ~." '; ;::i ~ >...... r- r-...., N 'J:) N ..... ;:!; .;; ..... N ..., ""..... s ::s fijo_g'G· >< I !:i .... a III ~ N ...l 0 N ~ ..... ~ I 0 "CJ ..,. 00 N ...., i a-, ..... N ;... .,., a-, 00 N ~ I 00 ...... l' ...... N l:- ...., .., ..... 'J:) "" "" "" :9 '8 ...... N .8 lJ;.. ~ ·51::s J ...., \0 0<1) ... .8 · "" "" "" ..... 1 ~! i ~ .., .., N ." N ...... 'J:) 00 ." a-, ..,. ." <') <') ~ ~ ..... 136 TABLEIX'15 Presence of Luxury aDd costly goods by locality ,1985, survey Locality Total No. of Number of households possessing number house- ~~------~------. of hold Wrist Table Radio Tele- Gramo- Tape Scooter! Refri- Mixtu- Tele- Car house- posses- watch clock/ vision phone/ reco- motor gerator rei phone holds sing no wall record rder cycle/ Grinder Luxury clock player moped & costly goods 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Commercial! Market Area 36 9 19 14 18 12 2 1 1 Developing Area • 48 2 43 32 33 12 19 8 6 10 2 Ethnic Group • 55 16 34 16 23 2 6 3 2 3 Government Colony 39 3 33 24 27 9 13 9 8 6 Suburban Pocket . 22 5 15 5 10 3 4 1 2 --...... ---~.-...------_____,._.....--~---~ ...... ------TOTAL 200 35 144 91 111 24 2 53 26 17 21 3 8 137 ...... N N ..... "' ..... ON ...... -N N I- 00 - '" .... I(j ..... \0 I..... N o \0 ..... 00 .... -..... l o N ..... -..... N I(j...... \0 .... 138 It may be seen that 80·4 p~l cent of the H iudu Muslims .!lre in a better position than the Hindus though households possess one or the o:h;;-r article s of It xury these households are ntlmerically less when COIr,P ~rtd Pi'O and costly goods with them. The corresponding to Hindus. The following table IX.17 presents these portions among Christian is 94 ·7 per cent, among Mus lims it is 90'9 pcr cent and among Jains it is 100 per data by cross classification with educational level of cent. It is, thus eVIdent that the Christians, Jains and head of households. TABLE IX·17 Pre!lence of luxury and costly goods by educational level of "head of household, 1985 survey Educational level Total Number Number of households possessing of head of number of house- ~------_-~--___~- __~-_-_------households of holds Wrist Table Radio Tele- Gramo- Tape Others (specify) pOSges- house- watch clock/ vision phone/ reco------___,----~ holds sing no wall Record rdcr Refri- Scoo- Mixer/ Car Tele- lu~ury clock player ierator terl Grinder phone and Motor costly cycle/ goods moped 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Illiterate 60 28 22 4 17 8 1 Literate without Educational Level Below Primary 17 3 13 6 6 3 2 1 Primary 47 3 36 23 27 3 13 4 5 3 4 Matric 42 39 29 28 10 12 7 5 7 1 3 Diploma & Certifi- cate 10 10 10 10 1 5 5 3 4 Dilgree & above 24 24 19 23 9 12 7 3 7 --~--____..-----'!--~~------TOTAL 200 35 144 91 111 24 2 53 26 17 21 3 8 It may be seen that among the illiterate houst'holdr. status is below primary is 82 '4pel cent. The pJopOlticns only 53 ·3 per cent possess some luxury and costly goods, among the primary and matriculates are 93'~ and 97 ·6 the most common being a wrist watch and a radio. per cent. It is cent per cent among the dlploma and This proportion amoDg households whose educationai dejree holden. CHAPTliR X ORGANISATION OF POWER AND PRESTIGE This Chapter deals with political mobilisation, TABLE X-1 activities, and the voting behaviour of the population. Votes polled by candidates at the 1984 General election The categories of p~rsons who are considered to be for Loksabba-Dadra & Nagar Haveli. prestigious/influential at the locality level and the town level are also dealt with here. . N1me of candidate Name of No. of Percentfge the puty votes of the The Portuguese ruled the territory of Dadra & polled votes Nagar Haveli over hundred and seventy yean. During polled the Portuguese rule there was no democratic set up, in D.lil'a & Nlglr Hweli. After liberation from the 2 3 4 Portugu:!se rule in 1954 by th~ local n,'ltionalist wO'k~rs, 1. M".h~la R~nj;bhai the administration of the territol'y was run by ~he Shri PGtiabhai INC (I) 15,471 40.31 selected villag~ p?,ncilaY,1t mem1:Jel'$. In the y~al' 1961 it wa~ integrated with the Inlian Union. Comequently, 2. Shri Sit ',ram Go'! Ii In;1ependent 20,852 54.33 th~ free Nasal' Hav~li Administration wall succeeded 3. Dr. N. D. P"tel Tnd<.:pendent 655 1.7 by a fo~m'll statuto~y A1ministration headed by 8n i 4. Shri Soini,' Mun:Jn A1mln strator. Til! Var-ishtha Panchayat con~isting lhof Janta ParlY 1,402 3 65 of 35 m~m'>~I's a:~ted a1 an a1vis07Y boJy fol' the ad mi.ni.'>tl'ation. Shd Ch.Mb3.1 wa.<, a?p)intd as th~ fil'"t Sarpanch of Vllarishtha Panchayat, ~Shri Atma"am TOTAL 38,380 100.00 Na~sinh alia3 App:nah'!b Karm.'].lka~ was appnii,t~r1 as the fitst Administrator, who was followed by Dr. Antoni Furtado. Both Shri Ka;malkat and D,'. The d~tails '. f members of Lok Sabba nominated! Fmtado were known fo!' their remarkable 3'lsociation dccted from Dadra & Nagar Haveli, fr, m 1962 to 1984 are given b~low with the p~ople and their sense of dedications . . The political cha 1ge help;:d the social revolutio·" Sl. N.J. N."me Term Rem'. .rks After the liberation of Dadra & Nagar Haveli the 2 3 4 power to elect the representatives pa~sed on to the hands of the gov~rned, ir;espective of their economic and social status. A" pop.ular suppoi't is now requir::d I. Shri S:tmj b:ui R. D",lbr 1962-1967 Nominated fot political pa~ties, th~ politicians cl03~ly Msocia1e 2. Sh .. i 5,:njibhai R. D;lk'lT 1967-1972 Elected them5elves with the people of aU comm'Jni 3. Shri Ra:nubhli R. P',lel 1972-1977 -00- ties to ga.in their confid,!Uce. During the last general 4. Sh~i R P. Mall la 1977-1980 --00- elections held in December, 1984, one each from Indian 5. Shri R. P. Mahala 1980-1<)84 Re-electtd National Congress (I) and Janata Pal ty and two 6. S;1d Sit,lIl;111 J. Ciav::l i 1984 Elected Independent candidates contested the election to the Loksabha. Of th~ total el~ctoi'ates 54,566 rc!.dstcr~d in the U.T. 40,329 0; 73 ·91 p::i' c,~nt exercise-d th.::ir Dudng the fi01d investigation informatio- re£ard franchise of which 38,380 or 70 ·34 per Cijnt w,)re fo'mJ ing Neighbourhood and community life WiiS collected to be valid. Shri Sitaram Govali, an independent can in hous~hold scheduks. This information covers most didate, won th; c:~ction by a mai'gin of 5,381 vot,'s resp::cted and i dhcl' al persoI'.s inthe neigbaourhood against his neatest rival bdonging to tIl<:; Indian N;,tional ;1' d i :1. th~ tow". These persons are in the forefront C mgress (I). Th~ detail<; ,"'f th~ y,)tes polbd by eaeh of 50sio-pol:tical actiVities of the town. The inform~ candidate for the Lr ksabha seat nf Daka & NaQ';;; tion ;,,;:garding th;: most r,~spected and infiu(nti81 p(r Haveli are given in table x.l. ~ som in the: town is given in table X.2. TABLE X·2 Particulars of the most Respected and Influential persons in the town, 1985 survey Name of the person Sex Caste Education Occupation 2 3 4 5 1. Mangilal P. Shah M Swetambar (Jain) S.S.C. Prop. Petrol Pump 2. Champaklal B. Shah M Swetambar (Jain) IY (i) Prop. Mosaic Tiles Factory (ii) Prop. of Bakery (iii) Member of Silvassa Gram Panchayat 3. Jethmal B. Shah M Swetambar (Jain) III Prop. of Mosaic Tiles Factory 4. Chotubhai G. Patel M Bhandari (Hindu) X (i) Goods Transport Operator (ii) Prop. Stationery Ma.rt. (iii) Ex-Sarphanch of Group Panchayat Silvassa l.W 140 TABLE X 2-Contd. 2 3 4 5 5. Madhubhai Prembhai Patel M Bhandari (Hindu) VII (i) Sarpanch (ii) Civil Contractor (Building & Roads) (iii) Cultivator 6. Sitaram J. Gavali M Kokna (S.T.) (Hindu) B.Com. Member of Parliament (Lok Sabha) (Independent) 7. Bhikhubhai A. Pandya M Brahmin (Hindu) VII (i) Prop. Silvassa Printing Press (ii) Member of Congress (I) 8. Dr. Suresh C. Jain M Digambar (Jain) Phd. in Prop. Manuf. of Organic Chemicals Chemistry 9. B. N. Parmar M Rajput (Hindu) S.S.c. Project Director, Rural Development Agency. 10. Hipol Coutinho M Roman Catholic (Christian) VIII (i) Cultivator (ii) Gog Poly Bag Plastic Factory (iii) Prop. Gog Bar. 11. Maganbhai B. Mehta. M Anavil Brahmin (Hindu) VII Cultivtor!Landlord 12. Damodar V. Prabhu M Vaishya (Hindu) TInd year in Education Officer, Education Department. B.A. 13. Vajirbhai Vasani M Khoja (Muslim) IV Prop. of Saw Mill & Food Grain shop. 14. Bipinbhai D. Pandya M Auditchya Brahmin (Hindu) S.S.c. Prop. Aradhana Theatre. 15. Filomen Coutinho M Roman Catholic (Christian) F.Y. Com· Prop. Gog. Poly Bag Plastic Factory. Cultivator merce & Ex. Sarpanch of Varistha Panchayat. 16. Hanhad Doshi M Vaishya (Hindu) F.Y. Science Managing Director, Durofoam Industry According to the opinion of the persons intcj' !',ported a~ the most popula!' p':::l'son in the town. He viewed, Shri Mangilal P. Shah is!the most widely accep is the proprietol' of Gog Poly Bag Plastic Factory and ted p~rson of high reputation. He is the propriet r of Gog Bar. He is also a Cultivator. Shri Maganbhai B. a Petrol Pump in the town. Shri Champaklal B. Shah M~hta is reported as most respected person in the is referred by most of the persons interviewed as the town. He is a cultivator and landlord in the town. The most popular and resp~cted person in the town. He is nam~s of Shri Damodar v.. Prabhu, bducation Officer a member of Silvassa Gram Panchayat. He is also the (D& NH) Shri Vajirbhai Vasani propi'ietor of saw mill proprietor of bakery and mosaic tiles factory. The name and f odg;'ain shop, Shri Bipinbhai D. Pandya, proprie of Shri Jethmal B. Shah is mention~d by some as one to' of Aradhana theatre, Shri Filomcn Coutinho, of the p)p:.llar p~rsons in bu~iness community. He is pl'oprietor of Gog Poly Bag Pla<;tic Factory, Shri Hal' the proprietor of Mosaic tiles factory. Shri Chotubhai shad Doshi, Managing Director. Durofoam Industry, G. Patel is anothe-r PJPu!ar p:rson in the town. He ate m~ntioncd by some info,'milnts as having resrects deals in goods tran<;port <'nd (llso the proprietor of :, and influence in the town. stationery shop. The name of Shri MadhubhaJ Prem bhai Patel is mentioned by som~ as most rep?scted and Acco:ding to the opinion of the persons inter influential person in the town. He is the Sa"panch of vi :wed these are the J 6 p~l'sons who enjoy cd the res Silva'{~a Gtam P.l~lchayat. By p.'ofession h:~ is a Civil pe:ts and are also influential pel'sons in the town. Ott Contractor (Building & Roads) and a Cultivato;". Shti of 9 Hindus, 2 ea'~h belong to Bhandari, Bmhmin and Sitaram J. Gavali is r;~potted bi some as the most Vaishya. On.:: each belongs to Koknc, Rajput and influential p ;l'Son in the town. H:? is an M.P. from A1lditchya Brahmin. There are fOUl' Jains, of them 3 Loksabha (Indep:ndcnt) from the D.T. of Dadra & bdong to Sw~tambar and one of Digambar. Two per Nagar Haveli. Sh;i Bikhubhai A. Pandya is r,;:ferred sons of l"~Sp~('t and influence in the town belong to to by some p3i'son intcf'viewC'd, as the most resp:cted Christian Roman Catholic and one belongs to Mus lim Khoja. The educational Itvel of rec;pccted and influ p~j'son. He is an active member of INCC (I). He is ent i.l1 p:rsons shows that two pe".sons arc graduates. also th'? p:op 'ietor of Pl'inting Press. Dr. Suresh C. Jain ~ix al'e matt'iculates and above but be low graduates is well known in the town as a. p:oprieto;' in the manu and eight are b.;:row mauiculates. facture of organic chemicals and is one of th~ resp:c ted p~rson in the town. Shri R.N. Parma,' is j'cfetl'cd Most of these p~l'sons by piofession are propJ'ie to by sam'.: as the most (csp?cted p:rson in the town. tors of business cstablishm~nts such as factot'ie~" shops He is the project Directot. Rural Dt'velopment Agency, etc. One of th,~m is th~ sitting member 0f LokSabh;, Dadra & Na;;J." Haveli. Shl'i Hipol Coutinho is also ~lnd two of thGm are Govt. Officials. 141 Besides the above most respected and influential • es of the town. Tahle X. 3 gives the list of most res persons in the town, information was also collected pected persons in each of the five localities by name, about the most respected persons in the selected locali- sex, caste, education and occupation. TABLE X·3 Partirulars of most respected persons in the locality, 1985 suney Name of the Name of the person Sex Caste Education Occupation Re tOC allty marks 1 2 3 4 5 (j 7 1. Commercial Vajirbhai Vasani M Khoja, Muslim IV Prop. of Saw Mill & Food Area Grainshop. Dara M. Vaid M Dastur, Parshi B.A. (Gen.) Prop. of Liquor Bar-cum Dip. in Mach. Restaurant and Bus Transport Engineer. M:ohanlal Prajapat M Prajapat Hindu S.S.C. Police Head Constable. Ramanbhai Halpati Patel M Dubla Halpati Hindu lInd Std. Police Constable. Purshottambhai R. Panchal M Panehal Hindu VIlth Std. Prop. of Hardware & Black smithy. Nana Lala M Dhodia Hindu Illiterate Cultivator. 2. Developing Jayant B. Shukla M Modh Brahmin Hindu Dip. in Shuddhar Professional Private Doctor. Area A"\lrv~(lic Course (BSAc) Bhikaji V. Shah (Bhikhu M Swetambar. Jain S.S.C. Prop. Cement Tiles Products. bhai) Damodar V. Prabhu M Vaishya Hindu lind Year B.A. Education Officer in Edu. Department. Maganbhai B. Mehta M Anavil Brahmin Hindu VII Landlord. Dhirubhai M. Nayak M Anavil Brahmin Hindu Xth & P.T.C. Govt. Primary School Teacher. Retilal K. Solanki M Kadia Hindu Vth Std. Civil Contractor (PWD). 3. Ethnic Group Champaklal B. Shah M Swetambar Jain IV (i) Proprietor of Rajkamal Mosaic Tiles. (ii) Bakery Owner. (iii) Member of Silvassa Group Panchayat. Jethmal B. Shah M Swetambar Jain x Proprietor of Bharat Cement Tiles Products MangUal P. Shah M Swetambar Jain 5.S.C. Petrol Pump Owner Kuhiya Dhanji M Varli (S.T.) Tlliterate Cultivator Ladka Radka M Varli (ST.) nIiterate Cultivator Filomen Coutinho M Roman Catholic S.S.C. (i) Cultivator (ii) Ex. Sarpanch of Varlstha Panchayat. 4. Government Chandrakant Patel M Koli Patel Hindu B.A.B. Ed. Proiect Ol"e:aniser UNICEF Residential Edu. Deoartment. Colony S. A. Powar M Maratha Hindu B.Sc. Sub. Divisional Soil Conser· vation Officer. M. S. Khan M Muslim B.U.S.C. &. Verterinarv Officer. Animal Animal Veteri Husbandary. nary K. D.Singh M Rajput Hindu Indian Forest Dy. Conservator of Forests. Service Vijay M. Multan M Catholic B. Com. So('ial Worker & Petition Writer. Bhulabhai Patel M Bhandari Hindu M.A.B.Ed. Head Master in Govt. High School. I!' 5. Suburban Surendra S. Parmar M Rajput Hindu B.A. L.L.B. Advocate Pocket Dr. Gulabbhai N. Patel M Dhodia (S.T.) M.RB.S. Govt. Medical Officer Madhubhai P. Patel M Bhandari, Hindu VII S'll'panch & Civil Contractor Dr. Jitendra S. M. Parmar M Raiput" Hindu M.B.B.S. General Practitioner M.R.S.H. Somahh'tl R. Patel M 1)l,ocll:1 (S. T.) Tlliterate A~culturist Nf]or:nah~'l1ed K. Chotalia M Sunnl, Muslims VIlthStd. Cloth Merchant I 21-338 R. G. IndirdND/88 fI 142 Jt may be seen from the above table that as many bership fee is Re. 1 for the nominal member and as teo out of 30 respected persons in the localities are Rs. 25 for the active member. It's membership is graduates and above, six persons are matticulates, ten open to all. At the time of survey the party had 3 persons are below tnatric and four are illiterates. The out of 15 seats in Group Gram Panchayat Silvassa occupation of these persons is mostly ownership of and 17 out of 32 seats in Varishtha Panchayat. The business establishment followed by government duty, main activities of the party, are to ensure that the cultivation etc. various developmental schemes of the territory are implemented by the Government. FunctiOning of political organisations The Janta Party is functioning in the town since Silvassa being the headquarters of the Union Ter 1976. It has 2500 members. No membership fee is cha ritory the interest groups function actively during the rged and it is open to all. At the time of survey, the Lok Sabha and Panchayat elections. Two political party had only one out of 32 seats in Varishtha Panch parties have permanent offices in tbe town viz. (1) Con ayat. The main aim and objective of this party is to gress (J) and (2) Janam. help the Adivasis and the poor, in the territory. The District Congress Committee is functioning It may be mentioned that there is no trade union in the town since 1961. It has 7500~members. The mem- activity in the town. €HAPTER XI LEISURE AND RECREATION, SOCIAL PARTICIPATION, SOCIAL AWARENESS, RELIGION AND CRIME It is impo;tant to study the cultural and recreational shows are conducted in the theatre. The first show facilities of the town and the activities during the leisure begins at 11 ·00 a.m., the second at 2.00 p.m., and the time to undet3tand the extent of happiness enjoyed by third at 7.00 p.m. and the last night show at 10.00 Ki:' the town d·.wellers. In this chapter, therefore, an attem Generally, the Hindi films are screened. Gujalati s pt has b~en made to highlight tIl..; various tecreatioIWl, are also exhibited occasionally. On an average 800 cultural and social activities of the people of the town tickets are sold per day. The annual sale proceeds tow and the institutions that provides recreational cultural ards the sale of t.he tickets as leported during the sut and entertainment facilities to the enthusiastic inhabi vey year 1984-85 is Rs.39,285. tants of the town. Detailed information on parks, playground, town hall, club, library, cinema theatre The Dreamland Theatre and r:::ligious c;:ntt;:s and their activities, crime statis The Dreamland theatre is located on Amli Silv- tics etc. is given hele. 3ssa road and was established on 5th July, 1985. It is \)Iso a cement concrete structure with roof covered Park by asbestos sheets. Its floor area is 534 sq. metres and There a:e two b~autjful parks in the town, viz. the projection length measures 35 metres. The theatre Children's Park and the Vanadhara Garden. Both provides accommodation to 625 persons. The seats are these Parks 1, e well maintained by th~ Ft'rI."est Depart arranged in two categories. The rate of tickets for the m~nt. Th~ childt 143 144 r~d of ~olut!on of the area and to do away with certain' Our Lady of Fatima. There are also common ft.stivals VIces like lIquor consllmption, smoking etc. tile Ie!> like Christmas and Eastere celebrated with gaiety and pected persons of the mea formed a trust to build Ihe enthusiasm. The church also runs a nursery and a temple of Shli AKshay Purushottam. Th... required fund middle school. for .the constn~ctlOn of the temple was raised by col lectmg contnbutlons and donations. Construction St, Francis Xavier Chapel matelial like bricks, cement was also offered free to Thl" chapel is located in Tokarkhada Area. The the temple. The plot was given free by Dr. Jain. ~hapel.was bUllt as an asylum for the pocr and aged and The principle deiuesin the templt: ale $hri Abhay l.S aec11cated t.o S1. Francis Xavier. The important Purushottaro, Shri Radha Kl'ishna, Shri Ganapati and festIval assocIated with this chapd is the feast of St. Shri Hanuman. The important festivals associated Francis Xavie~ ~lebrated o~ 3rd December ever), year, with the temple are Vassant Panchami in month of marked by. religlOusyrocesslOn and mass. The manage January, Ram Navami aud Swami Narayan Jayanti ment of this chapel IS looked aftel by the Parish priest. in ta~ 1U0,1t11 Jf A.J:'d. G0.t<:uiashtami in the m0nth of August and Pramukh Swami Maharaj Jayanti and VoJuntary Organisations Ankutta celebration in th" month of December. The < ~here is ?ne club of int\;;rnation~ j repute in the town affairs. of the temple is looked after by a managing t!illt IS the. LIons club. The other voluntary organisa com.nuttee of five memDeni consisting of President, tIOns are the Red Cross !>ociety, the Nehru Yuvak Secretary, Tleasurer and two members. Kendra and the Vanavasi Kalyan Ashram. Adinath Jain Temple The Lions Club Shri Adinath Jain temple is located near tht: bus The Lions club of Silvassa was established in 1980- stand and was established on 10th Malch, 1973. It 8~. It is ~ ull.it of Lions International organisation is a place of worship for Jain community of the town. WIth a malll aIm of service to the community. The The principai deities in the temple are Tirthanker members of· the club are the- reputed persons of the Adinath, Ajit Natn and Shitai Nath. The important town. The Lions Club of Silvassa works as a chari festivals celebrate-d are Pran Prateshtha in the month table institution and looh after the welfare of the of March, Mahavir Jayami in the month of May and weaker sections of the community especially the Adi Samvatsari in the month of August/September. The vasis and other backward conlmunities. The club working of the t0111pk i" IOvkcd after by two ;:'especteu helps the Adivasis by providing medical help, clothing persons of the Jain community. Shii Mangilal P. Shah ana shelter, free me<.llcal check-up and treatment to and Shri Dhanaji V. Shah. They took initiative to the n~edy a~d pour. is provided by otganising camps raise funds by collecting donations frGm the commu for cenalll dIseases 01 t,ye, skin, poho etc. Blood dona nity people and from reilgious trust to build the temple tlOn camps are also hdd to collect blood for ihe needy. for Jain worshiping. The club distributes ftee blankets and umbrellas to Adivasis dming monsoon. In educational field the JaIl1a Masjid club runs ont; Middle School at Silvassa town and one The Jama Masjid is located on Silvassa-Vapi adult literacy centre in its adopted village called Va s road. The Muslim community of the town in order sona. As repotted during the survey year 1984-85 to have its own place of worship raised funds by collec there were 32 studems eurdled in tht, adult literacy ting donations from the people of the community and ceU1re. The club otganises sports tournaments and the masjid wa::. built in 1966-67. The important festivals other games and competitions for the students and the connected with Jama Masjid are the common festivals youths of the territory. The activitks of the club are of Muslim like Idul Fitre (Ramzan Idd), Idu'Z Zuha exten~ed to the ent~re. territory of Dadra and Nagar (Bakri Idd) and Muhorram. On these days tht; Muslim Haveb. The . admIssIOn. fee for membership is Rs. community people gathel in the mosque to offer namaz 350 and there 1S a compulsory donation for members (prayers) to Allah (God). There is also daily namaz of Rs. 1000. The total member:.hip of the club a1> reading in the mosque. On every friday a special namaz reported during the sllivey year 1984-85 was 63. There is offered to Allah. Tn\; mosque has a regular income is also a Lioness and Leo clubs which are the sister from the building which is given on rent. The cost of concerns of the Lions Club of Silvassa and work on the building is estimated of Rs. 75,000 and receives a common projects connected with the welfare activities monthly rent of Rs. 1,500. The Jama Masjid also by sharing the work among themsdves. runs a school giving religious preaching to the boys and girls of the community. The total expenditure Indian Red Cross Society has increased for the variou,> religious activities and the maintenance charges were reported to be Rs. 1,500 The Indian Red Cross Society was established in per month for the year 1984-85. 1968. The working staff of the Red Cross Society consists of a secretary, one accountant, one steno typist. one typist/clerk, one car-driver, two ambulance Church of Our Lady of Piety drivers, one security supervisor and one peon. It has This church is jedicated to our Lady of Piety. it 34 life membe-1's and 23 other membel's. The membe-r is a. very old church built in 1897 during the Portuguese ship fee is generally Rs. 150. However, according to rule in thi~ t0rritory. The principal ddty on Altar is the membership, It varies. The Indian Red Cross our Lady of Pi,:;ty. The important festivals assvciated Society is a charitable institution which works for the with this Church at:: the Feast of Our Lady of Pietv social welfare of the needy and weaker sections of the which is ma,rk,;!u with mass and novena with religious people by providing them free medical aid, free ambu processions. Novena of Father Agnd and the Feast of lance service, water facilities, elcctrical facilities, 145 mid-day meals to students, food-grains to old and sport activities in the Union territory. It is a Government infants, assistance to disabltd in cash and kind, financial organisation. The sports council organises a number assistance on medical, education for the needy. Be of sports tournaments to encourage sports actiVIties sides, the society provides financial assistance to other among the students and youths of the territory. The charitable institutions which work for the social welfare matches organised are foot ball, volley ball, cricktt, of the downtrodens. The society tries to enlighten kabaddi, kho-kho, badminton, t<:.ble tennis, bridge, 'he Adivasis on modetn life and their duties and rights chess etc. All the outdoor games ate ph~ycd in Silvassc as the memb;;;rs of the societv. The services of the playground and the indoor games in the indoor stadium society extends to tre entire union territory of Dadra a.nd the recreational club. The sports council main and Nagar Havcli. The society finance the various tains i~; funds through gl'an' -in-aict received fr(Jm the projects through the r'oyalty received from lottery. CentJ Daily newspapers Weekly Fortnightly Monthly 2 3 4 Gujarati Kismet Pratap Gujarati Aspas Gujarati Dharmalok. Gujarati Gujarat Mitra. Gujarati Abhiyan Gujarati Dharmasandesh . Gujarati Scope Gujarati Gujarat Samachar Gujarati Chitralekha Gujarati Rang Tarung Gujarati Navneet Gujarati Gujarati Samkalin . Gujarati Chandan Gujarati Gee Akhand Anand Gujarati Gujarati Zagmag Gujarati Champak Gujarati & Vigyan Darshan . Gujarati Sandesh . English English Loksatta. Gujarati Fulwadi Gujarati Femina Manav Gujarati Bombay Samachar Gujarati Stree Gujarati Onlooker English H46 ~~ TABLE XL1-Contd. 1 2 3 4 Navbharat Times Hindi Dharmayug Hindi To-day. English Sarvani Gujarati Maharashtra Times Marathi Saptahik Hindustan Hindi Island English Abhisar Gujarati Loksatta Marathi Parivar . Hindi Fortline English Jyotish Deep Gujarati Irdian Express English Indrajal Comics Hindi Sarita Hindi Reader Digest English Times of India English Blitz Hif'di Madhuri Hindi Stardust English Economic Times English Sportsworld English Science Today English Daily English Sportsweek English Mirror. Eng!ish Illustrated Weekly . English Gentalman English Sunday. English Electronic for you English The Week English Society. English Sun English Newsweek English Blitz English Sportsstar English IndrajaJ Comics English Employment News Eves Weekly English Shree Marathi Lokprabha Marathi Particulars of newspapers and journals ill circulation and periodicals in the town. The sale and circulation The neWSpapLl'S and periodicah are rich source also depends on the popularit): of the newspapers and periodicals. A number of ncwspapcl' and periodicals of knowledge. It is also a good source of time-pass and arc in circulation in the town. The following table leisure time activity to those having reading lo..abits. XI. 2 shows the name of newspaper and periodIcals Therefore, mort the number of literate and educated (weekly, fortnightlv and monthly magazines) and the people greater the ~ale and; circulation of newspapers number of copies in circulation in this town. TABLE XI.2 Particulars of newspapers/periodicals in circulation in Silvassa Town, 1985 Survey Sl.No. Name of newspaper/period ical Whether Daily/ Language in which Place from where Approximate num- Weekly/Fortnightly / published published ber of copies in Monthly circulation 2 3 4 5 6 1. Gujarat Mitra . Daily Gujarati Surat 325 2. Gujarat Samachar 130 3. Pratap " 20 4. Samkalin Bombay 90 5. Bombay Samachar 32 6. Loksatha " Ahmedabad 6 7. Sandesh . 30 8. Loksatha Marathi Bombay 42 9. The Maharashtra Times 8 10. The Navabharat Times " Hindi 50 11. The Economic Times English 20 12. Times Bombay. 95 13. The Indian Express 70 14. Times (Edition) Ahmedabad 7 15. Chitralekha Weekly Gujarati Bombay 225 16. As Pas " 37 17. Fulwadi . .. 4 18. Chitralok .. Ahmedabad 10 19. Chakram .. 65 147 TABLE XI. 2-Contd. 2 3 4 5 6 20. Shatkar Weekly GujBrathi Bombay 5 21. Akhand Anand 35 22. Yuvadarshan " 15 23. Dharma Sandesh 15 26 24. Rang Tarang " 25. Stree " Ahmedabad 80 26. Mayapuri " " 40 27. Abiyan .. " 50 28. Shree " 10 29. Madhuri . " Hindi Bombay 12 30. Shree Marathi 15 31. Lokprabha • • •• .. ~ 10 32. Sahyadri .. 5 33. Manglam Malyalam Kottayam 35 34. Manorajam " " 20 35. Kerala Subdam " " 15 36. Manormu " 15 37. The Week English 10 38. Prajamathu :Kannada Bangalore 5 39. Tarangu. " .. 5 40. Sudhu " " 5 41. Andhra Bhumi. Telugu Hyderabad 5 42. Andhra Jyati " 5 43. Andhra Prabhu 5 44. The Varat Rani Tamil Madras 10 45. Ananda Vikadan " 5 46. Kumudam 5 47. Sports Star English 5 48. Sports Week Delhi 5 49. Nase man " Urdu Bangalore 20 50. Nai Duniya Delhi 10 51. India Today .. English Bombay 20 52. Screen .. 10 53. The Illustrated Weekly " 25 54. Sportsweek .. 30 55. Sportsworld 6 56. Sunday " 2 57. Indrajal 10 58. Indrajai " Hindi " 10 59. Champank 10 60. Champrak " Gujarati 10 61. Champak. " English 10 62. Sarvani Fortnightly Gujarati Ahmedabad 5 63. Jyotish Deep " 10 64. Jyotish Deep " Hindi " 10 65. Navchetan " Gujarati Bombay 4 66. Navneet Samarpan " " 30 67. Navneet Samarpan .. Hindi 30 68. Sakhi .. Gujarati Ahmedabad 3 69. Business World English Bombay,. 6 70. Electronics for you " 10 Women Bra 71. " " " 4 72. Reader's Digest " " 4 73. Femina " 5 74. Science Today. " " 26 7S. Front Line " 2 76. Business India. .. .. " 6 148 TABLE XL 2-Contd. ------2 3 4 5 6 77. Dharma Sandesh Fortnightly Gujarati Ahmedabad 10 78. Dharma Lok " 10 79. Kanoon " 10 80. Rahasya . " " 10 81. Kismat " Bombay 10 82. Gee (Film) " " 25 83. India Today " English Delhi 10 84. India Today Hindi 5 85. Maya 5 86. Sarita 5 87. Mukta 5 88. Front line 5 89. Tuklakh . 5 90. Champaki 10 91. Champaki 10 92. Chandamama 67 93. Manar Vighan 20 94. Gruhshobha 10 95. Manoh8 r Kahaniya . 15 96. Gurujasus 15 97. Satya Katha 10 98. Nutan Kahaniya 10 99. Stardust . Hindi, Gujarati, English Bombay 5 100. Cricket Samrat English Delhi 10 101. Kismat Gujarati Bombay 5 102. Scop Science Ahmedabad 10 103. Kasturi Kanada Hyderabad 5 104. Mauri 5 105. Millage 5 *Marathi Gujarati English Malayalam Kannad Nature of leisure time activities of members belonging some or the other leisure time activity and out of 91 different categories of households female workers only 22 have leisure time activity be to sides their main work. The various leisure time acti- (nformation on leisure time activities is collected vities that were reported as such are reading, social in the household sch~dule in respect of working mem- and religious work, watching T.V., playing table tennis, bers only. There are 370 persons engaged in different badminton, bridge etc., gardening and visiting different places, stitching, agricultural superv,sion, and also types of economic activity of who 279 are males and household duties. Thc information collected in respect 91 females. It is true that all may not have leisure of workers by age-group is presented in the following time activity. Out of 279 male workers, 42 have reported table XI.3 : TABLE XU Leisure time activity of 'll'orkers by age-group, 1985 Survey _._--_ ------Population by age-group Description of Leisure time activity 0-14 15-19 20-24 25-34 35--44 45-59 60·-'- Total ----2--- 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 _-.- 1. Reading 3 3 12 12 8 39 2. Reading and watching T.V. 4 5 3. Some household duties and reading 2 4. Reading, gardening and visiting places 1 1 5. Playing different games 3 4 6. Social and religious work 2 2 7. Agricultural supervision I 1 8. Stitching 1 1 9. Household duties 2 5 1 9 TOTAL 3 5 18 27 9 2 64 149 It is observed that reading is a leisure time activity activity is also studied with reference to type of occ u for a majority of work~rs (60.9 per cent) in the different pation of the wOlkers. The following table XI. 4 presents age-groups. It may be noted that household duties, agricultural supervision and stitching were also reported data for workers by occupation, age-group and sex. by some as the leisUle time activities. The leisure time The table is self-explanatory. TABLE XI.4 Leisure time activity of Workers as related to occupation and age-group, 1985 Survey --- Occupation Description of leisure time Population in the age-group activity 0-14 15-1920-24 25-34 35-44 45-59 60-f Total 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ------1. Skilled manual Reading 2 3 Household duties 2. Lowest professional and Reading 1 2 4 9 administrative (e.g. Pri- Reading and household duties I 2 mary teacher) Household duties I 1 3. Highly skilled and super- Reading 2 4 visory manual Reading and watching T.V. 2 2 Social and religious work I 1 4. Clerks and shop-assistants Reading 2 I 3 6 Household duties I 2 Stitching clothes 1 Playing different games (e.g., I 1 volley-ball etc.) 5. lntermediate professional Reading 2 4 7 and rela1ed posts, sec on- Reading and watching T.V. 2 3 dary teachers e~c. Playing different games (bad- 1 minton, carrom etc, Household duties 1 I 6. Medium business Reading 5 1 6 Social and religious work 7. Higher profession and Reading 3 4 salaried posts Reading, gardening and visit- ing places. Playing different games (table- tennis, bridge etc. 2 Agricultural supervision. 1 I Reading and household duties . 1 8. Cuitivatols Household duty 1 3 TOTAL 3 5 18 27 9 2 64 Crime tion Act (2), Cinemotcgraph Act (2) and Essential Com modities Act (1). Of thc:se 132 cases, 99 were chrrge Th'2re is a Police station at Silvassa. Its jurisdiction sheeted. Information for the vanous criminal cases extends tJ the to\vn and also the surrounding villages. chargesheeted and finalised is not available. Data The information colL;cted about law and order, crime collected on other types of deviant behavioUls shows an0. d~'ri~nj: behwiour shows that during the survey that there were 15 cases of suicide, 7 of accident and yeal 19:\4-R5, 117 criminal csses were registered in one each of alcholism and othet deviant behaviour. this PoJi.:~ ~;t,,:ion. These includes hurt (21), theft (16), cvck th 'ft (3), house breaking (6), mischief (5), roberry There is a sub-jail at Silvassa which is attached to (5). ch':c.ting (4), rio... i~g (3), one each of murder, rape, the police Station. This jail accommodates convicts !<:indna0_l:,'tg and cnmmal breach of trust ~nd o~her and undertrial prisoners upto three months imprison C'lses (4,\). R~>i~L:;. th'~n;~ were .15 cas~s regIstered for mf'~t. Th? cri!l1inals who have to undergo a longer viobtin~ th: "llle~ and regulatIOns laId down under perIod of Impnsoruncnt are sent to the Central Jail variom 'Ac:c; lik:; the Polke Act (10), Exche regi..lr- Baroda in the state of Gujarat. ' 22-338 R. G. India/ND/88 CHAPTER XU LINKAGES AND CONTINUA This chapter deals with the general demographic ~ime and as a result there was a high growth in the ter and economic characteristics of the district as a whole. ritory's population. The growth in the population. is Dadra & Nagar Haveli is a uni-district Union territory pretty high in the decades 1950-62 and 1971-8l. While comprising 71 villages and one town of Silvassa. The the liberation was the main reason for the high growth boundaries of the Dadra and Nagar Haveli are well rate during the decad~ 1950-62 the construction of defined on the west, north and east by Valsad district Daman Ganga Irrigation Project which has attracted of Gujarat and in the south and south east by Thana a large number of workers from cutside, was the main and Nasik districts of Maharashtra. It has a hilly reason for the spurt in the popUlation growth during terI ain specially towards the north-east and east where the decade 1971-81. The growth rate during the period it is surrounded by the ranges of Sahyadri mountains 1962-71 was, however, not abnormal; it was compa (Western Ghats). The tertain is intersected by the rable to other parts of the country river Daman Ganga and its three tributaries. The river rises in the Ghat 64 Kms. from the coast and The following table XII.2 gives the distribution discharges itself in the Arabian sea at the port of Daman. of population of Dadra & Nagar Haveli by age and The climate is moderate and generally healthy in the sex during the 1971 and 1981 Censuses : central zone though hot during summer. The rainy TABLE XII'2 reason is normally from June to September. PopuJation classified by age-group and sex, 1971 and 1981 Socio-economic, Demographic and Social aspects of Censos the Region. Age 1971 Census 1981 Census General Population Group Persons Males Females Persons Males Female. As per the 1981 Census, the total population of Dadra and Nagar Haveli was 1,03,676 with 52,515 2 3 4 5 6 1 males 51,161 females. In 1971, the total population 36,964 37,206 103,676 52,515 51,161 was 74,170 with 36,964 males and 37,206 females. Tt Total 14,110 (100 '00) (100·00) (100 '00) (100 ·00) (100 '(0) (100 ,00) gives the decadal percentage increase as 39.78 per cent. The following table XII.1 gives decadal variation in 0-14 33,741 16,880 16,861 44,028 22,407 21,621 population of the Dadra and Nagar Haveli since (45 ·49) (45 ·67) (45 ·32) (42 '47) (42,67) (42,26) 9,041 1900 I 15-19 5,811 2,864 2,947 4,354 4,687 (7 ·84) (7,75) (7 ·92) (8 '72) (8,29) (9-16) TABLE XII.1i 20-24 5,525 2,512 3,013 9,733 4,601 5,132 Decadal variation in population of Dadra & Nagar Hav~li, 1900-81 (7 ·45) (6 ·79) (8 ·10) (9 ·39) (8·76) (to·03) 25-29 5,430 2,717 2,713 8,632 4,394 4,238 Census Person Decadal Percentage (1·32) (7 '35) (7 '29) (8 '33) (8'37) (8 '28) year varia- decadal Males Females tion variation 30-39 9,102 4,594 4,508 12,901 6,881 6,020 (12 '27) (12 ·43) (12 ·12) (12'44) (13 ,10) (11'17) 2 3 4 5 6 40-49 7,092 3,649 3,443 9,381 4,869 4,512 (9·56) (9 '87) (9 '25) (9 '05) (9.27) (8.82) 1900 24,280 12,386 11,894 50-59 4,455 2,365 2,090 5,810 3,011 2,739 1910 29,020 -14,740 _' 19.52 14,754 14,266 (6.01) (6.40) (5 ·62) (5 ·60) (5·85) (5 '36) 1921 31,048 _. 2,028 .: 6.99 16,008 15,040 60-' 3,011 1,381 1,630 4,147 1,937 2,210 (3 ,14) 1931 38,260 -' 7,212 1-23.23 20,017 18,243 (4 '06) (4 '38) (4 '00) (3 '69) (4 '32) 1940 40,441 +2,181 5.70 21,009 19,432 Age not 3 2 1 3 1 2 1950 41,532 ~-1,091 . 2.70 21,345 20,187 stated (N) (N) (N) (N) (N) (N) 1962 57,963 +16,431 ,39.56 29,524 28,439 1971 74,170 -1-16,207 27.96 36,964 37,206 The above table reveals that in 1971 the highes 1981 103,676 -I, 29,506 . 39.78 52,515 51,161 peIcentage of popUlation is in the age-group 0-14 with 45.49 per cent. Tht- next highest percentage of popula tion is found in the ~ge-group 30-39. Wlt~ 12.27 per cent. It is evident flOm the above table that the decadal The lowest proportIon of oopulatlon IS found in the growth rate of population from 1900 to 1981 does not age-group 60+. This is bIOadly the pattern for the male show a steady growth over the decades. It clearly and f~m~le p.opulation too .. In the 1981 Census although shows that in \he first 5 decades i.e., 1900-1950 when tht dIstnbutlOn of populatIOn by age-groups is broadly the territory was under the Portu~uese rule, the ~rowth similar, the proportion in tbe age-group 0-14 has de was very slow. Whereas, afteI 1954, when the territory clined from 45.49 per cent in 1971 to 42.47 per cent in as liberated, the areas were opened up for the first 1981. Whereas all other age-groups excepting as~ 150 151 groups 40-49, 50-59 and 60+ have shown a slight Scheduled castes and scheduled tribes increase in their proportions. As per the 1981 Census, it W[lS reported that there Sex ratio Was 80.79 per cent of total population belonging to scheduled castes and scheduled tribes. It has, however, Of the total population of 103,676 52,515 were decreased over the last decade 1971-81 as i~ was 88.69 males and 51,161 were females in 1981 Census. Thus, per cent in 1971. It may be mentioned that while the the sex ratio wOlks out to 974 i.e. there are 974 females Scheduled caste population has Increased from 1.80 per every 1,000 males. The trend in sex-ratio in the to 1.97 per cent from 1971 to 1981, the Scheduled tribe population has declined from 86.89 per cent to censuses from 1900 to 1981 may be seen from the 78.82 per cent during this period. The percentage of following table XI!. 3. scheduled caste population in Silvassa town is 3.23 TABLEXlI·3 pt.,r cent and that of scheduled tribe is 40.30 per cent. The percentage distribution of scheduled castes and Sex ratio in Dadra & Nagar Haveli since 1900 scheduled tribe~ in Dadra and Nagar Haveli and Silvassa town are given in table XII.4. Year Sex ratio (Le. number of females per 1000 males) TABLE XII·4 1 2 Percentage of SCjST in Dadra and Nagar Haveli and Silvassa town by sex, 1981 Census 1900 960 1910 967 Percentage of Percentage of 1921 940 Scheduled Castes Scheduled Tribes 1931 911 to total to total 1940 925 Population population District/Town -~--- 1950 946 Per- Males Fe- Per- Males Fe- 1962 963 sons males sons male 1971 1007 1981 974 2 3 4 5 6 7 ~~--- Dadra and Total 1 ·97 1 ·82 2'1278·8277·0980·58 It may be seen from the table XII. 3 that the sex Nagar Haveli Rural 1 ·88 1 ·73 2·0381 '5779·9783'20 Urban 3·23 3·11 3·3640'3038·7642·03 ratio showed an improvement in 1910 over 1900 i.e. from 960 to 967 and came down to 911 in 1931. It Silvassa Town Urban 3 ·23 3·11 3 ·36 40 ·30 38 ·7642 ·03 steadily improved thereafter, and crossed the unity mark in 1971, but again dropped to 974 in 1981. The Literacy fall in sex ratio during the decade 1971-81 may be 27,655 persons (19,072 males and 8,583 females partly attributed to the Daman Ganga Irrigation were literates in the district in the 1981 Census. This Project under constlUction which has attracted a lalge gives the litelacy rate of 26.67 per cent as against 14.97 per cent in the 1971 Census. The table XII. 5 below number of male workers flOm outside. However, the gives the literate and educated persons and the literates cbanges in the sex ratio for decade to decade reveals by sex among the total as well as rural and urban popu that it has always favoUled males except in 1971. lation of the district. TABLE XII.5 Distribution of literate and educated persons and literacy rate by sex, 1981 Census Total Population Literate and educated persons Literacy rates District/Town --_ Pflrsons Males Females Persons Males Females Persons Males Females 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Dadra & Nagar Haveli Total 103,676 52,515 51,161 27,655 19,072 8,583 26·67 36·32 16·78 Rural 96,762 48,846 47,916 23,910 16,764 7,146 27·71 34·32 14·91 Urban 6,914 3,669 3,245 3,745 2,308 1,437 54·17 62·91 44'28 Silvassa Urban 6,914 3,669 3,245 3,745 2,308 1,437 54·17 62·91 44·28 It may be seen from the above table that the late than 50 per cent of urban dwellers ale literate as againSt of literacy among males is 36.32 per cent and among 25 per cent among rural dwellers. The low rate of females it is 16.78 per cent. The corresponding propor literacy in rural areas of this district is not surprising tions were 22.15 and 7.84 per Cents respectively in 1971. The progress in the 1 ate of literacy among males Slllce 78.82 per cent of the total rural population is and females during the decade 1971-81 is quite imrnpres of scheduled tribes who are backward socially and sive. The statement further reveals that a little more economically. 152 Marital status per cent were married, 3,559 01 3.43 per cent Were Marital status represents the demographic and widowed and 429 or 0.42 per cent were divorced 01 separated. There were 14 persons t'L 0.01 per cent social characteristics of the population of the distt ict. reported as unspecified mal ital statu~_ The following As per the 1981 Census, out of 103,676 persons 54,105 table XII. 6 gives the marital status of mak and female or 52.19 per cen~ were never married, 45,569 or 43.95 population in pelcentage by blOad age-groups. TABLE X1I.6 Percentage distribution of marital status by broad age-groups and sex, Dadra & Nagar Haveli, 1981 Census Males Females Age groups Never Married Widowed Divorcedj Unspecified Never Married Widowed Divorced/ Unspeci- married separated married separated fied 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 0-14 . 99 '71 0·27 0·02 99-44 0·54 0'01 0-01 15-34 36'72 62·33 0-42 0'53 21 -94 76 '19 0·71 1-14 0-02 35-59 1 ·09 94·92 3·41 0'57 0-01 0-58 85 -83 13 -00 0-59 60+ 0'78 82'95 16 ·01 0'26 0·59 36 ·62 62-25 0-59 age not stated 100-00 33-33 66·67 -~----____..------TOTAL 54 ·71 43 -53 1 -45 0-30 0'01 49·60 44·39 5-47 0-53 0-01 The Table XII. 6 reveals that the percentage of given table XII. 7 gives the distribution of main \wrkers never married is higher among males being 54.71 per by four categories, marginal workers and non workers ceni than among females being 49.60 pel cent. Whereas in the district by sex. The table XII. 7 is self explana the proportion of mamed is higher among females tory. with 44.39 per cent than among males with 43.53 per cent. Similarly, the percentage of widowed and di TABLE XII-7 vorced/separated is also higher among females than Distribution of main workers, marginal \lOrkers and non-workers males. by sex Dadra & Nagar Haveli, 1981 Census Worker/Non-worker Persons Males Females The marital status of males and females by broad age groups shows that the percentage distribution of 1 234 never married is a little less than cent per cent among Total main workers 42,315 23,942 13,373 both th(j sexes in youngel age-group 0-14. This gives an indication that the child marriage is still prevalent_ Cultiv'ltor 26,144 16,324 9,820 The percentage of never married males is higher in the Agricultural Labourer 4,592 2,570 2,022 age group 15-34 with 36_72 per cent than females with 21.94 per cent whereas married females are higher Household Industry manufact- with 76_19 per cent than males with 62_33 per cent uring, Processing, Servicing and Repairs 338 259 79 in the same age-groups. The percentage of malried among both the sexes is the highest in age group 35-59 Other workers 11,241 9,789 1,452 being 94.92 per cent in males and 85.83 ptr cent in Marginal workers _ 8,404 632 7,772 females. The percentage of widowed is higher among females with 62.25 per cent as compared with 16.01 per Non-workers 52,957 22,941 30,016 cent among males in the age group 60 and above. Total Population 103,676 52,515 51,161 The following table XII. 8 shows the pelcentage Economic characteristics distribution of main workers with a break-up of culti According to the 1981 Census there are 42,315 main vators, agricultUlal labourers, hous 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Dadra & Nagar Total 40·81 25·22 4·43 0·32 10·84 8 ·11 51 '08 Haveli Rural 41 ·18 26 '36 4'64 0·30 9·88 8 24 50.58 Urban 35·77 9·29 1 ·53 0·65 24 ·30 6'17 5S.06 Silvassa Urban 35 ·77 9·29 1 ·53 0·65 24·30 6 ·17 58'06 It may be seen [l'om the above table that in rural It can be s:~n f!'Om th'., tc.bL tnat 18.35 pc-r crnt 0 area of the district, 26.36 per cent are cultivators, 4.64 the, villages are b~low 1000 populMion, .12.32 per ("( n per cent are agricult~r.2.1 labou{el'S,. 0.30 per ~ent ate al'e in the popula~ion l'angc ,.f" 1000-1999 ano 3933 In household industnes manufacturIng, processlDg and per cem are in the range ot 2000 and above. repairs and the l'emaining 9.88 per cent ar.:: other workers. Th(;; malginal workers are 8.24 per cent. Density of population The non-workers in rural area ate 50.58 per cent. Whereas in the urban area i.e. SilvaMa town, there Th..:; dmsity of Da~ul. and Nagar Havc:li in 1981 are 9.29 per cent cultivatots, 1.53 p!r cent agricnltural Cwsus is 211 persons p~l' sq. km. It was 119 in 196Z and 151 in 1971 C;:;usus. Th.: TUfd d:.:mity in 1981 labouws, 0.65 per ce~t in household industry, manu facturing, pmccssmg, servicing and icpails and '24.30 C;;nsus is 200 pel' sq. krn. while the urban density is 1040 sq. km. . per cent are oth~r workers. 6.17 per cent :.1.le marginal workers and 58.06 ~r cent are non-workers. The work pal ticipation rate 1S higher in rural area with MaiD productive activities 41.18 p.!f cent as against 35.77 p<:r cellt in urban area of The main producti v'C acJ-ivitil:,s of the district of the district. Dad}'a and Nagar Haveli arc .1gricultlL·L', fOl'cstJ'Y and Number of towns and villages animal husband,'y. Agt'iculturl;; i& the main productive activity in Dadr.a and Nagar Havcli. The important The district comprises of on" town, 70 inhabi\.ed crops of the dist;ict ate paddy, :'agi, small milkts and villages and on.:: uninhabited village. It may be mentioned pulses. Th~ dist:ict has a :o~a! area oi' 48,882 hectares. that till the 1971 Census, the (Utire population of this The total culti vated 2.-;-ea is 24,047 :l;;ctatc::; which terrItory was classified .loS rural. It is only in the 1981 works out to 49 p;;ol' cent. Of thi~ only 500 hectares Cemus, Silvassa, the headqua~tt;rs of the union terri are irrigated. Al'ea not available fo: cuHivation is tory wa~ tJ (:,.,akd as census town. Number of town per 2,864 hectares i.e. 6 p=r cent. Th" cultivabk waste 100 inhabited VIllages work" out to 1.43. Th", number in the tel'litory is 1119 hecla,':,;; (2 p,;!' c(·nt). The forests of villages in the 1971 Census were 72 and all were constitute 20",852 h.-;ctares wh;ch account fo!' 43 per inh.::lblted villages. cent of the, total area. The following table XII.9 show& the villages The agricultural p:oduction dep~nds on rainfall classified by population size. and mostly on 3. single; crop sy~tcm. or th:: total are~ y TABLE XII·9 cultivated only 500 h~ct2.r~s a ,: irrigated during rabi season by means of wells and rivers. Villages classified by Population size Dadra & Nagar Havell, 1981 Census No medium or majol' p;'orct il'l'igation project PQPulation size Number of Total Proportion to has been taken-up, except ,he Dam:.l.l1g,:mga Dam inhabited Population total popula- Reservoir Proj"'ct which is a joint ventur,~ cf Govern villages tion of the ment of Guja'-at, union t(.uitory 0: D2.m;~n and Diu district and union territot)' of Dadra and Nagar Haveli. It 2 3 .. ha!> be<..n executed by the Govt. of Gujarat for which the share of Dadra and Naga~ Havi::li is 15.61 p..:r cC'nt Less than 200 1 183 0'19 This project was exp::ctcd compi,:t'c:d ir 1987. The 200-499 16 5,654 5·84 union territory of Dadl'a and Nagar Haveli's shale 500-999 16 11,926 12 ·32 of benefits from this project art as und..:r . 1,000-1999 27 40,945 42'32 0) 8280 hectares of land to be covt;led under 2,000-4,999 7 18,092 18·70 iuigat1on. 5,000-9999 3 19,962 20·63 (ii} Industrial water supply 12.75 MOD. 10,000 and \iil) 200 K.V.A. pow;r. above -----~--~~---.------~ The original estimated C0~l of lh..: proj:ct was TOTAL 70 %,762 100.00 32.00 crores. However, as informed by the Darnan 154 ganga authority the revised total cost of project is TABLE XII. 10 135.00 ctores excluding command Area Development Travel Index of persons, males and females of the town by Works. This project is of special significance to the locality, 1985 Survey t~itory, as it will transform the agricultural economy Travel Index in kms. of this tcrtitory by providing inigation facility to Locality ------Persons Males Females about 40per c~nt of the agricultural are:! of this terri- ory. 2 3 4 The cultivators are mostly Adivasis (Scheduled Commercial. 366 431 300 Ttibes) and they are ignorant of improved agricultural Developing Area . 778 812 738 practices. The government is implementing various Ethnic Group 289 357 221 Govt. Residential Colony 712 712 712 development schemes aiming mainly at the adivasi Sub-Urban Pocket 229 265 196 cultivators so as to train them in modern methods 0 TOTAL. 475 532 cultivation. Paddy being the most important crop 411 grown in the district, production of high yielding variety of paddy has already been taken up. Besides paddy, The travel index of males in comparison to females ragi, crops like jowar, wheat, tur, oilseeds and sugar is generally higher excepting in one locality. The cane are also grown. The vegetables grown in the ~ighest travel index (778 kms) is found in the develop ~ng ai'ea .. Whereas the lowest travel index (229 kms) districts are brinjals, tomatoes, cabbages, cauliflowerS IS found In the s:ub-u~ban pocket. In the locality of etc. Government Residentlal Colony the travel index of males and females is equal i.e. 712 kms. Forestry The following table XII. 11 gives the travel index The forestry is important economic resources of of persons, males and females by religion and caste. Da. dra and Nagar Haveli. It consists of teak, Sadad TABLE XII. 11 khair, mahuda, sisam etc. The area under forests is Travel Index of Persons, Males and Females by Caste/Tribe 20,852 hectares. The forests are spread ovel 58 vil1agfs or community, 1985 Survey and owned by the Govemment and are declareJ as Travel Index in knis. 'reserve fore~ts'. Now the exploitation of forest producs Caste/Tribe community is done systematicl)lly through forest labour coopera Persons Males Females tive societies. There an three such societies in Dadra 2 3 4 & Nagar Haveli. DUling the Portuguese rule, the HINDU axe was always hungry and trees wele felled 1. Brahmin 1,212 1,207 1,219 indiscriminately l.l.nd that created trouble. ReaifNt, 2. Baniya 1,321 1,204 1,624 station and growing of sappling are being done with 3. Bhandari 450 576 324 due care now. A proper car.:: has bem taken to develop 4. Bhaiyer 1,793 1,734 1,913 and maintam the fOi."est area uniformally by way of 5. Bhavsar 725 676 871 tret. plantation, economic plantation, nhabilitation 6. Bharwad 501 526 470 etc. During the Sixth Plan, under the 20 Point Pro 7. Machhi 804 842 614 gramme, 114 lakh trees, i.e. about 28 lakh trees per 8. Kshatriya 381 326 457 9. Chandra Seni Kashya be~n planted. Howevct, it may be mentioned year have Prabhu 790 1,238 ~342 here that a forest based industry producing 'Katha' 10. Chowdhary 1,858 1,858 out of khair tre" has also been set up. 11. Patel 595 592 598 12. Koli 457 444 570 13. Dhobi 1,566 1,566 1,566 Travel Index of the population 14. Dogra 1,858 1,858 1,858 The travel index of the population is the arithemtic 15. Esath 1,607 1,607 average of maximum distance travelled by all persons 16. Gauli 1,646 1,646 480 aged 5 and above, during life time, covered in the 17. Gola 774 186 18. Kadia 620 535 705 sample. The travel index broadly indicates the mobi 19. Kapdi 131 150 113 lity of the population in terms of the maximum distance 20. Khatri 810 810 810 travelled. 21. Mala 1,559 1,238 1,720 22. Panchal 707 728 675 In the household schedule the data on maximum 23. Prajapati 450 471 428 distance by p~rsons during life time was collected. 24. Rana 222 306 137 The localitywise travel index of the population is 25. Rajput 862 748 1,007 furnished in the following table XII. 10. 155 TABLE XII. ll-Contd. TABLE XII. 12 Travel Index of persons, males and feamales by occupation category 2 3 4 1985 survey 26. Soni 570 789 242 Travel Index (in kms) 27. Solanki 174 44 200 Occupation Total Males Females 28. Navi 1,125 1,088 1,238 29. Sutar 1,635 1,684 1,586 2 3 4 30. Tamboli 99 85 113 Chemist in medicine factory 503 503 31. Valand 405 592 218 Deputy Engineer 1,238 1,238 32. Sindhi 1,238 1,238 Overseer in P.W.D. 1,238 1,238 33. Chamar eSC) 135 201 69 Electrical Supervisor and Engineer . 34. Bhangi (SC) • Tracer (Soil Conservation Dept) 1,098 1,098 Practising doctor 1,907 35. Halpati Dubla (ST) 192 310 97 1,907 Chemist in Medical/Pharmacist 357 357 36. Kokna (ST) 128 128 Staff Nurse 1,707 1,707 37. Varli (ST) 98 118 73 X-Ray Technician. 1,555 1,555 38. Dhodia (ST) 216 269 175 Senitary Inspector/laboratoryTechni - cian 1,548 1,548 CHRISTIAN Statistical officer 1,858 1.858 1. Atak 30 30 30 Investigator 774 774 2. Orthodox 1,826 1,826 1,828 Mukhya Sevika Govt. Teacher 1,090 1,090 Higher Secondary School Teacher 3. Protestent 1,530 1,465 1,858 1,340 1,259 1,461 Primary School Teacher 1,116 4. Roman Catholic 609 661 530 1,102 1,126 I.T.I. Instructor 1,238 1,238 5. Not stated 254 160 317 Instructor in Govt. Technical Insti tute/Drill Inspector (Phy. Training) MUSLIM 848 848 Tutor/Type writing Instructor 364 342 1. Ismaili Khoja 387 376 880 1,374 Assistant Registrar of Co-operative 2. Khoja 849 751 1,238 Society/Project Manager/Medical Officer/Assistant Research Officer/ 3. Sayyad 415 461 346 Assistant Education Officer/Sub 4. Siddi • 708 825 591 Divisional Officer 1,421 1,421 Mamlatdar in Govt. Office S. Sunni 619 754 475 1,548 1,548 Manager in Farsan stall 1,238 1,238 6. Not stated 543 657 372 Construction contractor (Road and JAIN Building) Civil contractor 829 829 Partner of rice mill/Proprietor of Prin 1. Swetambar 662 109 587 ting Press/Proprietor of manufact uring of bricks/Project manager . 870 870 TOTAL 475 532 411 Proprietor of transport agency 1,065 1,065 Head clerk/Field publicity officer in Govt. 1,360 1,219 2,063 Extension officer in Block Develop The highest travel index is found in Dogra and ment office/ Adult Education Super Chowdhary castes (Hindus) with 1858 kms. each visor 737 737 followed by Bhaiyer caste with 1793 kms. The travel Senior cJerk/U.D.C. 1,057 U22 528 Panchayat Secretary index with 1000 and above kms. is found in other 580 580 P.A. to Collector/Steno in A.D.M. castes of Hindus are Gauli (1646 kms), Sutar (1635 1,324 1,100 1,548 Senior accounts clerk 1,703 (lans) , Esath (1607 kms), Dhobi (1566 kms.), Mala 1.703 Cashier in Bank/Inspector in Bank 1,092 1,092 (1559 kms.), Baniya (1321 lam.), Sindhi (1238 kms.). L.D.C./Store·keeper/Senior clerk 810 933 411 and Brahmins (121.2 kms.). Store-keeper/Stores Incharge 1,907 1,907 Among the Christians, the Orthodox have reported Peon in Govt. Circuit House/Peon 226 226 the highest travel index with 1826 kms. followed by Bailiff in civil court 186 186 Telephone operator Protestants (1530 kms.) In Muslim, the highest travel 1,366 1.366 Proprietor of grocery shop and soda index is found in Ismaili Khoja with 880 kIDs. followed bottling/proprietor of sweet meat by Khoja with 849 kms. Amcng Jains, the caste shop/Proprietor of medical store/ Proprietor of utensil shop/Grocery swetambar is having 662 kms. their travel index. shop/Proprietor of Gada shop/Pro prietor liquor shop . . . 594 624 30 Table XII. 12 is given below shows the travel Kerosine !ales man/Salesman Gada index of persons, males and females by occupational shop/Salesman in Automobile parts 191 115 342 category. The table is self explanatory. 156 TABLE XII, 12- Comd, 2 3 4 2 3 4 CarpenterjHelpt'r in carpentery 74 74 Blacksmithy proprietor . 871 871 Vegetable vendor/Milk seller ov'ned 607 607 dairylHawker retail kerosene dealer,' Trainee machine Street vendor/Selling of fish 905 962 790 Helper in nut bolt fabrication 18 18 Road roller dri\er Watch repairer 186 186 Proprietor of Arch?na Restaurant 1,125 342 1,908 Machine operator (Textile) 186 186 Cook 333 333 Cycle repairer/Motor cycle mechr nic. 238 238 Waiter in Bar and Restaurant/Sales- Supervisor (Mestri) C.P.W.D./Techni- man 676 676 cian in textile 4J3 413 Proprietor toddy c.,nd liquor shop 2,181 2,181 Proprietor of Radio repairing 1,238 1,238 Anganwadi helper/Domestic servant 102 102 Operator 692 692 Domestic servant 282 1,892 Line Inspector 692 692 Sweeper in hospital 186 186 Welder in factory/(Electric Welding) 474 474 Watchman in hospital Making of mud shegdi & Choola 186 186 186 Police sub inspector/Police Constable 1,144 1,144 (Potter at residence) Helper in Photograpny cleaning 113 113 Cultivator 245 315 118 Helper in Printing Press 186 186 Agricultural labourer 77 90 42 Broom making 44 44 Toddy tapper. 231 231 Helper in watch belt industry 18 18 Forest guard 186 186 Building construction supervisor 439 439 Labourer (Forest) 193 143 342 KhaJa TABLE XII. 13 Demographic features of the villages selected for study 1981 Census ----- SI. Name of village Distance To~al number of Ratio of Population Persons Percent- Total number of Percen- No. from the ------house- per sq,km. age of tage of to'''n Houses HoU';e- holds to Literacy Workers Marginal Non-workers workers (kms) holds houses workers 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 H 12 13 1. Amli 1,154 1,196 1 '04 6,621 629 46 -41 2,544 510 3,567 38 ·42 2. Samarvarni 2 286 286 1 ·00 1,882 518 32·68 728 270 884 38'68 3. Atha[ 5 234 241 1'03 1,303 154 19·03 437 288 578 33'54 4. Rakholi 5 134 134 1 ,00 892 346 32·51 237 43 612 26 ·57 5. Tighra . 6 77 77 1 ,00 497 478 37·63 285 211 57,34 6. Saily 6 <163 563 1·00 3,281 226 11 ,46 1,536 281 1,464 46·81 7. Dadra , 8 353 354 1 ,00 1,(j06 417 47 ·80 823 1 1,082 43,18 8. Karad . 9 2,042 2,068 1 ·01 7,389 1,629 59·03 2,930 249 4,210 39,55 9, Kilavani 12 104 104 1 ·00 560 113 25·71 250 93 217 44·64 10. Khacloli 16 173 173 1,00 980 127 12·45 531 66 383 54 ·18 II. Khanvel 20 405 407 I ·01 2,489 290 41 ·S8 672 218 599 27·00 It is generally believed that villages with high urban Dadra (47 ·80 per cent) and Amli (47 ·41 per cent). influence tend to have larger population U--338 a. G. htdia/ND/sa CHAP) iIt XUi CONCLUSION A gla.nco through this report might have givon ~f land will be irrigated by this project. Tho area tho rCJ.uoJ,· a cll} r pivturo of tho town, itJ socia-eeo undo;: irrigation, at P;";;O:1t is 1200 hCG~ai'el only. u.).nic :itrw;tu.:". thll intoJ:action botwwJ. varioui unit .. DLiriag thu PortllguOJO rul!!, the soctor of animal hus.. of ill 3tructu,~J.l ca.u?JJitio;}, itl d_mographic charac baaury was comph).l.)iy neglected. Thruugh tb.: aI\imai's tl)·d.iCS, cllltllJ."al backgroulld, tho impact of fv;l.!ign hU..l.lt."1 care prvgrammo, wull equippud dhpcn.sario3 tul" and tho Itb..:;ativJ., thu r010 playud oy the political a:l(. a v!!:u:inc;'y hOJpital havc beun opollud in thiJ tetd allJ a 158 159 The principal tribes inhabiting Dadra &, Nagar extension of administrative, educational and servic Haveli are Varli, Dhodia and Kokna and castes are, establishments and the expansion of industrial ane Chamar and Mahyavanshi including Dhed. Whereas, commercial activities definite changes in its functional in Silvassa there are two Scheduled castes (Chamar complexion of the town has taken place. Though the and Bhangi) and four Scheduled Tdbl)s (Dhodia, agricultural activities still are the principal means of Varli, Kokna and:Dubla including Halpati) besides othCl livelihood of 34 ·05 per cent of the total workers as castes as already mentioned in the report. The prob- per the 1gg 1 census, increase of 12 ·17 per cent workers 16Ills of Scheduled Tribes and Scheduled Cast(lS in this in the Secondary and 4- ·64 per cent in the tertiary sec· Union Territory ar.;) mainly economic and educational. tors in the town during the last decade is indicative of Various measures have been initi;,;~tld to bring about change in the structure of town's economy from agri all round development of the Scheduled Tribes and culture to non-agriculture oriented economy. Thus, Scheduled Castes. The Scheduled Tribes and Scheduled a transitional stage is perceived in the occupation of Castes constitute fourfiths of the population. Scheduled the towns people due to various socio-economic deve Tribes constitute 78 '82 per cent and the Scheduled lopmental programmes launched by the Administra Castes constitute 1.97 per cont. Altogether they constj tion after the liberation of thi:; territory. tute 80 ·79 per Ctlnt of the tot81 pO;Julation. Thelefore, all the developmental schemes and projeej'9 under The study has ?Iso revea!0d that age at marriage taken by the Admidstration are intended fOT the among the different religions in the town is higher benefit of the Scheduled Tribes all(: Scheduled Castes among Christians particulClxly among the males. Cast and therefore, no 3eparat(l schemes exdu:;ively for integration by maaying within the caste is still main these commv,jiie, such JS Trib.d St:.b-Pl;;· S;wcial tainec: :. s not a single case of inter-caste or inter-reli Component plan etc. have been formulated. gious marriage was repected during the survey. The child marriage is no knger prevalent in the town. Silvassa, which enjoyed the stGIUS of headauarters of Dadra & Nagar Haveli for the administrative pur Good improvement in literacy has been observed in poses during the Portuguese rule continued to enjoy the town. The rate of literacy which was 45 ·49 per this status even after the liberation. Hov;ever, it was cent in 1971 census has gone upto 54 ·17 per cent in a revenue villagl: upto 1971. It was only in the 1981 1981 census. Among males it went up from 55 ·86 per Census that Silvass3, was given the status of nOH-statu cent in 1971 to 62 ·91 per cent in 1981 and <..mong fema tory census town being the headquGrtl;f3. T· .dc:"y, Sil les it went up from 34 ·08 pel' cent to 44 ·:8 per cent yassa is not the same as it was during the time of Portu~ during the 8",nw pe:·iou. Fur.uer, the literacy rate guese. The expansion in the economic d()velopmental of 67 ·22 per cent observed during the slifvey indicate activities, (lxtension ,,)f administrative, educational and the improvement in the literacy of the tOYT1'g popu service establishments and the expansion of trade, lation. The male and femcle litp-y<'.sy r8,ttS, dccordillg commerce and industrial activities during the last two to the survey works out to 75 ·27 per cent and 57 ·98 decadea have paved the way for a speedy urbanisa per cent respectively which is quite encouraging. The tion of the town. town people are more conscious about sending their children to school. The growth history of Silvassa town shows that the growth of popUlation of Silvas sa during tht; As regards movement of popUlation in the town decade 1900-1910 was quit-; impressive (3·0 per cent it is observed that mobility of population is lesser per annum), wherea.s during the subsequent period fron! among the persons within the district. The majority of 1910 to 1940 it has declined to 1 ·9 per ct;nt per annum. the migrants in the to\'!n were from other states of However, the p5iod 1962-71 registered a record growth India particularly from the neighbouring states of rate of pGPulation of 69·94 per cent (7 ·8 per cent per Gujar[l.t and Maharashtra. annum). in fact, this is the decade in which Dadra & Nagc' Have1i was declared 2S Union Ter;:itory with. its The institution (.[ family rever::s that rl~edium :;ize headquarters at Si1vass2.. This certainly gave a fillip households are more common than the small size to the status of Silvassa as it became :.c centre:: of housel:olds in the town as much as 46,) per cent of administration of the Union Terriotory Government. 200 households are medium size 1.0l2.seholcs consistir.g The implementation of various economic c: evelop of 5-7 members. The small size households consisting mental activities and expansion of Government machi of 1-4 members is 41 ·0 per cent ,,,hile the largt size nery attracted the people of !l~ighr.oeri!lg st:::'es of households constitute 12·5 per cen;:. However, the Gujarat and Maharashtra in sC8.rch of Jobs. The in analysis by t~'pe of households rev~als that m:clear crease in industrial activities in and aro1.;nd Silvassa househ01ds consisting of a ,oup:e with or without particularly in the last deCade has :)ven Ii b003l: to the unm2.fyied children constitute 50 per cent, of the total trade, co:nmercial, 0,."i::e~~, ;'; .;< .,be construction surveyed (200) households. activities. This has resulted not onlv in the economic growth but also the popnlation growth of the town when its population increased from 4495 in 1971 to The housing has develc'IJec: radially from the 6914 in 1981 with a decadal growth rate of 53 ·82 per original nucleus of tte '0", nand tLe growth ha· tended to be 'preE,. out in all :c"ai h.11e paces in the town. The cent. housing pattern in the +0\" n shows that the houses are generally rectangular ill. S' ape with a sloping roof. The economy of the town till the 1971 Census A large number of houses are ind~ r endent hOl se~ was purely agriculture 0' iented as little more than 50 with or without compunds. A little more than three per cent of the total workers were engaged in the acti fourth of the households surveyed occupy one to two vities related to agricultural sector. But now, with the room houses. The average size of the family in the town 24-338 R. G. India/ND/88 160 is 5, 1. 58 per cent of the households live in their own social development and thereby increasing the level of houses a:ld the remaining live in rented houses. literacy. social awareness etc. which are requisite for or conducive to economic development of the town. So far a3 th0 interest groups are concerned we find the Indian Red Cross Society, at Silvassa, the Liong Due care has b~en taken in the use of environ Club of Silva-ssa, Vanvasi Adivasi Ashram and the ment in the development of the town by the authorities. Adivdsi Social Service Centre, Khanvel, which is an The draft development plan prepared by the town and orgallis:1tion run by till;} Catholic Missionaries. All country planning department is under finalisation. the3e orgaiusa~jom Jav,~ bC0n doing social and com The salient feature of the plan is that the industrial area has been rnarke(~. and is kept a\, ay frem the munity work SU:::l as organising medical camps for eyeca;oe, family w.:lfa1'e, m~)ply of various" ids to handi residential areas, orchards within the town are pre capped, digging Jf wells for drinking purposes. The served, existing trees sre not cut and to keep the pollu Adiva:;; Social :~ervice Centre, Khanvel has opened tion free envirolUnellt a ban has been imposed on schools and ilo~:eb for the benefit of the tribals in the polluting industries. It is of interest to note that the inte,ior area:>. The Nehru yuvak Kendra and the industrial development taking place in the town is Sport, Council encourage sports and cultural activities not at the cost of the agricultural land. in tile tow:!. as well in the union territory. Chrystller formulated a hypothesis that a town as central place has a cluster of service functions which Rural-urban linkages do exist in the town. The spread over the surrounding area to the extent it is role of service oriented ins':itution like Rgher Secon economically viable, Ce:ntres of low order tend to rest darv and technical schools, hospit.1.1s, ciuem' houses within the hinterlands of centres of next higher order. and the Union Territory ievel administrative and It is true to the extent that the town being the head other offices in providinJ rural-urban linkages cannot quarters of tbe Union territory has a cluster of service be denied. The weekly fair on ; very Thursday in Sil functions. All Government departments with their YaSsa attracts a good number of people fl om the sur jurisdiction over the entire territory~ educational insti rounding villages. Besides, many peopJe cspeciaJly tutions providing upto higher secondary education from Naroli commute to this town for crnployment a~d technical education (r~rI) and .i?-~titutions providing and other purposes. higher standard of medIcal faCIlIties are located in the town. Silvassa is a new town. It has ~: clu~ter of Keeping in view the growth of Urban population services. Time will tell how and when these services certain hypotheses are exa.mined here. The size of spread. Silvassa town is very small. The work ",lace is located within the distance of 2 Kms. h the town and therefore Burg0ss fo-rmulated the hypothesis of z·~)ilal deve there is an easy access to place of work. Simib-!y edu lopment believing that cities grow in a series of con cation upto higher second1cy level. communication centric zones as maintaining pressure of population facilities and retail shopping .facilities available in the and land value, converging from all directions on the town meet tbe needs of the town population. The city centre, leads to a segregation of different strength of fa.mily insti~ution and ncighboarhood has uses of land, working; outward from the central busi not been disturbed in the toY;n because of its smallness. ness district to the city suburb. This is partly appli cable. The land price in the main settlement of the town In the past the town was mono functional in ctlara has gone up due to the rapid growth of population cter as more than 50 per cent of its total workers were du~ing . the last decade. There is a pressure of popu depending on agriculture. However, the extension of latIon In the centre of the town, ho\\ ever, at present jt administrative, educational and service establishments is growing in vacant areas available in the ,icinity and expansion of industrial and commercial activities of main settltment. in the recent years though ha·; changed the functional complexion of the town from purely agr:cultural to According to Hoyt growth migrated along the non-agricultural sector, agricultural activities still are radial routes in wedge shaped sectors. narrow and the principal means of }ivelyhood, Thus the "gricul compressed .at the ~entre but ~r~ad and free to expand tural activities within the tOV{il ShO'·.lfil the semblance of at the ma.r~m~, This hypotheSIS IS pardy applicable in rural characteristics of the town. respect of ~Ilvass' to ~he extend that the town is growing on the radial routes 111tO and out of the centre. How "'"'"; The tesidential pattern, housing cond;tion and ever, there is a restriction of conversion of land for social structure of the t·)wn reflects the regi<)n as a the purpose of non-agricultural use imposed by the whole. The cc.stewise re')identi.'ll aLas do exis: in the authorities in certain areas as regards the land owned town. However, wit!, the social and economic develop by the tribals is concer, ed. m:Jt of the town, ;nter-Caste c"nd inter religious living in the resid,~ntial areas ig prevaiHng. Chauncy Harris viewed that cities grow up like a series of cells which, in expanding outwards, each from The ra.i)id industrial growth observed in the town, it~ own ~ucIeus, j, ined up with others in a living orga~ have provided bette- employment opportunities to the rusm, WIth tIle rn_ost powerful nucleus, drawing the rest people of tl~e tov,n. 'Ctose who were depending entirely to~ether. ::.;:,d .g~v;~:g then: a certain integration if not on .ieu.sona.l emp!oy.ll1l;lnt in agdcultural activities, parti Oflelltl'1tlOn. ThIS J:) true In respect of this town that a cularly the agricultural labourers, are now found to good number ~f housing societies are coming up in the be employed in industrial units with better remunera to_wn. These, dIfferent settlements are closely integrated tion. This has helped not only bringing up the standard WIth the. m11ll t~wn. A num~er of persons have migrat of livinJl; of the town's people but also helped in their ed to thIS tOWill!l search of Job elther in the Govern- 161 ment or in the industrial sector or the town. TbiJ bas certain areas. There is an increased tolerance on social caused decrease in proportion of upper classes in tho If3 Fig. l-Collector's Office (Chapter Ill, page 12) It! ft' .Pi,. 2-Shri S. Ra;endran, Dy. Director and Shri S. P. Desai, Asstt. Director. having a discussion with Sh" Ra;nikant Verma, I.A.S., Collector, Dadra & Nagar Haveli. 25-338 R. G. India/ND/88 164 Fig. 3-Vi/lage Panchayat Office (Chapter Ill, page 14) Fig. 4-A view of Town Hall (Chapter Xl, page 145) 165 Fig. 5-A riew of Circuit HOllse Fig. 6-Sachdev Park (Children's Park) (Chapter Xl, page 143) 166 Fig. 7-Vandhara Garden (Chapter Xl, page 143) Fig. 8-Government Secondary and Higher Secondary School (Chapter Ill,page 18) 167 Fig. 9-Silvassa Bus Stand (Chapter Ill, page 16) f, t±._ .. ~ .~ .. L _.~~_""""",.'_;;~ .•. _:"""_,",,,, Fig lO-Cottage Hospital (Chapter Ill, page 19) 26-338 R. G. India/ND/88 168 Fig. l1-A view of Government Residential Colollv Fig. 12-Weekly Market at Tokarkhada (Chapter I, page 3) 169 Fig. 13-Kilavalli Naka, a Commercial locality (Chapter VII, page 103) Fig. 14-Swami Narayan Temple (Chapter Xl, page 143) 170 Fig. IS-Church of Our Lady of Pietty (Chapter Xl, page 144) 171 Fig. I6-Jain Temple (Chapter Xl, page 144) Fig. 17-Jama Masjid (Chapter XI, page 144) 172 Fig. 18-A hOllse of a Hilldl! famil.\' Pg. 19-A house of a Christian family 173 :~"""""~,'",.,,.~~L_.~'.;<'~ ':"~:i':~l- ;~f.;'~'~'".•.., ;, .o~\ii.~1:~~t~ ~~~~~~!>:.... C~~",,L...'"_~" ~{:._",_" _~_~l...... _ Fig. 20-A Varli's HOllse ~------~~-~ ..... ---. I ~~---~.~~~~--~~ Fig. 21-A Dhodia's HOl/se QM GlPN-338 R. G. India (ND)/88-29·S-89-300